HK1241033B - Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods - Google Patents
Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- HK1241033B HK1241033B HK18100068.7A HK18100068A HK1241033B HK 1241033 B HK1241033 B HK 1241033B HK 18100068 A HK18100068 A HK 18100068A HK 1241033 B HK1241033 B HK 1241033B
- Authority
- HK
- Hong Kong
- Prior art keywords
- light
- waveguide
- user
- lens
- eye
- Prior art date
Links
Description
本申请是申请号为201480074051.7、申请日为2014年11月27日、发明名称为“虚拟和增强现实系统与方法”的申请的分案申请。This application is a divisional application of application No. 201480074051.7, filed on November 27, 2014, and entitled “Virtual and Augmented Reality Systems and Methods”.
技术领域Technical Field
本公开涉及虚拟现实和增强现实成像与可视化系统。The present disclosure relates to virtual reality and augmented reality imaging and visualization systems.
背景技术Background Art
现代计算和显示技术已经促进了针对所谓“虚拟现实”或“增强现实”体验的系统开发,其中数字再现图像或其一部分以看上去逼真或可以被感知为逼真方式呈现给用户。虚拟现实或“VR”情境一般涉及呈现数字或虚拟图像信息,但无法看到其它实际的真实世界可视化输入;增强现实或“AR”情境通常涉及呈现数字或虚拟图像信息作为用户周围实际世界的可视化增强。例如,参考图1,描述了增强现实场景(4),其中AR技术的用户看到类似公园的真实世界设置(6),该设置以人、树木、背景中的建筑物和混凝土平台(1120)为特征。除了这些项目之外,AR技术的用户还感知到他“看到”机器人人像(1110)站在真实世界平台(1120)上,并且类似卡通的虚像(2)在飞舞,看上去就像大黄蜂的化身,尽管这些元素(2、1110)在真实世界中不存在。实际上,人类视觉感知系统极为复杂,产生促进在其它虚拟或真实世界图像元素当中舒适、自然、丰富地呈现虚拟图像元素的VR或AR技术非常具有挑战性。Modern computing and display technologies have facilitated the development of systems for so-called "virtual reality" or "augmented reality" experiences, in which digitally reproduced images, or portions thereof, are presented to a user in a manner that appears realistic or can be perceived as realistic. Virtual reality or "VR" scenarios generally involve presenting digital or virtual image information without being able to see other actual real-world visual input; augmented reality or "AR" scenarios generally involve presenting digital or virtual image information as a visual augmentation of the actual world around the user. For example, referring to FIG1 , an augmented reality scene (4) is depicted in which a user of AR technology sees a real-world setting (6) resembling a park, which features people, trees, buildings in the background, and a concrete platform (1120). In addition to these items, the user of AR technology also perceives that he "sees" a robotic figure (1110) standing on the real-world platform (1120) and a cartoon-like virtual figure (2) flying around that looks like an incarnation of a bumblebee, even though these elements (2, 1110) do not exist in the real world. In reality, the human visual perception system is extremely complex, and it is very challenging to produce VR or AR technology that promotes the comfortable, natural, and rich presentation of virtual image elements among other virtual or real-world image elements.
参考图2A,已经开发出立体可穿戴眼镜(8)型配置,该配置的特征是通常包括两个显示器(10、12),这两个显示器被配置为通过略微不同的元素呈现显示图像,从而使人类视觉系统感知到三维远景。已经发现,由于聚散度与视觉调节之间的不匹配,此类配置令许多用户感到不适,必须克服这种不适才能感知三维图像;实际上,有些用户无法忍受立体配置。图2B示出另一立体可穿戴眼镜(14)型配置,该配置的特征是包括两个前置放置相机(16、18),这些相机被配置为捕获图像以便通过立体显示器向用户呈现增强现实。当眼镜(14)被戴在用户的头部上时,相机(16、 18)和显示器的位置通常会阻挡用户的自然视场。Referring to FIG2A , a stereoscopic wearable glasses (8) type configuration has been developed that is characterized by typically including two displays (10, 12) configured to present displayed images through slightly different elements, thereby causing the human visual system to perceive a three-dimensional perspective. It has been found that such a configuration causes many users to experience discomfort due to a mismatch between vergence and accommodation, which must be overcome in order to perceive a three-dimensional image; in fact, some users cannot tolerate the stereoscopic configuration. FIG2B shows another stereoscopic wearable glasses (14) type configuration that is characterized by including two front-mounted cameras (16, 18) configured to capture images for presenting augmented reality to the user through a stereoscopic display. When the glasses (14) are worn on the user's head, the position of the cameras (16, 18) and the displays typically obstructs the user's natural field of view.
参考图2C,其中示出增强现实配置(20),该配置的特征是与眼镜框架(24)耦合的可视化模块(26),框架(24)还夹持传统的眼镜片(22)。借助该系统,用户能够看到至少部分未被遮挡的真实世界场景,并且配备小显示器(28),通过该显示器,可以在AR配置中将数字图像呈现给一只眼睛—针对单目AR呈现。图2D的特征是这样的配置:其中是可视化模块(32)可以与帽子或头盔(30)耦合,并且被配置为通过小显示器(34) 向用户呈现单目增强数字图像。图2E示出另一类似的配置,其中框架(36) 能够以类似于眼镜耦合的方式与用户头部耦合,以使得可视化模块(38) 能够被用于捕获图像并且通过小显示器(40)向用户呈现单目增强数字图像。例如,此类配置由位于加州山景城的Google,Inc.推出,商标名为GoogleGlass(RTM)。这些配置无一最适合于通过舒适、效用最大的方式向用户呈现丰富的双目式三维增强现实体验,部分是因为现有系统无法解决人类感知系统的某些基本方面,其中包括用于产生用户可视化感知的视网膜感光器以及视网膜感光器与大脑的协作。Referring to FIG2C , an augmented reality configuration (20) is shown that features a visualization module (26) coupled to an eyeglass frame (24) that also holds a conventional eyeglass lens (22). With this system, a user is able to see at least partially unobstructed real-world scenes and is provided with a small display (28) through which a digital image can be presented to one eye in an AR configuration—for monocular AR presentation. FIG2D features a configuration in which a visualization module (32) can be coupled to a hat or helmet (30) and configured to present a monocular augmented digital image to the user via the small display (34). FIG2E shows another similar configuration in which a frame (36) can be coupled to the user's head in a manner similar to that of eyeglasses so that a visualization module (38) can be used to capture images and present the monocular augmented digital image to the user via the small display (40). For example, such a configuration is marketed by Google, Inc. of Mountain View, California, under the trademark Google Glass (RTM). None of these configurations is optimal for presenting rich, binocular, 3D AR experiences to users in a comfortable and maximally useful manner, in part because existing systems fail to address certain fundamental aspects of the human perceptual system, including the retinal photoreceptors used to generate the user's visual perception and their collaboration with the brain.
参考图3,示出人眼的简化剖面图,人眼的特征是包括角膜(42)、虹膜(44)、晶体—晶状体(46)、巩膜(18)、脉络层(50)、黄斑(52)、视网膜(54),以及到大脑的视神经通路(56)。黄斑是视网膜的中心,被用于查看适度的细节;在黄斑的中心是被称为“小凹”的视网膜的一部分,该部分被用于查看最精细的细节,并且包含比视网膜的其它任何部分都多的感光器(每视觉度大约120个锥体)。人类视觉系统不是被动式传感器型系统,它被配置为主动扫描环境。通过在某种程度上类似于捕获图像的台式扫描器的使用,或者类似于从纸张读取盲文的手指的使用的方式,眼睛的感光器响应于激励的变化而触发,而非持续对激励的常态做出响应。因此,需要执行动作(台式扫描器中跨纸张的线性扫描器阵列动作,或跨印在纸张内的盲文的手指动作)以将感光器信息呈现给大脑。实际上,通过诸如眼镜蛇毒液(被用于麻醉眼部肌肉)之类的物质执行的试验已经表明,如果受试体睁开双眼,使用被毒液麻醉的眼睛盯着静态场景,便会失明。换言之,如果激励不变,感光器不会将输入提供给大脑,并且可能失明。可以认为这是正常人被观察到在被称为“微眼跳”的边到边动作中来回移动或抖动的至少一个原因。Referring to FIG3 , a simplified cross-sectional view of the human eye is shown, characterized by the cornea (42), iris (44), lens (46), sclera (18), choroid (50), macula (52), retina (54), and the optic nerve pathway (56) to the brain. The macula is the center of the retina and is used to see moderate detail; in the center of the macula is a part of the retina called the "fovea" that is used to see the finest detail and contains more photoreceptors than any other part of the retina (approximately 120 cones per degree of vision). The human visual system is not a passive sensor type system, it is configured to actively scan the environment. In a manner somewhat similar to the use of a desktop scanner to capture an image, or the use of fingers to read Braille from paper, the eye's photoreceptors are triggered in response to changes in the stimulus, rather than continuously responding to a constant state of the stimulus. Therefore, an action is required (the action of the linear scanner array across the paper in a desktop scanner, or the action of the finger across the Braille printed on the paper) to present the photoreceptor information to the brain. In fact, experiments using substances such as cobra venom (used to numb eye muscles) have shown that if a subject stares at a static scene with both eyes open, using the venom-numbed eye, they become blind. In other words, if the stimulus remains unchanged, the photoreceptors will not provide input to the brain, and blindness may occur. This is believed to be at least one reason why normal people are observed to move or jitter back and forth in side-to-side movements called "microsaccades."
如上所述,视网膜的小凹包含最大密度的感光器,而人类通常认为在其整个视场内具有高分辨率视觉功能,实际上,他们通常只有一个较小的高分辨率中心,并且经常对此中心的周围进行机械扫视,同时他们还保持着对通过小凹捕获的高分辨率信息的持续记忆。在具有些许类似的方式中,眼睛的焦距控制机构(睫状肌,其在工作时通过以下方式与晶状体耦合:即,其中睫状体放松导致紧绷的睫毛缔结组织纤维使得晶状体变平以实现更远的焦距;睫状体收缩导致使得睫毛缔结组织纤维变松,这允许晶状体采取更圆润的几何形状以实现更近的焦距)以大约1/4到1/2的屈光度来回抖动,以循环地同时在目标焦距的近端和远端引入少量所谓的“屈光模糊”;这被大脑的视觉调节控制回路用作周期性负反馈,其帮助不断地校正方向并使固定对象的视网膜图像变得清晰。As mentioned above, the fovea of the retina contains the greatest density of photoreceptors, and while humans are generally thought to have high-resolution vision across their entire field of view, in reality, they typically have only a small, high-resolution center, and frequently mechanically scan around this center while maintaining a persistent memory of the high-resolution information captured by the fovea. In a somewhat similar manner, the eye's focus control mechanism (the ciliary muscle, which is coupled to the lens in a manner whereby relaxation of the ciliary body causes the taut ciliary connective tissue fibers to flatten the lens for farther focus; contraction of the ciliary body causes the ciliary connective tissue fibers to loosen, which allows the lens to adopt a more rounded geometry for closer focus) oscillates back and forth by approximately 1/4 to 1/2 a diopter to cyclically introduce a small amount of so-called "refractive blur" at both the near and far ends of the target focal distance; this is used as cyclical negative feedback by the brain's visual accommodation control loop, which helps to continuously correct the orientation and sharpen the retinal image of a fixed object.
大脑的可视化中心还从双眼及其部件的彼此相对的运动中获得有价值的感知信息。双眼彼此相对的聚散动作(即,瞳孔彼此接近或彼此远离的滚动,用于将眼睛视线固定于一个对象上)与眼睛晶状体的聚焦(或“视觉调节”)紧密相关。一般情况下,根据被称为“视觉调节和辐辏条件反射”的关系,改变眼睛晶状体的焦点或调节眼睛以在不同距离上聚焦于对象可以自动令辐辏变化与同一距离匹配。同样,在一般情况下,辐辏变化将触发视觉调节变化的匹配。根据此反射条件工作(如多数传统的立体AR 或VR配置那样)会导致用户产生视疲劳、头疼或其它形式的不适。The brain's visualization centers also derive valuable perceptual information from the movement of the eyes and their components relative to each other. The vergence movement of the eyes relative to each other (i.e., the rolling of the pupils toward or away from each other to fix the eyes' line of sight on an object) is closely related to the focusing (or "accommodation") of the eye's lens. Typically, changing the focus of the eye's lens, or adjusting the eye to focus on an object at a different distance, automatically matches the change in vergence to the same distance, according to a relationship known as the "accommodation and convergence reflex." Likewise, a change in vergence will typically trigger a matching change in accommodation. Working according to this reflex (as most traditional stereoscopic AR or VR configurations do) can cause users to experience eyestrain, headaches, or other forms of discomfort.
眼睛所在的头部的运动也对对象的可视化具有重大影响。人类移动其头部来观察其周围的世界,他们通常处于相对于感兴趣的对象重新放置和重新定向头部的极为恒定的状态。进一步地,多数人愿意在其眼睛注视需要离开中心多于约20度以聚焦于特定对象时移动其头部(也就是说,人们一般不喜欢从眼角看事物)。人们还会相对于声音扫描或移动其头部—以改善声音信号捕获并且利用耳朵相对于头部的几何关系。人类视觉系统从所谓的“头部运动视差”获得重要的深度线索,头部运动视差涉及位于不同距离的对象根据头部运动和眼睛聚合距离的相对运动(即,如果人们将头从一边移到另一边并且保持注视一个对象,则距离该对象最远的物品将沿着与头相同的方向移动,位于该对象前方的物品沿着与头部运动方向相反的方向运动,当事物在空间上位于相对于人的环境中时,这些是极为显著的线索—也许像立体视差那样重要)。当然,头部运动还被用于观察对象的周围事物。Movement of the head, where the eyes are located, also has a significant impact on the visualization of objects. Humans move their heads to observe the world around them, and they are generally in a very constant state of repositioning and reorienting their heads relative to objects of interest. Furthermore, most people are willing to move their heads if their eye gaze needs to be more than about 20 degrees off-center to focus on a particular object (that is, people generally don't like to look at things out of the corner of their eyes). People also scan or move their heads relative to sounds—to improve sound signal capture and to take advantage of the geometric relationship of the ears relative to the head. The human visual system derives important depth cues from so-called "head motion parallax," which involves the relative movement of objects at different distances based on head movement and eye convergence distance (i.e., if a person moves their head from side to side and maintains their gaze on an object, the items farthest from the object will move in the same direction as the head, and items in front of the object will move in the opposite direction of the head movement. When objects are spatially located relative to the person's environment, these are very significant cues—perhaps as important as stereo parallax). Of course, head movement is also used to observe the surroundings of an object.
进一步地,头部和眼睛运动与被称为“前庭眼反射”的事物协调,前庭眼反射在头部旋转期间相对于视网膜稳定图像信息,从而使对象图像信息几乎置于视网膜的中心。响应于头部旋转,眼睛沿着相反的方向成比例地反身旋转以保持稳定地注视对象。作为此补偿关系的结果,许多人可以在来回摇头的同时读书(有趣的是,如果书本以相同的速度来回摇动,而头部几乎不动时,则无法得到相同的结果—人们不太可能阅读正在移动的书,前庭眼反射是头部和眼睛运动协调中的一项,一般并不针对手部运动开展)。该范例对于增强现实系统可能非常重要,因为用户的头部运动可能相对直接地与眼部运动相关,并且此类系统更倾向于利用这种关系工作。Further, head and eye movements are coordinated with something called the "vestibulo-ocular reflex," which stabilizes image information relative to the retina during head rotation, so that the object image information is nearly centered on the retina. In response to head rotation, the eyes rotate proportionally in the opposite direction to maintain a stable gaze on the object. As a result of this compensatory relationship, many people can read a book while shaking their head back and forth (interestingly, the same result cannot be achieved if the book is shaken back and forth at the same speed while the head is barely moving—people are unlikely to read a moving book, and the vestibulo-ocular reflex is one of the head and eye movement coordinations that is not generally performed for hand movements). This paradigm may be very important for augmented reality systems because the user's head movements can be relatively directly related to eye movements, and such systems are more likely to work by exploiting this relationship.
实际上,在给出上述各种关系的情况下,当放置数字内容(例如,3D 内容(诸如为了增强房间的真实世界场景而呈现的虚拟吊灯对象)或2D 内容(诸如为了增强房间的真实世界场景而呈现的平坦/光滑的虚拟油画对象))时,可以做出设计选择以控制对象的行为。例如,2D油画对象可以以头部为中心,在这种情况下,对象与用户的头部一起转动(例如,如在 GoogleGlass方法中那样);或者对象可以以世界为中心,在这种情况下,对象就像真实世界坐标系的一部分那样呈现,因此,用户可以在不移动对象相对于真实世界的位置的情况下移动其头部或眼睛。In practice, given the various relationships described above, when placing digital content (e.g., 3D content such as a virtual chandelier object rendered to augment the real-world scene of a room) or 2D content such as a flat/smooth virtual painting object rendered to augment the real-world scene of a room), design choices can be made to control the behavior of the object. For example, a 2D painting object can be head-centered, in which case the object rotates with the user's head (e.g., as in the Google Glass approach); or the object can be world-centered, in which case the object is rendered as if it were part of a real-world coordinate system, so the user can move their head or eyes without moving the object's position relative to the real world.
因此,在将虚拟内容置于通过增强现实系统呈现的增强真实世界中时,对象应被呈现为以世界为中心(即,虚拟对象位于真实世界中的位置上,以使得用户能够在不改变其相对于周围的真实世界对象(诸如真实世界墙壁)的位置的情况下移动其身体、头部、眼睛);以身体或躯干为中心,在这种情况下,虚拟元素可以相对于用户的躯干固定,这样,用户便可在不移动对象的情况下移动其头部或眼睛,但是此运动遵从躯干运动;以头部为中心,在这种情况下,所显示的对象(和/或显示器本身)可以与头部运动一起运动,如上面参考GoogleGlass所述的那样;或者以眼睛为中心,就像在“注视点显示(foveated display)”配置中那样(如下所述),其中内容随着眼睛的位置而回转。Thus, when placing virtual content in an augmented real world presented by an augmented reality system, objects should be presented as world-centered (i.e., virtual objects are located at real-world locations such that a user can move their body, head, eyes without changing their position relative to surrounding real-world objects (such as real-world walls); body or torso-centered, in which case the virtual elements can be fixed relative to the user's torso so that the user can move their head or eyes without moving the objects, but such movement follows torso movement; head-centered, in which case the displayed objects (and/or the display itself) can move with head movement, as described above with reference to Google Glass; or eye-centered, as in a "foveated display" configuration (described below), where the content rotates with the position of the eyes.
对于以世界为中心的配置,可能需要具有输入,例如精确的头部姿势测量、用户周围的真实世界对象和几何图形的精确表现和/或测量、增强现实显示中根据头部姿势的低延迟动态渲染,以及常见的低延迟显示。For world-centric configurations, it may be necessary to have inputs such as accurate head pose measurements, accurate representation and/or measurements of real-world objects and geometry around the user, low-latency dynamic rendering based on head pose in the augmented reality display, and generally low-latency displays.
本文描述的系统和技术被配置为与正常人的视觉配置协作以应对这些挑战。The systems and techniques described herein are configured to work with normal human visual configuration to address these challenges.
发明内容Summary of the Invention
本发明的实施例涉及促进一个或多个用户的虚拟现实和/或增强现实交互的装置、系统和方法。在一方面,公开了一种用于显示虚拟内容的系统。Embodiments of the present invention relate to apparatus, systems, and methods for facilitating virtual reality and/or augmented reality interaction for one or more users. In one aspect, a system for displaying virtual content is disclosed.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统包括:光源,其按照时序方式多路传输与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的一个或多个光图案;以及反射器阵列,其接收所述一个或多个光图案并可变地将光导向出瞳。In one or more embodiments, the system includes a light source that multiplexes one or more light patterns associated with one or more frames of image data in a time-sequential manner, and a reflector array that receives the one or more light patterns and variably directs light toward an exit pupil.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统包括:图像生成源,其按照时序方式提供图像数据的一个或多个帧;光调制器,其被配置为发射与所述图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光;基片,其将图像信息导向用户的眼睛,其中所述基片容纳多个反射器;所述多个反射器中的第一反射器,其以第一角度将与图像数据的第一帧关联的发射光反射到所述用户的眼睛;以及第二反射器,其以第二角度将与所述图像数据的第二帧关联的发射光反射到所述用户的眼睛。In one or more embodiments, the system includes: an image generation source that provides one or more frames of image data in a time-sequential manner; a light modulator that is configured to emit light associated with the one or more frames of the image data; a substrate that directs image information toward the user's eyes, wherein the substrate accommodates a plurality of reflectors; a first reflector of the plurality of reflectors that reflects the emitted light associated with the first frame of the image data toward the user's eyes at a first angle; and a second reflector that reflects the emitted light associated with the second frame of the image data toward the user's eyes at a second angle.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个反射器的反射角度可以可变。在一个或多个实施例中,所述反射器可切换。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个反射器可以具有电光活性。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个反射器的折射率可以被改变以与所述基片的折射率匹配。在一个可选实施例中,所述系统还可以包括高频选通层,其可被配置为位于所述基片与所述用户的眼睛之间,所述高频选通层具有可控地移动的孔。在一个或多个实施例中,可以以仅通过穿过所述孔反射的光来选择性地发射图像数据的方式移动所述高频选通层的所述孔。所述穿透式分束器基片的一个或多个反射器可以被所述高频选通层阻挡。在一个或多个实施例中,所述孔可以为LCD孔。在一个或多个实施例中,所述孔可以为MEMS阵列。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一角度可以与所述第二角度相同。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一角度可以与所述第二角度不同。In one or more embodiments, the reflection angles of the multiple reflectors can be variable. In one or more embodiments, the reflectors can be switchable. In one or more embodiments, the multiple reflectors can be electro-optically active. In one or more embodiments, the refractive index of the multiple reflectors can be changed to match the refractive index of the substrate. In an optional embodiment, the system can also include a high-frequency gating layer, which can be configured to be located between the substrate and the user's eyes, the high-frequency gating layer having a controllably movable hole. In one or more embodiments, the hole of the high-frequency gating layer can be moved in a manner that selectively transmits image data only by light reflected through the hole. One or more reflectors of the transmissive beam splitter substrate can be blocked by the high-frequency gating layer. In one or more embodiments, the hole can be an LCD hole. In one or more embodiments, the hole can be a MEMS array. In one or more embodiments, the first angle can be the same as the second angle. In one or more embodiments, the first angle can be different from the second angle.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统可以进一步包括第一透镜,其引导一组光线穿过节点并到达所述用户的眼睛。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一透镜可被配置为位于所述基片上并且位于所述第一反射器前方,以使得从该反射器射出的所述一组光线在到达所述用户的眼睛之前穿过所述第一透镜。In one or more embodiments, the system may further include a first lens that directs a set of light rays through the node and to the user's eyes. In one or more embodiments, the first lens may be configured to be located on the substrate and in front of the first reflector so that the set of light rays emitted from the reflector pass through the first lens before reaching the user's eyes.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统可以进一步包括第二透镜,其补偿所述第一透镜,所述第二透镜可被配置为位于所述基片上并且位于与放置所述第一透镜的一侧相对的一侧,从而导致零放大。In one or more embodiments, the system may further include a second lens that compensates for the first lens, and the second lens may be configured to be located on the substrate and on a side opposite to the side where the first lens is located, thereby resulting in zero magnification.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个反射器中的所述第一反射器可以为弧形反射面,该弧形反射面在与所述图像数据关联的一组光线被传送到所述用户的眼睛之前,将该组光线采集到单个输出点内。在一个或多个实施例中,所述弧形反射器可以为抛物线反射器。在一个或多个实施例中,所述弧形反射器可以为椭圆反射器。In one or more embodiments, the first reflector among the plurality of reflectors may be a curved reflective surface that collects a group of light rays associated with the image data into a single output point before the group of light rays is transmitted to the user's eyes. In one or more embodiments, the curved reflector may be a parabolic reflector. In one or more embodiments, the curved reflector may be an elliptical reflector.
在另一实施例中,一种用于显示虚拟内容的方法包括:按照时序方式提供与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的一个或多个光图案;经由穿透式分束器将与所述图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的所述一个或多个光图案反射到出瞳,所述穿透式分束器具有多个反射器以可变地将光导向所述出瞳。In another embodiment, a method for displaying virtual content includes providing one or more light patterns associated with one or more frames of image data in a time-sequential manner; and reflecting the one or more light patterns associated with the one or more frames of image data to an exit pupil via a transmissive beam splitter having multiple reflectors to variably direct light to the exit pupil.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个反射器的反射角度可变。在一个或多个实施例中,所述反射器可切换。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个反射器可以具有电光活性。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个反射器的折射率可以被改变以与所述基片的折射率匹配。在一个可选实施例中,所述系统还可以包括高频选通层,其可被配置为位于所述基片与所述用户的眼睛之间,所述高频选通层具有可控地移动的孔。在一个或多个实施例中,可以以仅通过穿过所述孔反射的光来选择性地发射图像数据的方式移动所述高频选通层的所述孔。所述穿透式分束器基片的一个或多个反射器可以被所述高频选通层阻挡。在一个或多个实施例中,所述孔可以为LCD孔。在一个或多个实施例中,所述孔可以为MEMS阵列。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一角度可以与所述第二角度相同。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一角度可以与所述第二角度不同。In one or more embodiments, the reflection angles of the multiple reflectors are variable. In one or more embodiments, the reflectors are switchable. In one or more embodiments, the multiple reflectors may be electro-optically active. In one or more embodiments, the refractive index of the multiple reflectors may be changed to match the refractive index of the substrate. In an optional embodiment, the system may further include a high-frequency gating layer that may be configured to be located between the substrate and the user's eyes, the high-frequency gating layer having a controllably movable hole. In one or more embodiments, the hole of the high-frequency gating layer may be moved in a manner that selectively transmits image data only by light reflected through the hole. One or more reflectors of the transmissive beam splitter substrate may be blocked by the high-frequency gating layer. In one or more embodiments, the hole may be an LCD hole. In one or more embodiments, the hole may be a MEMS array. In one or more embodiments, the first angle may be the same as the second angle. In one or more embodiments, the first angle may be different from the second angle.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统可以进一步包括第一透镜,其引导一组光线穿过节点并到达所述用户的眼睛。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一透镜可被配置为位于所述基片上并且位于所述第一反射器前方,以使得从该反射器射出的所述一组光线在到达所述用户的眼睛之前穿过所述第一透镜。In one or more embodiments, the system may further include a first lens that directs a set of light rays through the node and to the user's eyes. In one or more embodiments, the first lens may be configured to be located on the substrate and in front of the first reflector so that the set of light rays emitted from the reflector pass through the first lens before reaching the user's eyes.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统可以进一步包括包括第二透镜,其补偿所述第一透镜,所述第二透镜可被配置为位于所述基片上并且位于与放置所述第一透镜的一侧相对的一侧,从而导致零放大。In one or more embodiments, the system may further include a second lens that compensates for the first lens, and the second lens may be configured to be located on the substrate and on a side opposite to the side where the first lens is located, thereby resulting in zero magnification.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个反射器中的所述第一反射器可以为弧形反射面,该弧形反射面在与所述图像数据关联的一组光线被传送到所述用户的眼睛之前,将该组光线采集到单个输出点内。在一个或多个实施例中,所述弧形反射器可以为抛物线反射器。在一个或多个实施例中,所述弧形反射器可以为椭圆反射器。In one or more embodiments, the first reflector among the plurality of reflectors may be a curved reflective surface that collects a group of light rays associated with the image data into a single output point before the group of light rays is transmitted to the user's eyes. In one or more embodiments, the curved reflector may be a parabolic reflector. In one or more embodiments, the curved reflector may be an elliptical reflector.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述波前可以为准直波前。在一个或多个实施例中,所述波前可以为弧形波前。在某些实施例中,所述准直波前可以被感知为无限深度平面。在某些实施例中,所述弧形波前可以被感知比光学无限远更近的深度平面。In one or more embodiments, the wavefront can be a collimated wavefront. In one or more embodiments, the wavefront can be a curved wavefront. In some embodiments, the collimated wavefront can be perceived as a plane at infinite depth. In some embodiments, the curved wavefront can be perceived as a plane at a depth closer than optical infinity.
在另一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:光源,其按照时序方式多路传输与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的一个或多个光图案;以及反射器阵列,其接收所述一个或多个光图案,所述反射器阵列按照特定角度定向;以及多个光学元件,其与所述反射器阵列耦合以可变地将所述光图案导向出瞳。In another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes: a light source that multiplexes one or more light patterns associated with one or more frames of image data in a time-sequential manner; and a reflector array that receives the one or more light patterns, the reflector array being oriented at a particular angle; and a plurality of optical elements coupled to the reflector array to variably direct the light patterns toward an exit pupil.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述反射器阵列可以与所述光学元件分离。在一个或多个实施例中,所述反射器阵列包括平面镜。在一个或多个实施例中,所述光学元件可以是与所述反射器阵列耦合的微透镜。在一个或多个实施例中,所述反射器阵列中的一个或多个反射器可以为弧形反射器。在一个或多个实施例中,所述光学元件被集成在所述反射器阵列内。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个光学元件可以扩展出瞳。In one or more embodiments, the reflector array may be separated from the optical element. In one or more embodiments, the reflector array includes a plane mirror. In one or more embodiments, the optical element may be a microlens coupled to the reflector array. In one or more embodiments, one or more reflectors in the reflector array may be arc reflectors. In one or more embodiments, the optical element is integrated into the reflector array. In one or more embodiments, the multiple optical elements may expand the exit pupil.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统可以进一步包括第一透镜,其引导一组光线穿过节点并到达所述用户的眼睛,其中所述第一透镜可被配置为位于所述基片上并且位于所述第一反射器与所述眼睛之间,以使得从该反射器射出的所述一组光线在到达所述用户的眼睛之前穿过所述第一透镜。In one or more embodiments, the system may further include a first lens that directs a set of light rays through the node and to the user's eye, wherein the first lens may be configured to be located on the substrate and between the first reflector and the eye so that the set of light rays emitted from the reflector pass through the first lens before reaching the user's eye.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统可以进一步包括第二透镜,其补偿所述第一透镜,所述第二透镜可被配置为位于所述基片上并且位于与放置所述第一透镜的一侧相对的一侧,从而导致零放大。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个反射器可以包括波长选择性反射器。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个反射器可以包括半镀银镜。所述多个光学元件可以包括折射透镜。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个光学元件可以包括衍射透镜。在一个或多个实施例中,所述弧形反射器可以包括波长选择性陷波滤波器。In one or more embodiments, the system may further include a second lens that compensates for the first lens, and the second lens may be configured to be located on the substrate and on a side opposite to the side where the first lens is placed, thereby resulting in zero magnification. In one or more embodiments, the plurality of reflectors may include wavelength selective reflectors. In one or more embodiments, the plurality of reflectors may include half-silvered mirrors. The plurality of optical elements may include refractive lenses. In one or more embodiments, the plurality of optical elements may include diffractive lenses. In one or more embodiments, the curved reflector may include a wavelength selective notch filter.
在另一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的方法包括:按照时序方式提供与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的一个或多个光图案;经由穿透式分束器将与所述图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的所述一个或多个光图案反射到出瞳,所述穿透式分束器具有多个反射器以可变地将光导向所述出瞳;以及通过与所述穿透式分束器的所述多个反射器耦合的多个光学元件扩展出瞳。In another embodiment, a method for displaying virtual content to a user includes: providing one or more light patterns associated with one or more frames of image data in a time-sequential manner; reflecting the one or more light patterns associated with the one or more frames of image data to an exit pupil via a transmissive beam splitter having multiple reflectors to variably direct light toward the exit pupil; and expanding the exit pupil via multiple optical elements coupled to the multiple reflectors of the transmissive beam splitter.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述反射器阵列可以与所述光学元件分离。在一个或多个实施例中,所述反射器阵列包括平面镜。在一个或多个实施例中,所述光学元件可以是与所述反射器阵列耦合的微透镜。In one or more embodiments, the reflector array may be separate from the optical element. In one or more embodiments, the reflector array comprises a plane mirror. In one or more embodiments, the optical element may be a microlens coupled to the reflector array.
在另一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:光源,其按照时序方式多路传输与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的一个或多个光图案;以及波导,其以第一聚焦程度接收所述一个或多个光图案;以及可变焦元件(VFE),其与所述波导耦合以将所述光图案中的至少一部分置于第二聚焦程度。In another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes a light source that multiplexes one or more light patterns associated with one or more frames of image data in a time-sequential manner, a waveguide that receives the one or more light patterns at a first focus level, and a variable focus element (VFE) coupled to the waveguide to place at least a portion of the light patterns at a second focus level.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述VFE为远心的。在一个或多个实施例中,所述VFE为非远心的。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括补偿透镜,以便所述用户的外部世界视图不失真。在一个或多个实施例中,以高频率将多个帧呈现给所述用户,以使得所述用户将所述帧感知为单个连贯场景的一部分,其中所述VFE将所述焦点从第一帧改变到第二帧。在一个或多个实施例中,所述光源为扫描光显示器,并且其中所述VFE逐行改变所述焦点。在一个或多个实施例中,所述光源为扫描光显示器,并且其中所述VFE逐像素改变所述焦点。In one or more embodiments, the VFE is telecentric. In one or more embodiments, the VFE is non-telecentric. In one or more embodiments, the system further includes a compensating lens so that the user's view of the external world is not distorted. In one or more embodiments, multiple frames are presented to the user at a high frequency so that the user perceives the frames as part of a single coherent scene, wherein the VFE changes the focus from a first frame to a second frame. In one or more embodiments, the light source is a scanning light display, and wherein the VFE changes the focus on a line-by-line basis. In one or more embodiments, the light source is a scanning light display, and wherein the VFE changes the focus on a pixel-by-pixel basis.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述VFE为衍射透镜。在一个或多个实施例中,所述VFE为折射透镜。在一个或多个实施例中,所述VFE为反射镜。在一个或多个实施例中,所述反射镜不透明。在一个或多个实施例中,所述反射镜部分反射。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括视觉调节模块,其跟踪用户的眼睛的视觉调节,并且其中所述VFE至少部分地基于所述用户的眼睛的视觉调节改变所述光图案的焦点。In one or more embodiments, the VFE is a diffractive lens. In one or more embodiments, the VFE is a refractive lens. In one or more embodiments, the VFE is a reflector. In one or more embodiments, the reflector is opaque. In one or more embodiments, the reflector is partially reflective. In one or more embodiments, the system further includes a visual accommodation module that tracks the visual accommodation of the user's eye, and wherein the VFE changes the focus of the light pattern based at least in part on the visual accommodation of the user's eye.
在又一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:光源,其按照时序方式多路传输与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的一个或多个光图案;波导,其接收所述一个或多个光图案并将所述光图案导向第一焦点;以及可变焦元件(VFE),其与所述波导耦合以将所述光图案中的至少一部分导向第二焦点,其中所述VFE被集成在所述波导内。In yet another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes a light source that multiplexes one or more light patterns associated with one or more frames of image data in a time-sequential manner; a waveguide that receives the one or more light patterns and directs the light patterns to a first focal point; and a variable focus element (VFE) coupled to the waveguide to direct at least a portion of the light patterns to a second focal point, wherein the VFE is integrated within the waveguide.
在另一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:光源,其按照时序方式多路传输与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的一个或多个光图案;波导,其接收所述一个或多个光图案并将所述光图案导向第一焦点;以及可变焦元件(VFE),其与所述波导耦合以将所述光图案中的至少一部分导向第二焦点,其中所述VFE与所述波导分离。In another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes: a light source that multiplexes one or more light patterns associated with one or more frames of image data in a time-sequential manner; a waveguide that receives the one or more light patterns and directs the light patterns to a first focal point; and a variable focus element (VFE) coupled to the waveguide to direct at least a portion of the light patterns to a second focal point, wherein the VFE is separate from the waveguide.
在另一方面,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的方法包括:提供与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的一个或多个光图案;通过波导将与所述图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的所述一个或多个光图案会聚到第一焦点;以及通过可变焦元件(VFE)更改所述光的所述第一焦点以在第二焦点上产生波前。On the other hand, a method for displaying virtual content to a user includes: providing one or more light patterns associated with one or more frames of image data; converging the one or more light patterns associated with the one or more frames of image data to a first focus through a waveguide; and changing the first focus of the light through a variable focus element (VFE) to produce a wavefront at a second focus.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述VFE与所述波导分离。在一个或多个实施例中,所述VFE被集成在所述波导内。在一个或多个实施例中,所述图像数据的一个或多个帧按照时序提供。在一个或多个实施例中,所述VFE 逐帧更改所述图像数据的一个或多个帧的焦点。在一个或多个实施例中,所述VFE逐像素更改所述图像数据的一个或多个帧的焦点。在一个或多个实施例中,所述VFE更改所述第一焦点以在第三焦点上产生波前,其中所述第二焦点不同于所述第三焦点。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第二焦点上的所述波前被所述用户感知为来自特定深度平面。In one or more embodiments, the VFE is separate from the waveguide. In one or more embodiments, the VFE is integrated within the waveguide. In one or more embodiments, the one or more frames of image data are provided in a time sequence. In one or more embodiments, the VFE changes the focus of the one or more frames of image data on a frame-by-frame basis. In one or more embodiments, the VFE changes the focus of the one or more frames of image data on a pixel-by-pixel basis. In one or more embodiments, the VFE changes the first focus to produce a wavefront at a third focus, wherein the second focus is different from the third focus. In one or more embodiments, the wavefront at the second focus is perceived by the user as coming from a particular depth plane.
在某些实施例中,以高频率将多个帧呈现给所述用户,以使得所述用户将所述帧感知为单个连贯场景的一部分,其中所述VFE将所述焦点从第一帧改变到第二帧。在一个或多个实施例中,所述光源为扫描光显示器,并且其中所述VFE逐行改变所述焦点。In some embodiments, multiple frames are presented to the user at a high frequency such that the user perceives the frames as part of a single coherent scene, wherein the VFE changes the focus from a first frame to a second frame. In one or more embodiments, the light source is a scanning light display, and wherein the VFE changes the focus line by line.
在另一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:多个波导,其接收与图像数据关联的光线并朝向所述用户的眼睛发射所述光线,其中所述多个波导在面向所述用户的眼睛的方向上堆叠;以及第一透镜,其与所述多个波导中的第一波导耦合以更改从所述第一波导发射的光线,从而传送具有第一波前曲率的光线;第二透镜,其与所述多个波导中的第二波导耦合以更改从所述第二波导发射的光线,从而传送具有第二波前曲率的光线,其中与所述第一波导耦合的所述第一透镜和与所述第二波导耦合的所述第二透镜在面向所述用户的眼睛的方向上水平地堆叠。In another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes: a plurality of waveguides that receive light associated with image data and emit the light toward the user's eyes, wherein the plurality of waveguides are stacked in a direction facing the user's eyes; and a first lens coupled to a first waveguide of the plurality of waveguides to modify the light emitted from the first waveguide so as to transmit light having a first wavefront curvature; and a second lens coupled to a second waveguide of the plurality of waveguides to modify the light emitted from the second waveguide so as to transmit light having a second wavefront curvature, wherein the first lens coupled to the first waveguide and the second lens coupled to the second waveguide are horizontally stacked in a direction facing the user's eyes.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一波前曲率不同于所述第二波前曲率。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括所述多个波导中的第三波导,其将准直光传送到所述用户的眼睛,以便所述用户将所述图像数据感知为来自光学无限远平面。在一个或多个实施例中,所述波导被配置为将准直光发射到所述透镜。In one or more embodiments, the first wavefront curvature is different from the second wavefront curvature. In one or more embodiments, the system further includes a third waveguide of the plurality of waveguides that transmits collimated light to the user's eye so that the user perceives the image data as coming from an optically infinite plane. In one or more embodiments, the waveguide is configured to emit collimated light to the lens.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括补偿透镜层,其补偿在面向所述用户的眼睛的方向上堆叠的所述透镜的聚合功率,其中所述补偿透镜层堆叠在距离所述用户的眼睛最远处。在一个或多个实施例中,所述波导包括多个反射器,所述反射器可被配置为朝向所述用户的眼睛反射被注入所述波导的光线。In one or more embodiments, the system further includes a compensating lens layer that compensates for the aggregated power of the lenses stacked in a direction facing the user's eyes, wherein the compensating lens layer is stacked farthest from the user's eyes. In one or more embodiments, the waveguide includes a plurality of reflectors that can be configured to reflect light injected into the waveguide toward the user's eyes.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述波导具有电活性。在一个或多个实施例中,所述波导可切换。在一个或多个实施例中,具有所述第一波前曲率的所述光线和具有所述第二波前曲率的所述光线被同时传送。在一个或多个实施例中,具有所述第一波前曲率的所述光线和具有所述第二波前曲率的所述光线被依次传送。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第二波前曲率与所述第一波前曲率的裕度对应,从而提供使得所述用户能够适应的变焦范围。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括视觉调节模块,其跟踪用户的眼睛的视觉调节,并且其中所述VFE至少部分地基于所述用户的眼睛的视觉调节改变所述光图案的焦点。In one or more embodiments, the waveguide is electrically active. In one or more embodiments, the waveguide is switchable. In one or more embodiments, the light having the first wavefront curvature and the light having the second wavefront curvature are transmitted simultaneously. In one or more embodiments, the light having the first wavefront curvature and the light having the second wavefront curvature are transmitted sequentially. In one or more embodiments, the second wavefront curvature corresponds to a margin of the first wavefront curvature, thereby providing a zoom range that enables the user to adapt. In one or more embodiments, the system further includes a visual accommodation module that tracks the visual accommodation of the user's eyes, and wherein the VFE changes the focus of the light pattern based at least in part on the visual accommodation of the user's eyes.
在又一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:光源,其按照时序方式多路传输与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的一个或多个光图案;多个波导,其接收所述一个或多个光图案并且将光聚集到出瞳,其中所述多个波导沿着Z轴堆叠并远离所述用户的视线;以及至少一个光学元件,其与堆叠的波导耦合以更改所述多个波导发射的所述光的焦点。In yet another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes: a light source that multiplexes one or more light patterns associated with one or more frames of image data in a time-sequential manner; a plurality of waveguides that receive the one or more light patterns and focus the light into an exit pupil, wherein the plurality of waveguides are stacked along a Z-axis and away from the user's line of sight; and at least one optical element coupled to the stacked waveguides to change the focus of the light emitted by the plurality of waveguides.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个波导中的波导可以包括用于跨该波导的长度分布投射光的波导,以及以产生波前曲率的方式更改所述光的透镜,其中当被所述用户查看时,所产生的波前曲率与焦平面对应。In one or more embodiments, a waveguide among the plurality of waveguides may include a waveguide for distributing projected light across the length of the waveguide, and a lens for altering the light in a manner that produces a wavefront curvature, wherein the produced wavefront curvature corresponds to a focal plane when viewed by the user.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个波导中的波导包括衍射光学元件 (DOE)。在一个或多个实施例中,所述DOE可以在接通与关断状态之间切换。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个波导中的所述波导包括折射透镜。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个波导中的所述波导包括菲涅尔带片。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个波导中的所述波导包括基片制导光学 (SGO)元件。在一个或多个实施例中,所述波导可以在接通与关断状态之间切换。在一个或多个实施例中,所述波导为静态波导。在一个或多个实施例中,图像数据的第一帧和图像数据的第二帧被同时传送到所述用户的眼睛。在一个或多个实施例中,图像数据的第一帧和图像数据的第二帧被依次传送到所述用户的眼睛。In one or more embodiments, a waveguide in the plurality of waveguides comprises a diffractive optical element (DOE). In one or more embodiments, the DOE can be switched between an on and an off state. In one or more embodiments, the waveguide in the plurality of waveguides comprises a refractive lens. In one or more embodiments, the waveguide in the plurality of waveguides comprises a Fresnel zone plate. In one or more embodiments, the waveguide in the plurality of waveguides comprises a substrate guided optics (SGO) element. In one or more embodiments, the waveguide can be switched between an on and an off state. In one or more embodiments, the waveguide is a static waveguide. In one or more embodiments, the first frame of image data and the second frame of image data are transmitted to the user's eye simultaneously. In one or more embodiments, the first frame of image data and the second frame of image data are transmitted to the user's eye sequentially.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括多个角形反射器,其将光传送到所述用户的眼睛,其中所述第一波导组件和所述第二波导组件将光导向所述一个或多个角形反射器。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括光束分布波导光学元件,所述光束分布波导与所述波导组装件耦合,其中所述光束分布波导光学元件可被配置为跨所述波导组装件传播所述投射光,以使得注入所述光束分布波导光学元件的光线被复制并注入所述波导组装件的波导组件。In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises a plurality of corner reflectors that transmit light to the user's eyes, wherein the first waveguide assembly and the second waveguide assembly direct light toward the one or more corner reflectors. In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises a beam distributing waveguide optical element coupled to the waveguide assembly, wherein the beam distributing waveguide optical element can be configured to propagate the projected light across the waveguide assembly such that light injected into the beam distributing waveguide optical element is replicated and injected into the waveguide assembly of the waveguide assembly.
在另一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:图像生成源,其按照时序方式提供图像数据的一个或多个帧;光调制器,其投射与所述图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光;波导组装件,其接收投射光并朝向所述用户的眼睛传送所述光,其中所述波导组装件包括至少第一波导组件和第二波导组件,所述第一波导组件可被配置为更改与所述图像数据的第一帧关联的光,以使得所述光被感知为来自第一焦平面,所述第二波导组件可被配置为更改所述图像数据的第二帧关联的光,以使得所述光被感知为来自第二焦平面,并且其中所述第一波导组件和所述第二波导组件沿着所述用户的眼睛前方的Z轴堆叠。In another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes: an image generation source that provides one or more frames of image data in a time-sequential manner; a light modulator that projects light associated with the one or more frames of image data; and a waveguide assembly that receives the projected light and transmits the light toward the user's eyes, wherein the waveguide assembly includes at least a first waveguide component and a second waveguide component, the first waveguide component being configurable to modify light associated with a first frame of the image data so that the light is perceived as coming from a first focal plane, the second waveguide component being configurable to modify light associated with a second frame of the image data so that the light is perceived as coming from a second focal plane, and wherein the first waveguide component and the second waveguide component are stacked along a Z-axis in front of the user's eyes.
在某些实施例中,所述波导组装件的波导组件包括用于跨该波导的长度分布所述投射光的波导,以及用于以产生波前曲率的方式更改所述光的透镜,其中当被所述用户查看时,所产生的波前曲率与焦平面对应。在一个或多个实施例中,所述波导组装件的波导组件包括衍射光学元件 (DOE)。In certain embodiments, the waveguide component of the waveguide assembly includes a waveguide for distributing the projected light across the length of the waveguide, and a lens for modifying the light in a manner that produces a wavefront curvature, wherein the produced wavefront curvature corresponds to a focal plane when viewed by the user. In one or more embodiments, the waveguide component of the waveguide assembly includes a diffractive optical element (DOE).
在一个或多个实施例中,所述DOE可以在接通与关断状态之间切换。在一个或多个实施例中,所述波导组装件的波导组件包括折射透镜。在一个或多个实施例中,所述波导组装件的波导组件包括菲涅尔带片。在一个或多个实施例中,图像数据的第一帧和图像数据的第二帧被同时传送到所述用户的眼睛。在一个或多个实施例中,图像数据的第一帧和图像数据的第二帧被依次传送到所述用户的眼睛。In one or more embodiments, the DOE can be switched between an on and an off state. In one or more embodiments, the waveguide component of the waveguide assembly includes a refractive lens. In one or more embodiments, the waveguide component of the waveguide assembly includes a Fresnel zone plate. In one or more embodiments, the first frame of image data and the second frame of image data are transmitted to the user's eye simultaneously. In one or more embodiments, the first frame of image data and the second frame of image data are transmitted to the user's eye sequentially.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括多个角形反射器,其将光传送到所述用户的眼睛,其中所述第一波导组件和所述第二波导组件将光导向所述一个或多个角形反射器。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括光束分布波导光学元件,所述光束分布波导与所述波导组装件耦合,其中所述光束分布波导光学元件可被配置为跨所述波导组装件传播所述投射光,以使得注入所述光束分布波导光学元件的光线被复制并被注入所述波导组装件的波导组件。In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises a plurality of corner reflectors that transmit light to the user's eyes, wherein the first waveguide assembly and the second waveguide assembly direct light toward the one or more corner reflectors. In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises a beam distributing waveguide optical element coupled to the waveguide assembly, wherein the beam distributing waveguide optical element can be configured to propagate the projected light across the waveguide assembly such that light injected into the beam distributing waveguide optical element is replicated and injected into the waveguide assembly of the waveguide assembly.
所述波导组装件的波导组件包括反射器,该反射器可被配置为以所需角度将所述投射光反射到所述用户的眼睛。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一波导组件包括第一反射器,该第一反射器被配置为以第一角度反射所述投射光,并且其中所述第二波导组件包括第二反射器,该第二反射器以第二角度反射所述投射光。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一反射器相对于所述第二反射器交错,从而扩展所述用户查看所述图像的视场。The waveguide assembly of the waveguide assembly includes a reflector that can be configured to reflect the projection light at a desired angle toward the user's eye. In one or more embodiments, the first waveguide assembly includes a first reflector configured to reflect the projection light at a first angle, and the second waveguide assembly includes a second reflector that reflects the projection light at a second angle. In one or more embodiments, the first reflector is staggered relative to the second reflector to expand the field of view of the user viewing the image.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述波导组件的反射器被以跨所述波导组装件形成连续弧形反射面的方式放置。在一个或多个实施例中,所述连续的弧形反射面包括抛物曲线。在一个或多个实施例中,所述连续的弧形反射面包括椭圆曲线。In one or more embodiments, the reflector of the waveguide assembly is positioned to form a continuous curved reflective surface across the waveguide assembly. In one or more embodiments, the continuous curved reflective surface comprises a parabola. In one or more embodiments, the continuous curved reflective surface comprises an elliptical curve.
在又一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的方法包括:通过第一波导将与图像数据的第一帧关联的光线传送到所述用户,所述光线具有第一波前曲率;以及通过第二波导将与图像数据的第二帧关联的光线传送到所述用户,所述光线具有第二波前曲率,其中所述第一波导和第二波导沿着面向所述用户的眼睛的Z轴堆叠。In yet another embodiment, a method for displaying virtual content to a user includes transmitting light associated with a first frame of image data to the user through a first waveguide, the light having a first wavefront curvature; and transmitting light associated with a second frame of image data to the user through a second waveguide, the light having a second wavefront curvature, wherein the first waveguide and the second waveguide are stacked along a Z-axis facing an eye of the user.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一波前曲率和所述第二波前曲率被同时传送。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一波前曲率和所述第二波前曲率被依次传送。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一和第二波前曲率被所述用户感知为第一和第二深度平面。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一和第二波导与一个或多个光学元件耦合。在一个或多个实施例中,所述方法可以进一步包括通过补偿透镜补偿所述一个或多个光学元件的效应。In one or more embodiments, the first wavefront curvature and the second wavefront curvature are transmitted simultaneously. In one or more embodiments, the first wavefront curvature and the second wavefront curvature are transmitted sequentially. In one or more embodiments, the first and second wavefront curvatures are perceived by the user as first and second depth planes. In one or more embodiments, the first and second waveguides are coupled to one or more optical elements. In one or more embodiments, the method may further include compensating for the effects of the one or more optical elements via a compensating lens.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述方法可以进一步包括确定所述用户的眼睛的视觉调节;以及至少部分地基于所确定的视觉调节,通过所述第一和第二波导中的至少一者传送光线。In one or more embodiments, the method may further include determining an accommodation of an eye of the user; and transmitting light through at least one of the first and second waveguides based at least in part on the determined accommodation.
在另一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的方法包括:确定所述用户的眼睛的视觉调节;至少部分地基于所确定的视觉调节,通过波导堆栈中的第一波导传送具有第一波前曲率的光线,其中所述第一波前曲率与所确定的视觉调节的焦距对应;以及通过所述波导堆栈中的第二波导传送具有第二波前曲率的光线,所述第二波前曲率与所确定的视觉调节的所述焦距的预定裕度关联。In another embodiment, a method for displaying virtual content to a user includes: determining visual accommodation of an eye of the user; transmitting light having a first wavefront curvature through a first waveguide in a waveguide stack based at least in part on the determined visual accommodation, wherein the first wavefront curvature corresponds to a focal length of the determined visual accommodation; and transmitting light having a second wavefront curvature through a second waveguide in the waveguide stack, wherein the second wavefront curvature is associated with a predetermined margin of the focal length of the determined visual accommodation.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述裕度为正裕度。在一个或多个实施例中,所述裕度为负裕度。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第二波导增大所述用户能够适应的变焦范围。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一波导与可变焦元件(VFE)耦合,其中所述VFE改变所述波导聚焦所述光线的焦点。在一个或多个实施例中,至少部分地基于所确定的所述用户的眼睛的视觉调节改变所述焦点。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一波前曲率和所述第二波前曲率被同时传送。In one or more embodiments, the margin is a positive margin. In one or more embodiments, the margin is a negative margin. In one or more embodiments, the second waveguide increases the zoom range that the user can adapt to. In one or more embodiments, the first waveguide is coupled to a variable focus element (VFE), wherein the VFE changes the focal point at which the waveguide focuses the light. In one or more embodiments, the focus is changed based at least in part on a determined visual accommodation of the user's eye. In one or more embodiments, the first wavefront curvature and the second wavefront curvature are transmitted simultaneously.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一和第二波前曲率被所述用户感知为第一和第二深度平面。在一个或多个实施例中,所述波导为衍射光学元件 (DOE)。在一个或多个实施例中,所述波导为基片制导光学元件(SGO)。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一和第二波导可切换。在一个或多个实施例中,所述波导包括一个或多个可切换元件。In one or more embodiments, the first and second wavefront curvatures are perceived by the user as first and second depth planes. In one or more embodiments, the waveguide is a diffractive optical element (DOE). In one or more embodiments, the waveguide is a substrate guided optical element (SGO). In one or more embodiments, the first and second waveguides are switchable. In one or more embodiments, the waveguide includes one or more switchable elements.
在又一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:图像生成源,其按照时序方式提供图像数据的一个或多个帧;显示组装件,其投射与所述图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光线,所述显示组装件包括第一显示元件和第二显示元件,所述第一显示元件与第一帧率和第一位深度对应,所述第二显示元件与第二帧率和第二位深度对应;以及可变焦元件 (VFE),其可被配置为改变投射光的焦点并将所述光发射到所述用户的眼睛。In yet another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes an image generation source that provides one or more frames of image data in a time-sequential manner; a display assembly that projects light associated with the one or more frames of image data, the display assembly including a first display element and a second display element, the first display element corresponding to a first frame rate and a first bit depth, the second display element corresponding to a second frame rate and a second bit depth; and a variable focus element (VFE) that can be configured to change the focus of the projected light and emit the light to the user's eyes.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一帧率高于所述第二帧率,并且所述第一位深度低于所述第二位深度。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一显示元件为DLP投影系统。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第二显示元件为液晶显示器(LCD)。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一显示元件将光投射到所述第二显示元件的一部分上,以使得所述LCD的周边具有恒定光照。在一个或多个实施例中,只有从所述第一显示元件发射的光才通过所述 VFE被聚焦。In one or more embodiments, the first frame rate is higher than the second frame rate, and the first bit depth is lower than the second bit depth. In one or more embodiments, the first display element is a DLP projection system. In one or more embodiments, the second display element is a liquid crystal display (LCD). In one or more embodiments, the first display element projects light onto a portion of the second display element such that the periphery of the LCD has constant illumination. In one or more embodiments, only light emitted from the first display element is focused by the VFE.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述VFE在光学上与出瞳共轭,从而在不影响所述图像数据的放大率的情况下改变所述投射光的焦点。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一显示元件为DLP,所述第二显示元件为LCD,并且其中所述DLP具有低分辨率,其中所述LCD具有高分辨率。在一个或多个实施例中,背光的强度随着时间变化以均衡所述第一显示元件投射的子图像的亮度,从而增大所述第一显示元件的帧率。In one or more embodiments, the VFE is optically conjugate with the exit pupil, thereby changing the focus of the projected light without affecting the magnification of the image data. In one or more embodiments, the first display element is a DLP and the second display element is an LCD, and wherein the DLP has a low resolution and the LCD has a high resolution. In one or more embodiments, the intensity of the backlight varies over time to equalize the brightness of the sub-images projected by the first display element, thereby increasing the frame rate of the first display element.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述VFE可被配置为逐帧改变所述投射光的焦点。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括用于补偿与所述VFE 的操作关联的光学放大的软件。在一个或多个实施例中,所述图像生成源产生特定图像的多个片段,当被一起投射或被依次投射时,这些片段产生对象的三维体积。在一个或多个实施例中,所述DLP在二进制模式下工作。在一个或多个实施例中,所述DLP在灰阶模式下工作。In one or more embodiments, the VFE may be configured to change the focus of the projected light on a frame-by-frame basis. In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises software for compensating for optical magnification associated with operation of the VFE. In one or more embodiments, the image generation source produces multiple segments of a particular image that, when projected together or sequentially, produce a three-dimensional volume of an object. In one or more embodiments, the DLP operates in binary mode. In one or more embodiments, the DLP operates in grayscale mode.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述VFE改变所述投射光,以使得第一帧被感知为来自第一焦平面,第二帧被感知为来自第二焦平面,其中所述第一焦平面不同于所述第二焦平面。在一个或多个实施例中,与所述焦平面关联的焦距固定。在一个或多个实施例中,与所述焦平面关联的焦距可变。In one or more embodiments, the VFE modifies the projected light such that a first frame is perceived as originating from a first focal plane and a second frame is perceived as originating from a second focal plane, wherein the first focal plane is different from the second focal plane. In one or more embodiments, the focal length associated with the focal plane is fixed. In one or more embodiments, the focal length associated with the focal plane is variable.
在另一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的方法包括:提供一个或多个图像片段,其中所述一个或多个图像片段中的第一和第二图像片段表示三维体积;通过空间光调制器投射与所述第一图像片段关联的光;通过可变焦元件(VFE)将所述第一图像片段聚焦到第一焦点;将具有所述第一焦点的所述第一图像片段传送到所述用户;提供与所述第二图像片段关联的光;通过所述VFE将所述第二图像片段聚焦到第二焦点,其中所述第一焦点不同于所述第二焦点;以及将具有所述第二焦点的所述第二图像片段传送到所述用户。In another embodiment, a method for displaying virtual content to a user includes: providing one or more image segments, wherein a first and a second image segment of the one or more image segments represent a three-dimensional volume; projecting light associated with the first image segment through a spatial light modulator; focusing the first image segment to a first focus through a variable focus element (VFE); transmitting the first image segment with the first focus to the user; providing light associated with the second image segment; focusing the second image segment to a second focus through the VFE, wherein the first focus is different from the second focus; and transmitting the second image segment with the second focus to the user.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述方法可以进一步包括确定所述用户的眼睛的视觉调节,其中所述VFE至少部分地基于所确定的视觉调节聚焦所述投射光。在一个或多个实施例中,按照帧序列方式提供所述图像片段。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一图像片段和所述第二图像片段被同时传送。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一图像片段和所述第二图像片段被依次传送。In one or more embodiments, the method may further include determining an accommodation of an eye of the user, wherein the VFE focuses the projected light based at least in part on the determined accommodation. In one or more embodiments, the image segments are provided in a frame sequence. In one or more embodiments, the first image segment and the second image segment are transmitted simultaneously. In one or more embodiments, the first image segment and the second image segment are transmitted sequentially.
在又一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的方法包括:将第一显示元件和第二显示元件进行组合,所述第一显示元件与高帧率和低位深度对应,所述第二显示元件与低帧率和高位深度对应,以使得组合后的显示元件与高帧率和高位深度对应;以及通过所述组合后的显示元件投射与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光;以及通过可变焦元件(VFE)逐帧切换所述投射光的焦点,以便在第一焦点上投射第一图像片段,在第二焦点上投射第二图像片段。In another embodiment, a method for displaying virtual content to a user includes: combining a first display element and a second display element, the first display element corresponding to a high frame rate and a low bit depth, and the second display element corresponding to a low frame rate and a high bit depth, so that the combined display element corresponds to a high frame rate and a high bit depth; and projecting light associated with one or more frames of image data through the combined display element; and switching the focus of the projected light frame by frame through a variable focus element (VFE) so as to project a first image segment at a first focus and a second image segment at a second focus.
在另一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:多个光导,其接收与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的连贯光,并且产生聚合波前;相位调制器,其与所述多个光导中的一个或多个光导耦合以引发所述一个或多个光导所投射的光的相位延迟;以及处理器,其以使得所述多个光导所产生的所述聚合波前变化的方式控制所述相位调制器。In another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes: a plurality of light guides that receive coherent light associated with one or more frames of image data and produce an aggregate wavefront; a phase modulator that is coupled to one or more of the plurality of light guides to induce a phase delay in light projected by the one or more light guides; and a processor that controls the phase modulator in such a manner that the aggregate wavefront produced by the plurality of light guides changes.
在一个或多个实施例中,由所述多个光导中的光导产生的波前为球面波前。在一个或多个实施例中,由至少两个光导产生的所述球面波前相长地彼此干涉。在一个或多个实施例中,由至少两个光导产生的所述球面波前相消地彼此干涉。在一个或多个实施例中,所述聚合波前大致为平面波前。In one or more embodiments, the wavefronts generated by the light guides of the plurality of light guides are spherical wavefronts. In one or more embodiments, the spherical wavefronts generated by at least two light guides constructively interfere with each other. In one or more embodiments, the spherical wavefronts generated by at least two light guides destructively interfere with each other. In one or more embodiments, the aggregate wavefront is substantially a planar wavefront.
所述平面波前与光学无限远深度平面对应。在一个或多个实施例中,所述聚合波前为球面波前。在一个或多个实施例中,所述球面波前与比光学无限远更近的深度平面对应。在一个或多个实施例中,所需光束的逆傅里叶变换被注入多芯光纤,从而产生所需的聚合波前。The plane wavefront corresponds to a depth plane at optical infinity. In one or more embodiments, the aggregate wavefront is a spherical wavefront. In one or more embodiments, the spherical wavefront corresponds to a depth plane closer than optical infinity. In one or more embodiments, an inverse Fourier transform of the desired beam is injected into a multi-core optical fiber to produce the desired aggregate wavefront.
在另一方面,一种向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:图像生成源,其提供图像数据的一个或多个帧;多芯组装件,其包括用于投射与所述图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光的多个多芯光纤,所述多个多芯光纤中的一个多芯光纤通过波前发射光,以使得所述多芯组装件产生投射光的聚合波前;以及相位调制器,其以使得所述多芯组装件所发射的所述聚合波前改变的方式引发所述多芯光纤之间的相位延迟,从而改变所述用户感知所述图像数据的一个或多个帧的焦距。On the other hand, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes: an image generation source that provides one or more frames of image data; a multi-core assembly that includes multiple multi-core optical fibers for projecting light associated with the one or more frames of the image data, one of the multiple multi-core optical fibers emitting light through a wavefront so that the multi-core assembly produces an aggregate wavefront of the projected light; and a phase modulator that induces phase delays between the multi-core optical fibers in a manner that changes the aggregate wavefront emitted by the multi-core assembly, thereby changing the focal length of the one or more frames of the image data perceived by the user.
在又一方面,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的方法包括:通过多芯光纤发射光,所述多芯光纤包括多个单芯光纤,其中所述单芯光纤发射球面波前;通过所述多个单芯光纤发射的光提供聚合波前;以及引发所述多芯光纤中的所述单芯光纤之间的相位延迟,以使得至少部分地基于所引发的相位延迟来改变所述多芯光纤所产生的所述聚合波前。On the other hand, a method for displaying virtual content to a user includes: emitting light through a multi-core optical fiber, the multi-core optical fiber including multiple single-core optical fibers, wherein the single-core optical fibers emit spherical wavefronts; the light emitted through the multiple single-core optical fibers provides a polymeric wavefront; and inducing a phase delay between the single-core optical fibers in the multi-core optical fiber so as to change the polymeric wavefront generated by the multi-core optical fiber at least in part based on the induced phase delay.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述聚合波前为平面波前。在一个或多个实施例中,所述平面波前与光学无限远对应。在一个或多个实施例中,所述聚合波前为球面波前。在一个或多个实施例中,所述球面波前与比光学无限远更近的深度平面对应。在一个或多个实施例中,所述方法进一步包括将所需波前的逆傅里叶变换注入所述多芯光纤,以使得所述聚合波前与所需的波前对应。In one or more embodiments, the aggregate wavefront is a plane wavefront. In one or more embodiments, the plane wavefront corresponds to optical infinity. In one or more embodiments, the aggregate wavefront is a spherical wavefront. In one or more embodiments, the spherical wavefront corresponds to a depth plane closer than optical infinity. In one or more embodiments, the method further comprises injecting an inverse Fourier transform of a desired wavefront into the multi-core optical fiber such that the aggregate wavefront corresponds to the desired wavefront.
在又一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:图像生成源,其提供图像数据的一个或多个帧;多芯组装件,其包括用于投射与所述图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光的多个多芯光纤;图像注入器,其将图像输入所述多芯组装件,其中所述输入注入器可被进一步配置为将所需波前的逆傅里叶变换输入所述多芯组装件,以使得所述多芯组装件通过在所需波前中产生与所述图像数据关联的光来输出所述傅里叶变换,从而允许所述用户在所需焦距上感知所述图像数据。In another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes: an image generation source that provides one or more frames of image data; a multi-core assembly that includes multiple multi-core optical fibers for projecting light associated with the one or more frames of the image data; and an image injector that inputs an image into the multi-core assembly, wherein the input injector can be further configured to input an inverse Fourier transform of a desired wavefront into the multi-core assembly so that the multi-core assembly outputs the Fourier transform by generating light associated with the image data in the desired wavefront, thereby allowing the user to perceive the image data at a desired focal length.
在一个或多个实施例中,所需波前与全息图关联。在一个或多个实施例中,输入所述逆傅里叶变换以调制所述一个或多个光束的焦点。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个多芯光纤中的多芯光纤为多模光纤。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个多芯光纤中的该多芯光纤被配置为在沿着所述光纤的多个路径上传播光。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多芯光纤为单芯光纤。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多芯光纤为同轴芯光纤。In one or more embodiments, the desired wavefront is associated with a hologram. In one or more embodiments, the inverse Fourier transform is input to modulate the focus of the one or more light beams. In one or more embodiments, the multi-core fiber of the plurality of multi-core fibers is a multimode fiber. In one or more embodiments, the multi-core fiber of the plurality of multi-core fibers is configured to propagate light on multiple paths along the fiber. In one or more embodiments, the multi-core fiber is a single-core fiber. In one or more embodiments, the multi-core fiber is a coaxial core fiber.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述图像注入器被配置为将小波模式输入所述多芯组装件。在一个或多个实施例中,所述图像注入器被配置为将泽尼克系数输入所述多芯组装件。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括视觉调节跟踪模块,其确定所述用户的眼睛的视觉调节,其中所述图像注入器被配置为输入与所确定的所述用户的眼睛的视觉调节对应的波前的逆傅里叶变换。In one or more embodiments, the image injector is configured to input a wavelet pattern into the multi-core assembly. In one or more embodiments, the image injector is configured to input Zernike coefficients into the multi-core assembly. In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises an accommodation tracking module that determines accommodation of the user's eye, wherein the image injector is configured to input an inverse Fourier transform of a wavefront corresponding to the determined accommodation of the user's eye.
在又一实施例中,一种向用户显示虚拟内容的方法包括:确定所述用户的眼睛的视觉调节,其中所确定的视觉调节与对应于用户的当前聚焦状态的焦距关联;通过波导投射与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光;至少部分地基于所确定的视觉调节改变所述投射光的焦点;以及将所述投射光传送到所述用户的眼睛,以使得所述光被所述用户感知为来自对应于所述用户的当前聚焦状态的焦距。In yet another embodiment, a method of displaying virtual content to a user includes determining an accommodation of an eye of the user, wherein the determined accommodation is associated with a focal length corresponding to a current focus state of the user; projecting light associated with one or more frames of image data through a waveguide; changing a focus of the projected light based at least in part on the determined accommodation; and transmitting the projected light to the eye of the user so that the light is perceived by the user as being from the focal length corresponding to the current focus state of the user.
在一个或多个实施例中,直接测量所述视觉调节。在一个或多个实施例中,间接测量所述视觉调节。通过红外自动验光仪测量所述视觉调节。在一个或多个实施例中,通过偏心摄影验光法测量所述视觉调节。在一个或多个实施例中,所述方法进一步包括测量所述用户的双眼的会聚水平以估计所述视觉调节。在一个或多个实施例中,所述方法进一步包括至少部分地基于所确定的视觉调节使所述图像数据的一个或多个帧的一个或多个部分变得模糊。在一个或多个实施例中,所述焦点在固定深度平面之间变化。在一个或多个实施例中,所述方法进一步包括补偿透镜补偿所述波导的光学效应。In one or more embodiments, the visual accommodation is measured directly. In one or more embodiments, the visual accommodation is measured indirectly. The visual accommodation is measured by an infrared autorefractor. In one or more embodiments, the visual accommodation is measured by decentered photo-optography. In one or more embodiments, the method further includes measuring a convergence level of the user's eyes to estimate the visual accommodation. In one or more embodiments, the method further includes blurring one or more portions of one or more frames of the image data based at least in part on the determined visual accommodation. In one or more embodiments, the focus varies between fixed depth planes. In one or more embodiments, the method further includes compensating a lens to compensate for optical effects of the waveguide.
在一个或多个实施例中,一种向用户显示虚拟内容的方法包括:确定所述用户的眼睛的视觉调节,其中所确定的视觉调节与对应于用户的当前聚焦状态的焦距关联;通过衍射光学元件(DOE)投射与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光;至少部分地基于所确定的视觉调节改变所述投射光的焦点;以及将所述投射光传送到所述用户的眼睛,以使得所述光被所述用户感知为来自对应于所述用户的当前聚焦状态的焦距。In one or more embodiments, a method of displaying virtual content to a user includes: determining visual accommodation of an eye of the user, wherein the determined visual accommodation is associated with a focal length corresponding to a current focus state of the user; projecting light associated with one or more frames of image data through a diffractive optical element (DOE); changing a focus of the projected light based at least in part on the determined visual accommodation; and transmitting the projected light to the eye of the user so that the light is perceived by the user as coming from the focal length corresponding to the current focus state of the user.
在另一实施例中,一种向用户显示虚拟内容的方法包括:确定所述用户的眼睛的视觉调节,其中所确定的视觉调节与对应于用户的当前聚焦状态的焦距关联;通过自由形状光学元件投射与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光;至少部分地基于所确定的视觉调节改变投射光的焦点;以及将所述投射光传送到所述用户的眼睛,以使得所述光被所述用户感知为来自对应于所述用户的当前聚焦状态的焦距。In another embodiment, a method of displaying virtual content to a user includes: determining visual accommodation of an eye of the user, wherein the determined visual accommodation is associated with a focal length corresponding to a current focus state of the user; projecting light associated with one or more frames of image data through a freeform optical element; changing a focus of the projected light based at least in part on the determined visual accommodation; and transmitting the projected light to the eye of the user so that the light is perceived by the user as being from the focal length corresponding to the current focus state of the user.
在另一方面,一种向用户显示虚拟内容的方法包括:确定所述用户的眼睛的视觉调节,其中所确定的视觉调节与对应于用户的当前聚焦状态的焦距关联;投射与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光;至少部分地基于所确定的视觉调节改变投射光的焦点;以及将所述投射光传送到所述用户的眼睛,以使得所述光被所述用户感知为来自对应于所述用户的当前聚焦状态的焦距。On the other hand, a method of displaying virtual content to a user includes: determining visual accommodation of an eye of the user, wherein the determined visual accommodation is associated with a focal length corresponding to a current focus state of the user; projecting light associated with one or more frames of image data; changing a focus of the projected light based at least in part on the determined visual accommodation; and transmitting the projected light to the eye of the user so that the light is perceived by the user as being from the focal length corresponding to the current focus state of the user.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述光通过基片制导光学组装件被传送到所述用户。在一个或多个实施例中,所述光通过自由形状光学元件被传送到所述用户。在一个或多个实施例中,所述光通过衍射光学元件(DOE)被传送到所述用户。在一个或多个实施例中,所述光通过波导堆栈被投射,所述波导堆栈中的第一波导被配置为在特定波前上输出光,第二波导被配置为输出相对于所述特定波前的正裕度波前,第三波导被配置为输出相对于所述特定波前的负裕度波前。在一个或多个实施例中,所述方法进一步包括通过这样的方式使所述图像数据的一个或多个帧的一部分变得模糊:即,当所述投射光被传送到所述用户的眼睛时,该部分失焦。In one or more embodiments, the light is transmitted to the user through a substrate guided optical assembly. In one or more embodiments, the light is transmitted to the user through a free-form optical element. In one or more embodiments, the light is transmitted to the user through a diffractive optical element (DOE). In one or more embodiments, the light is projected through a waveguide stack, a first waveguide in the waveguide stack being configured to output light on a specific wavefront, a second waveguide being configured to output a positive margin wavefront relative to the specific wavefront, and a third waveguide being configured to output a negative margin wavefront relative to the specific wavefront. In one or more embodiments, the method further includes blurring a portion of one or more frames of the image data in such a manner that the portion is out of focus when the projected light is transmitted to the user's eye.
在又一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:图像生成源,其按照时序方式提供图像数据的一个或多个帧;发光器,其提供与所述图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光;视觉调节跟踪模块,其跟踪所述用户的眼睛的视觉调节;以及波导组装件,其改变与所述图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光的焦点,其中图像数据的不同帧至少部分地基于所跟踪的视觉调节被不同地聚焦。In yet another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes an image generation source that provides one or more frames of image data in a time-sequential manner; a light emitter that provides light associated with the one or more frames of image data; an accommodation tracking module that tracks accommodation of an eye of the user; and a waveguide assembly that changes the focus of the light associated with the one or more frames of image data, wherein different frames of image data are focused differently based at least in part on the tracked accommodation.
在另一方面,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:视觉调节跟踪模块,其确定所述用户的眼睛的视觉调节;图像生成源,其按照时序方式提供图像数据的一个或多个帧;发光器,其投射与所述图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光;多个波导,其接收与图像数据关联的光线并将所述光线发射到所述用户的眼睛,其中所述多个波导在面向所述用户的眼睛的方向上堆叠;以及可变焦元件(VFE),其至少部分地基于所确定的所述用户的眼睛的视觉调节改变发射光的焦点。On the other hand, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes: a visual accommodation tracking module that determines the visual accommodation of the user's eyes; an image generation source that provides one or more frames of image data in a time-sequential manner; a light emitter that projects light associated with the one or more frames of image data; a plurality of waveguides that receive light associated with the image data and emit the light to the user's eyes, wherein the plurality of waveguides are stacked in a direction facing the user's eyes; and a variable focus element (VFE) that changes the focus of the emitted light based at least in part on the determined visual accommodation of the user's eyes.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个波导中的一个波导是波导元件,其中从所述多个波导中的第一波导发射的图像数据的第一帧的焦点不同于从所述多个波导中的第二波导发射的图像数据的第二帧的焦点。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一帧是3D场景的第一层,所述第二帧是所述3D场景的第二层。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括模糊模块,其通过以下方式使所述图像数据的一个或多个帧的一部分变得模糊:即,当被所述用户查看时,该部分失焦。In one or more embodiments, one of the plurality of waveguides is a waveguide element, wherein a first frame of image data emitted from a first waveguide of the plurality of waveguides has a different focus than a second frame of image data emitted from a second waveguide of the plurality of waveguides. In one or more embodiments, the first frame is a first layer of a 3D scene, and the second frame is a second layer of the 3D scene. In one or more embodiments, the system further includes a blur module that blurs a portion of one or more frames of image data in such a manner that the portion is out of focus when viewed by the user.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述VFE是所述多个波导公用的。在一个或多个实施例中,所述VFE与所述多个波导中的一个波导关联。在一个或多个实施例中,所述VFE与所述多个波导中的一个波导耦合,以使得所述 VFE交错在所述多个波导中的两个波导之间。在一个或多个实施例中,所述VFE被嵌入所述多个波导中的一个波导内。在一个或多个实施例中,所述VFE为衍射光学元件。在一个或多个实施例中,其中所述VFE为折射元件。In one or more embodiments, the VFE is common to the plurality of waveguides. In one or more embodiments, the VFE is associated with one of the plurality of waveguides. In one or more embodiments, the VFE is coupled to one of the plurality of waveguides such that the VFE is interleaved between two of the plurality of waveguides. In one or more embodiments, the VFE is embedded within one of the plurality of waveguides. In one or more embodiments, the VFE is a diffractive optical element. In one or more embodiments, the VFE is a refractive element.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述波导具有电活性。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个波导中的一个或多个波导被关断。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个波导中的一个波导与固定焦平面对应。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括出瞳,其中所述出瞳的直径不大于0.5mm。所述发光器是扫描光纤显示器。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括出瞳阵列。In one or more embodiments, the waveguide is electrically active. In one or more embodiments, one or more of the plurality of waveguides are switched off. In one or more embodiments, one of the plurality of waveguides corresponds to a fixed focal plane. In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises an exit pupil, wherein the exit pupil has a diameter no greater than 0.5 mm. The light emitter is a scanning fiber display. In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises an exit pupil array.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括多个发光器,一个发光器与出瞳耦合。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括出瞳扩展器。在一个或多个实施例中,能够至少部分地基于所确定的所述用户的眼睛的视觉调节切换所述出瞳。In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises a plurality of light emitters, one light emitter coupled to an exit pupil. In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises an exit pupil expander. In one or more embodiments, the exit pupil can be switched based at least in part on the determined visual accommodation of the user's eye.
在另一方面,一种系统包括:视觉调节跟踪模块,其确定用户的眼睛的视觉调节;光纤扫描显示器,其扫描与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的多个光束,其中所述多个光束中的一个光束可移动;模糊软件,其至少部分地基于所确定的所述用户的眼睛的视觉调节在所述图像数据的一个或多个帧中渲染仿真折射模糊。In another aspect, a system includes an accommodation tracking module that determines accommodation of an eye of a user; a fiber scanning display that scans a plurality of light beams associated with one or more frames of image data, wherein one of the plurality of light beams is movable; and blur software that renders simulated refractive blur in the one or more frames of the image data based at least in part on the determined accommodation of the eye of the user.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述光束的直径不大于2mm。在一个或多个实施例中,所述光束的直径不大于0.5mm。在一个或多个实施例中,复制扫描光束以创建多个出瞳。在一个或多个实施例中,复制所述扫描光束以产生较大的眼框。在一个或多个实施例中,所述出瞳可切换。In one or more embodiments, the diameter of the beam is no greater than 2 mm. In one or more embodiments, the diameter of the beam is no greater than 0.5 mm. In one or more embodiments, the scanning beam is replicated to create multiple exit pupils. In one or more embodiments, the scanning beam is replicated to create a larger eye box. In one or more embodiments, the exit pupil is switchable.
在另一实施例中,一种用于显示虚拟内容的方法包括:确定用户的眼睛的视觉调节;通过光纤扫描显示器扫描与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的多个光束,其中所述光束的直径不大于0.5mm,以使得当被所述用户查看时,所述图像数据的帧出现在焦点中;以及使用模糊软件至少部分地基于所确定的所述用户的眼睛的视觉调节使所述帧的一个或多个部分变得模糊。In another embodiment, a method for displaying virtual content includes: determining the visual accommodation of a user's eye; scanning a plurality of light beams associated with one or more frames of image data through a fiber optic scanning display, wherein the diameter of the light beams is no greater than 0.5 mm so that the frames of image data appear in focus when viewed by the user; and blurring one or more portions of the frames based at least in part on the determined visual accommodation of the user's eye using blurring software.
在一个或多个实施例中,创建多个出瞳。在一个或多个实施例中,通过单芯光纤产生所述光束。在一个或多个实施例中,复制所述光束以创建多个出瞳。在一个或多个实施例中,所述出瞳可切换。In one or more embodiments, multiple exit pupils are created. In one or more embodiments, the light beam is generated by a single core optical fiber. In one or more embodiments, the light beam is replicated to create multiple exit pupils. In one or more embodiments, the exit pupils are switchable.
在另一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的方法包括:确定所述用户的瞳孔相对于一束投光器的位置,其中所述一束投光器与图像中的要被呈现给所述用户的子图像对应;以及基于所确定的所述用户的瞳孔的位置,将对应于所述子图像的光驱入所述用户的瞳孔的一部分内。In another embodiment, a method for displaying virtual content to a user includes determining a position of a pupil of the user relative to a beam of light projectors corresponding to a sub-image in an image to be presented to the user, and driving light corresponding to the sub-image into a portion of the user's pupil based on the determined position of the user's pupil.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述方法进一步包括通过另一束投光器,驱动与所述图像中的要被呈现给所述用户的瞳孔的另一部分的另一子图像对应的光。在一个或多个实施例中,所述方法进一步包括将所述光纤扫描显示器的一束或多束投光器与所述用户的瞳孔的一个或多个部分进行映射。在一个或多个实施例中,所述映射为1:1映射。In one or more embodiments, the method further includes driving light corresponding to another sub-image of the image to be presented to another portion of the user's pupil via another light projector. In one or more embodiments, the method further includes mapping one or more light projectors of the fiber-optic scanning display to one or more portions of the user's pupil. In one or more embodiments, the mapping is a 1:1 mapping.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述光的直径不大于0.5mm。在一个或多个实施例中,所述一束投光器产生聚合波前。在一个或多个实施例中,所述投光器产生的细光束形成离散化聚合波前。在一个或多个实施例中,所述细光束平行地接近所述用户的眼睛,所述眼睛使所述细光束偏斜以会聚在视网膜上的同一点。在一个或多个实施例中,所述用户的眼睛接收细光束的超集,所述细光束对应于它们与所述瞳孔相交的多个角度。In one or more embodiments, the diameter of the light is no greater than 0.5 mm. In one or more embodiments, the beam of light projectors produces a convergent wavefront. In one or more embodiments, the beamlets produced by the beam projectors form a discretized convergent wavefront. In one or more embodiments, the beamlets approach the user's eyes in parallel, and the eyes deflect the beamlets to converge on the same point on the retina. In one or more embodiments, the user's eyes receive a superset of beamlets corresponding to the multiple angles at which they intersect the pupil.
在另一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:光源,其提供与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光;以及光显示组装件,其接收与所述图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光,其中所述光显示组装件与多个紧邻的出瞳对应,并且其中所述多个出瞳将光射入所述用户的瞳孔内。In another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes: a light source that provides light associated with one or more frames of image data; and a light display assembly that receives light associated with the one or more frames of the image data, wherein the light display assembly corresponds to a plurality of proximate exit pupils, and wherein the plurality of exit pupils emit light into the pupils of the user.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个出瞳被排列为六方点阵。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个出瞳被排列为四方点阵。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个出瞳被排列为二维阵列。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个出瞳被排列为三维阵列。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个出瞳被排列为时变阵列。In one or more embodiments, the multiple exit pupils are arranged in a hexagonal lattice. In one or more embodiments, the multiple exit pupils are arranged in a quadrilateral lattice. In one or more embodiments, the multiple exit pupils are arranged in a two-dimensional array. In one or more embodiments, the multiple exit pupils are arranged in a three-dimensional array. In one or more embodiments, the multiple exit pupils are arranged in a time-varying array.
在一个或多个实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的方法包括:对多个投光器进行分组以形成出瞳;通过第一出瞳将第一光图案驱入所述用户的瞳孔的第一部分内;通过第二出瞳将第二光图案驱入所述用户的瞳孔的第二部分内,其中所述第一光图案和所述第二光图案与图像中的要被呈现给所述用户的子图像对应,并且其中所述第一光图案不同于所述第二光图案。在一个或多个实施例中,所述方法进一步包括创建离散化聚合波前。In one or more embodiments, a method for displaying virtual content to a user includes: grouping a plurality of light projectors to form an exit pupil; driving a first light pattern into a first portion of the user's pupil through the first exit pupil; and driving a second light pattern into a second portion of the user's pupil through a second exit pupil, wherein the first light pattern and the second light pattern correspond to sub-images of an image to be presented to the user, and wherein the first light pattern is different from the second light pattern. In one or more embodiments, the method further includes creating a discretized aggregate wavefront.
在又一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的方法包括:确定所述用户的瞳孔相对于光显示组装件的位置;以及至少部分地基于所确定的所述瞳孔的位置周围的有限眼框计算将光导向所述瞳孔时的焦点。In yet another embodiment, a method for displaying virtual content to a user includes determining a position of a pupil of the user relative to a light display assembly and calculating a focus for directing light toward the pupil based at least in part on a finite eyebox around the determined position of the pupil.
在一个或多个实施例中,光的直径不大于0.5mm。在一个或多个实施例中,所述方法进一步包括创建离散化聚合波前。在一个或多个实施例中,所述方法进一步包括至少部分地基于所需聚合波前的曲率半径的中心聚合多个离散的相邻准直光束。在一个或多个实施例中,所述方法进一步包括确定所述用户的眼睛的视觉调节,其中至少部分地基于所确定的视觉调节计算所述焦点。In one or more embodiments, the diameter of the light is no greater than 0.5 mm. In one or more embodiments, the method further comprises creating a discretized aggregate wavefront. In one or more embodiments, the method further comprises aggregating a plurality of discrete adjacent collimated light beams based at least in part on a center of a radius of curvature of a desired aggregate wavefront. In one or more embodiments, the method further comprises determining an accommodation of an eye of the user, wherein the focus is calculated based at least in part on the determined accommodation.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述方法进一步包括选择多个细光束中的光的角轨迹以创建失焦光束。在一个或多个实施例中,多个细光束表示要被呈现给所述用户的图像数据的像素。在一个或多个实施例中,所述细光束以多个入射角照射眼睛。In one or more embodiments, the method further comprises selecting angular trajectories of light in a plurality of beamlets to create an out-of-focus beam. In one or more embodiments, the plurality of beamlets represent pixels of image data to be presented to the user. In one or more embodiments, the beamlets illuminate the eye at a plurality of angles of incidence.
在又一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:图像生成源,其提供要被呈现给所述用户的图像的一个或多个部分;以及多个微投光器,其投射与所述图像的所述一个或多个部分关联的光,所述微投光器以面向所述用户的瞳孔的方式放置,并且其中所述多个微投光器中的一个微投光器被配置为投射表示所述子图像的一部分的一组光线,所述一组光线被投射到所述用户的瞳孔的一部分。In yet another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes an image generation source that provides one or more portions of an image to be presented to the user; and a plurality of micro-projectors that project light associated with the one or more portions of the image, the micro-projectors being positioned facing a pupil of the user, and wherein one of the plurality of micro-projectors is configured to project a set of light rays representing a portion of the sub-image, the set of light rays being projected onto a portion of the pupil of the user.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述用户的瞳孔的第一部分从多个微投光器接收光线。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括反射面,其将来自从所述多个微投光器的所述光反射到所述用户的瞳孔的一个或多个部分。在一个或多个实施例中,所述反射面以使得所述用户能够通过所述反射面查看真实世界的方式放置。在一个或多个实施例中,光的直径不大于 0.5mm。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括创建离散化聚合波前。In one or more embodiments, a first portion of the user's pupil receives light from a plurality of micro-light projectors. In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises a reflective surface that reflects the light from the plurality of micro-light projectors to one or more portions of the user's pupil. In one or more embodiments, the reflective surface is positioned such that the user can view the real world through the reflective surface. In one or more embodiments, the diameter of the light is no greater than 0.5 mm. In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises creating a discretized aggregate wavefront.
在另一实施例中,一种系统包括:处理器,其确定用户的瞳孔的位置;以及空间光调制器(SLM)阵列,其投射与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光,其中所述SLM阵列至少部分地基于所确定的所述用户的瞳孔的位置来放置,并且其中当被所述用户查看时,所述SLM阵列产生光场。In another embodiment, a system includes: a processor that determines a position of a user's pupil; and a spatial light modulator (SLM) array that projects light associated with one or more frames of image data, wherein the SLM array is positioned based at least in part on the determined position of the user's pupil, and wherein the SLM array produces a light field when viewed by the user.
在另一方面,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:图像生成源,其提供图像数据的一个或多个帧;第一空间光调制器(SLM),其被配置为选择性地发射与所述图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光线;第二SLM,其相对于所述第一SLM放置,所述第二SLM也被配置为选择性地发射与所述图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光线;以及处理器,其以在所述用户查看已发射光线时产生光场的方式控制所述第一和第二SLM。In another aspect, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes an image generation source that provides one or more frames of image data; a first spatial light modulator (SLM) that is configured to selectively emit light associated with the one or more frames of image data; a second SLM positioned relative to the first SLM, the second SLM also being configured to selectively emit light associated with the one or more frames of image data; and a processor that controls the first and second SLMs in a manner that produces a light field when the user views the emitted light.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括视觉调节跟踪模块,其确定所述用户的眼睛的视觉调节。在一个或多个实施例中,所述SLM为 LCD。在一个或多个实施例中,所述LCD发生衰减。在一个或多个实施例中,所述LCD旋转所述发射光的偏振。在一个或多个实施例中,其中 SLM为DMD。在一个或多个实施例中,DMD与一个或多个透镜耦合。在一个或多个实施例中,所述SLM为MEMS阵列。在一个或多个实施例中,所述MEM阵列包括滑动MEMS百叶窗阵列。在一个或多个实施例中,所述MEMS阵列为MEMS阵列。In one or more embodiments, the system further includes a visual accommodation tracking module that determines the visual accommodation of the user's eyes. In one or more embodiments, the SLM is an LCD. In one or more embodiments, the LCD is attenuated. In one or more embodiments, the LCD rotates the polarization of the emitted light. In one or more embodiments, wherein the SLM is a DMD. In one or more embodiments, the DMD is coupled to one or more lenses. In one or more embodiments, the SLM is a MEMS array. In one or more embodiments, the MEMs array includes a sliding MEMS shutter array. In one or more embodiments, the MEMS array is a MEMS array.
在另一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:多个光纤,其投射与要被呈现给所述用户的图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光,其中多个光纤芯中的一个光纤芯与透镜耦合,所述透镜被配置为改变由扫描光纤投射的光束的直径,其中所述透镜包括梯度折射率。In another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes: a plurality of optical fibers that project light associated with one or more frames of image data to be presented to the user, wherein one of the plurality of optical fiber cores is coupled to a lens configured to change a diameter of a light beam projected by the scanning optical fiber, wherein the lens includes a gradient refractive index.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述透镜为GRIN透镜。在一个或多个实施例中,所述透镜瞄准所述光束。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括致动器,其与所述多个光纤芯中的该光纤芯耦合以扫描所述光纤。在一个或多个实施例中,所述致动器为压电致动器。在一个或多个实施例中,该光纤芯的一端以一个角度被抛光以产生透镜效应。在一个或多个实施例中,该光纤芯的一端被熔化以产生透镜效应。In one or more embodiments, the lens is a GRIN lens. In one or more embodiments, the lens aims the light beam. In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises an actuator coupled to the optical fiber core of the plurality of optical fiber cores to scan the optical fiber. In one or more embodiments, the actuator is a piezoelectric actuator. In one or more embodiments, one end of the optical fiber core is polished at an angle to produce a lens effect. In one or more embodiments, one end of the optical fiber core is melted to produce a lens effect.
在一个或多个实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的方法包括:投射与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光,其中所述光通过多个光纤芯被投射;借助透镜更改通过所述多个光纤芯投射的光,其中所述透镜与所述多个光纤芯的尖端耦合;以及将更改后的光传送到所述用户。In one or more embodiments, a method for displaying virtual content to a user includes: projecting light associated with one or more frames of image data, wherein the light is projected through a plurality of optical fiber cores; altering the light projected through the plurality of optical fiber cores with the aid of a lens, wherein the lens is coupled to the tips of the plurality of optical fiber cores; and transmitting the altered light to the user.
在一个或多个实施例中,一种用于显示虚拟内容的系统包括:多芯组装件,其包括多个光纤以多路传输与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光;以及波导,其接收所述光图案并发射所述光图案,以使得第一查看区仅接收与图像的第一部分关联的光,并且第二查看区仅接收与所述图像的第二部分关联的光,其中所述第一和第二查看区不大于0.5mm。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括模糊软件,其使所述图像的帧的一个或多个部分变得模糊。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括视觉调节模块,其确定所述用户的眼睛的视觉调节。在一个或多个实施例中,所述波导在没有中间查看光学元件的情况下直接将光投射到用户的眼睛。In one or more embodiments, a system for displaying virtual content comprises: a multi-core assembly comprising a plurality of optical fibers to multiplex light associated with one or more frames of image data; and a waveguide that receives the light pattern and emits the light pattern such that a first viewing area receives only light associated with a first portion of the image and a second viewing area receives only light associated with a second portion of the image, wherein the first and second viewing areas are no larger than 0.5 mm. In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises blur software that blurs one or more portions of the frame of the image. In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises a visual accommodation module that determines the visual accommodation of the user's eyes. In one or more embodiments, the waveguide projects light directly to the user's eyes without intermediate viewing optical elements.
在一个或多个实施例中,一种系统包括:多芯组装件,其包括多个光纤以多路传输与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光;波导,其接收光图案并且发射所述光图案,以使得第一查看区仅接收与图像的第一部分关联的光,并且第二查看区仅接收与所述图像的第二部分关联的光,其中所述第一和第二查看区不大于0.5mm;以及光学组装件,其与所述波导耦合以更改被发射到所述第一和第二查看区的光束。In one or more embodiments, a system includes: a multi-core assembly comprising a plurality of optical fibers to multiplex light associated with one or more frames of image data; a waveguide that receives a light pattern and emits the light pattern such that a first viewing area receives only light associated with a first portion of an image and a second viewing area receives only light associated with a second portion of the image, wherein the first and second viewing areas are no larger than 0.5 mm; and an optical assembly coupled to the waveguide to modify the light beams emitted to the first and second viewing areas.
所述多个光纤将光投射到单个波导阵列内。在一个或多个实施例中,扫描所述多芯组装件。在一个或多个实施例中,产生时变光场。所述光学组装件为DOE元件。在一个或多个实施例中,所述光学组装件为LC层。The plurality of optical fibers projects light into a single waveguide array. In one or more embodiments, the multi-core assembly is scanned. In one or more embodiments, a time-varying light field is generated. The optical assembly is a DOE element. In one or more embodiments, the optical assembly is an LC layer.
在一个或多个实施例中,一种方法包括:通过多芯组装件投射与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光,所述多芯组装件包括多个光纤芯;以及通过波导传送投射光,以使得所述用户的瞳孔的第一部分接收与图像的第一部分关联的光,并且所述用户的瞳孔的第二部分接收与所述图像的第二部分关联的光。In one or more embodiments, a method includes: projecting light associated with one or more frames of image data through a multi-core assembly, the multi-core assembly comprising multiple optical fiber cores; and transmitting the projected light through a waveguide so that a first portion of the user's pupil receives light associated with the first portion of the image and a second portion of the user's pupil receives light associated with the second portion of the image.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一和第二部分的直径不大于0.5mm。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个光纤将光投射到单个波导阵列内。在一个或多个实施例中,扫描所述多芯组装件。在一个或多个实施例中,所述波导包括多个反射器。在一个或多个实施例中,所述反射器的角度可变。在一个或多个实施例中,一组光学元件更改被传送到所述第一和第二查看区域的光。所述一组光学元件为DOE元件。所述一组光学元件为自由形状光学元件。在一个或多个实施例中,所述一组光学元件为LC层。In one or more embodiments, the diameter of the first and second portions is no greater than 0.5 mm. In one or more embodiments, the plurality of optical fibers projects light into a single waveguide array. In one or more embodiments, the multi-core assembly is scanned. In one or more embodiments, the waveguide comprises a plurality of reflectors. In one or more embodiments, the angle of the reflectors is variable. In one or more embodiments, a set of optical elements alters the light transmitted to the first and second viewing areas. The set of optical elements is a DOE element. The set of optical elements is a free-form optical element. In one or more embodiments, the set of optical elements is an LC layer.
在一方面,一种系统包括:微投光器阵列,其投射与要被呈现给用户的图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光,其中所述微投光器阵列相对于所述用户的瞳孔的位置放置,并且其中所述光被投射到所述用户的瞳孔内。在一个或多个实施例中,根据权利要求407所述的光纤扫描显示器,其中所述第一和第二光束叠加。在一个或多个实施例中,根据权利要求407所述的光纤扫描显示器,其中所述第一和第二光束至少部分地基于抛光的光纤束的临界角发生偏斜。根据权利要求407所述的光纤扫描显示器,其中抛光的光纤束被用于增大所述显示器的分辨率。在一个或多个实施例中,其中抛光的光纤束被用于产生光场。In one aspect, a system comprises: an array of micro-projectors that projects light associated with one or more frames of image data to be presented to a user, wherein the array of micro-projectors is positioned relative to a position of a pupil of the user, and wherein the light is projected into the pupil of the user. In one or more embodiments, the fiber-optic scanning display of claim 407, wherein the first and second light beams overlap. In one or more embodiments, the fiber-optic scanning display of claim 407, wherein the first and second light beams are deflected based at least in part on a critical angle of a polished fiber bundle. The fiber-optic scanning display of claim 407, wherein the polished fiber bundle is used to increase the resolution of the display. In one or more embodiments, wherein the polished fiber bundle is used to generate a light field.
在另一实施例中,一种系统包括:微投光器阵列,其投射与要被呈现给用户的图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光,其中所述微投光器阵列相对于所述用户的瞳孔的位置放置,并且其中所述光被投射到所述用户的瞳孔内;以及光学元件,其与所述微投光器阵列耦合以更改被投射到所述用户的瞳孔内的光。In another embodiment, a system includes: a micro-projector array that projects light associated with one or more frames of image data to be presented to a user, wherein the micro-projector array is positioned relative to the position of the user's pupil and wherein the light is projected into the user's pupil; and an optical element coupled to the micro-projector array to modify the light projected into the user's pupil.
在又一实施例中,一种系统包括:多个多芯光纤,其发射光束,所述多个光束耦合在一起;以及耦合元件,其将所述多个多芯光纤捆绑在一起,其中多芯光纤束以相对于所述光纤的纵轴的临界角被抛光,以使得从所述光纤束中的第一光纤发射的第一光束具有第一路径长度,并且从所述光纤束中的第二光纤发射的第二光束具有第二路径长度,并且其中所述第一路径长度不同于所述第二路径长度,以使得所述第一光束相对于所述第二光束异相。In yet another embodiment, a system includes: a plurality of multi-core optical fibers that emit light beams, the plurality of light beams being coupled together; and a coupling element that bundles the plurality of multi-core optical fibers together, wherein the multi-core optical fiber bundle is polished at a critical angle relative to a longitudinal axis of the optical fibers such that a first light beam emitted from a first optical fiber in the bundle has a first path length and a second light beam emitted from a second optical fiber in the bundle has a second path length, and wherein the first path length is different from the second path length such that the first light beam is out of phase with respect to the second light beam.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一和第二光束叠加。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一和第二光束至少部分地基于抛光的光纤束的临界角发生偏斜。在一个或多个实施例中,抛光的光纤束被用于增加所述显示器的分辨率。在一个或多个实施例中,抛光的光纤束被用于产生光场。In one or more embodiments, the first and second light beams overlap. In one or more embodiments, the first and second light beams are deflected based at least in part on a critical angle of the polished fiber bundle. In one or more embodiments, the polished fiber bundle is used to increase the resolution of the display. In one or more embodiments, the polished fiber bundle is used to generate a light field.
在另一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:图像生成源,其提供图像数据的一个或多个帧;多个光纤芯,其发射与所述图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光束;以及光学元件,其与所述多个光纤芯耦合以从所述光纤芯接收准直光并且将所述光束传送到所述用户的眼睛,其中所述光束以多个角度被传送到所述用户的眼睛,以使得第一光束以第一角度被传送到用户的眼睛的一部分,并且第二光束以第二角度被传送到所述用户的眼睛的同一部分,其中所述第一角度不同于所述第二角度。在一个或多个实施例中,所述光学元件为波导。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括相位调制器,其调制通过所述光纤的光传输。In another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes: an image generation source that provides one or more frames of image data; a plurality of optical fiber cores that emit light beams associated with the one or more frames of image data; and an optical element coupled to the plurality of optical fiber cores to receive collimated light from the optical fiber cores and transmit the light beams to the user's eyes, wherein the light beams are transmitted to the user's eyes at multiple angles such that a first light beam is transmitted to a portion of the user's eye at a first angle and a second light beam is transmitted to the same portion of the user's eye at a second angle, wherein the first angle is different from the second angle. In one or more embodiments, the optical element is a waveguide. In one or more embodiments, the system further includes a phase modulator that modulates the light transmission through the optical fiber.
在又一实施例中,一种方法包括:提供图像数据的一个或多个帧;通过多个光纤芯发射与所述图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光束;以及以多个角度将所述光束传送到所述用户的眼睛。In yet another embodiment, a method includes providing one or more frames of image data; emitting light beams associated with the one or more frames of image data through a plurality of optical fiber cores; and transmitting the light beams to the user's eyes at a plurality of angles.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述方法进一步包括调制所述多个光纤的相位延迟。在一个或多个实施例中,所述方法进一步包括将光学元件耦合到所述多个光纤。在一个或多个实施例中,所述光学元件为光导。所述光学元件为自由形状光学元件。在一个或多个实施例中,所述光学元件为DOE。在一个或多个实施例中,所述光学元件为波导。In one or more embodiments, the method further comprises modulating the phase delay of the plurality of optical fibers. In one or more embodiments, the method further comprises coupling an optical element to the plurality of optical fibers. In one or more embodiments, the optical element is a light guide. The optical element is a free-form optical element. In one or more embodiments, the optical element is a DOE. In one or more embodiments, the optical element is a waveguide.
在一个或多个实施例中,一种虚拟现实显示系统包括:多个光纤芯,其产生与要被呈现给用户的一个或多个图像关联的光束;以及多个相位调制器,其与所述多个光纤芯耦合以调制所述光束,其中所述多个相位调制器以影响作为所述多个光束的结果而产生的波前的方式调制所述光。In one or more embodiments, a virtual reality display system includes: a plurality of optical fiber cores that generate light beams associated with one or more images to be presented to a user; and a plurality of phase modulators coupled to the plurality of optical fiber cores to modulate the light beams, wherein the plurality of phase modulators modulate the light in a manner that affects a wavefront generated as a result of the plurality of light beams.
在一个或多个实施例中,一个或多个光纤芯以一个或多个角度发生偏斜。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个光纤中的一个光纤与GRIN透镜耦合。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个光纤被物理地致动以扫描所述光纤。In one or more embodiments, one or more optical fiber cores are skewed at one or more angles. In one or more embodiments, one of the plurality of optical fibers is coupled to a GRIN lens. In one or more embodiments, the plurality of optical fibers are physically actuated to scan the optical fibers.
在又一方面,一种方法包括:提供要被呈现给用户的图像数据的一个或多个帧;通过多个光纤芯投射与所述图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光;以及通过多个相位调制器,以影响所述多个光纤芯所产生的聚合波前的方式调制被所述多个光纤芯投射的光。On the other hand, a method includes providing one or more frames of image data to be presented to a user; projecting light associated with the one or more frames of image data through a plurality of optical fiber cores; and modulating the light projected by the plurality of optical fiber cores through a plurality of phase modulators in a manner that affects an aggregate wavefront produced by the plurality of optical fiber cores.
在一个或多个实施例中,被所述一个或多个光纤投射的光以一个或多个角度发生偏斜。在一个或多个实施例中,一个或多个光纤与GRIN透镜耦合。在一个或多个实施例中,所述方法进一步包括扫描所述光束,其中所述多个光纤被物理地致动以扫描所述光纤。In one or more embodiments, light projected by the one or more optical fibers is deflected at one or more angles. In one or more embodiments, the one or more optical fibers are coupled to a GRIN lens. In one or more embodiments, the method further comprises scanning the light beam, wherein the plurality of optical fibers are physically actuated to scan the optical fibers.
在另一方面,一种用于显示虚拟内容的系统包括:光纤阵列,其发射与要被呈现给用户的图像关联的光束;以及透镜,其与所述光纤阵列耦合以通过单个节点使所述光纤阵列输出的多个光束发生偏斜,其中所述透镜被物理地附接到所述光纤,以使得所述光纤的移动导致所述透镜移动并且其中所述单个节点被扫描。In another aspect, a system for displaying virtual content includes an optical fiber array that emits light beams associated with an image to be presented to a user; and a lens coupled to the optical fiber array to deflect multiple light beams output by the optical fiber array through a single node, wherein the lens is physically attached to the optical fiber such that movement of the optical fiber causes the lens to move and wherein the single node is scanned.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述光纤阵列输出的光束表示要被呈现给所述用户的图像的像素。在一个或多个实施例中,所述透镜为GRIN透镜。在一个或多个实施例中,所述光纤阵列被用于显示光场。在一个或多个实施例中,另一光纤阵列输出的另一组光束表示要被呈现给所述用户的图像的另一像素。在一个或多个实施例中,多个光纤阵列被组合以表示要被呈现给所述用户的图像的像素。在一个或多个实施例中,所述光纤阵列被配置为将所述光束传送到所述用户的瞳孔的预定部分。在一个或多个实施例中,所述输出光束发散。在一个或多个实施例中,所述输出光束收敛。In one or more embodiments, the light beams output by the fiber array represent pixels of an image to be presented to the user. In one or more embodiments, the lens is a GRIN lens. In one or more embodiments, the fiber array is used to display a light field. In one or more embodiments, another set of light beams output by another fiber array represents another pixel of an image to be presented to the user. In one or more embodiments, a plurality of fiber arrays are combined to represent pixels of an image to be presented to the user. In one or more embodiments, the fiber array is configured to transmit the light beams to a predetermined portion of the user's pupil. In one or more embodiments, the output light beams diverge. In one or more embodiments, the output light beams converge.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述输出光束的数值孔径相对于各个光纤发射的光束增加。在一个或多个实施例中,增大的数值孔径实现更高的分辨率。在一个或多个实施例中,所述光纤阵列通过使得穿过第一光纤的第一光束的路径长度不同于穿过第二光纤的第二光束,从而允许所述光束的多个焦距被传送到所述用户的眼睛方式成斜面。In one or more embodiments, the numerical aperture of the output beam is increased relative to the beams emitted by the individual optical fibers. In one or more embodiments, the increased numerical aperture enables higher resolution. In one or more embodiments, the optical fiber array is beveled in a manner that allows multiple focal lengths of the optical beams to be delivered to the user's eye by causing a first optical beam to have a different path length than a second optical beam to have a different path length than a second optical beam to have a different path length.
在另一方面,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:光纤芯阵列,其投射与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光,其中所述光纤芯阵列中的一个或多个光纤芯以一角度被抛光,以使得投射光发生偏斜,并且其中抛光角度导致所述光纤芯阵列中的第一和第二光纤芯之间的相对于光学元件的路径长度差;以及光扫描器,其接收偏斜的光束并沿至少一个轴扫描所述偏斜的光束。In another aspect, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes an array of optical fiber cores that projects light associated with one or more frames of image data, wherein one or more optical fiber cores in the array of optical fiber cores are polished at an angle to deflect the projected light, and wherein the polishing angle results in a path length difference between first and second optical fiber cores in the array of optical fiber cores relative to an optical element; and an optical scanner that receives the deflected light beam and scans the deflected light beam along at least one axis.
在又一方面,一种向用户提供虚拟或增强现实体验中的至少一者的系统包括:框架;微投光器阵列,其由所述框架承载,并且当所述框架被所述用户穿戴时,所述微投光器阵列能够被置于所述用户的至少一只眼睛的前方;以及本地控制器,其与所述微投光器阵列通信地耦合以将图像信息提供给所述微投光器,所述本地控制器包括至少一个处理器,以及与所述至少一个处理器通信地耦合的至少一个非临时性处理器可读介质,所述至少一个非临时性处理器可读介质存储处理器可执行指令或数据中的至少一者,当由所述至少一个处理器执行时,所述处理器可执行指令或数据导致所述至少一个处理器执行数据处理、缓存和存储中的至少一项,并将所述图像信息提供给所述微投光器,以便为所述用户产生虚拟或增强现实视觉体验中的至少一者。On the other hand, a system for providing at least one of a virtual or augmented reality experience to a user includes: a frame; an array of micro-projectors, which is carried by the frame and can be placed in front of at least one eye of the user when the frame is worn by the user; and a local controller, which is communicatively coupled to the micro-projector array to provide image information to the micro-projectors, the local controller including at least one processor, and at least one non-transitory processor-readable medium communicatively coupled to the at least one processor, the at least one non-transitory processor-readable medium storing at least one of processor-executable instructions or data, which, when executed by the at least one processor, causes the at least one processor to perform at least one of data processing, caching and storage, and provide the image information to the micro-projectors to produce at least one of a virtual or augmented reality visual experience for the user.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括至少一个反射器,其由所述框架支撑并且被放置和定向为当所述框架被所述用户穿戴时,将来自所述微投光器的光导向所述用户的至少一只眼睛。在一个或多个实施例中,所述微投光器包括多个扫描光纤显示器中的相应显示器。在一个或多个实施例中,所述扫描光纤显示器中的每一者具有位于其末端的相应准直透镜。在一个或多个实施例中,所述相应准直透镜为梯度折射率(GRIN)透镜。In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises at least one reflector supported by the frame and positioned and oriented to direct light from the micro-light projector toward at least one eye of the user when the frame is worn by the user. In one or more embodiments, the micro-light projector comprises a corresponding display of a plurality of scanning fiber displays. In one or more embodiments, each of the scanning fiber displays has a corresponding collimating lens at a distal end thereof. In one or more embodiments, the corresponding collimating lens is a gradient index (GRIN) lens.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述相应准直透镜为曲面透镜。在一个或多个实施例中,所述相应准直透镜被熔合到所述相应扫描光纤显示器的末端。在一个或多个实施例中,所述扫描光纤显示器具有位于其末端的相应衍射透镜。在一个或多个实施例中,所述扫描光纤显示器中的每一者具有位于其末端的相应漫射器。In one or more embodiments, the respective collimating lenses are curved lenses. In one or more embodiments, the respective collimating lenses are fused to the ends of the respective scanning fiber displays. In one or more embodiments, the scanning fiber displays have respective diffractive lenses located at their ends. In one or more embodiments, each of the scanning fiber displays has respective diffusers located at their ends.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述漫射器被蚀刻在相应末端内。在一个或多个实施例中,所述扫描光纤显示器中的每一者具有位于其末端的相应透镜,所述透镜从所述末端延伸足够的距离以响应于激励而自由振动。在一个或多个实施例中,所述扫描光纤显示器中的每一者具有位于其末端的相应反射器,所述反射器从所述末端延伸足够的距离以响应于激励而自由振动。在一个或多个实施例中,所述扫描光纤显示器均包括相应单模光纤。In one or more embodiments, the diffuser is etched into the respective end. In one or more embodiments, each of the scanning fiber displays has a respective lens located at its end, the lens extending a sufficient distance from the end to freely vibrate in response to an excitation. In one or more embodiments, each of the scanning fiber displays has a respective reflector located at its end, the reflector extending a sufficient distance from the end to freely vibrate in response to an excitation. In one or more embodiments, the scanning fiber displays each include a respective single-mode optical fiber.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述扫描光纤显示器均包括耦合的相应机械换能器以至少移动所述单模光纤的一个末端。在一个或多个实施例中,所述相应机械换能器均为压电致动器。在一个或多个实施例中,每个所述单模光纤具有末端,所述末端具有半球透镜形状。在一个或多个实施例中,每个所述单模光纤具有末端,所述末端上贴附有折射透镜。In one or more embodiments, the scanning fiber displays each include a corresponding mechanical transducer coupled to move at least one end of the single-mode optical fiber. In one or more embodiments, the corresponding mechanical transducer is a piezoelectric actuator. In one or more embodiments, each single-mode optical fiber has an end, and the end has a hemispherical lens shape. In one or more embodiments, each single-mode optical fiber has an end, and a refractive lens is attached to the end.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括透明支架基片,其将所述多个单模光纤保持在一起。在一个或多个实施例中,所述透明支架基片具有与所述单模光纤包层的折射率至少大致匹配的折射率。在一个或多个实施例中,所述透明支架基片保持所述多个单模光纤芯,每个单模光纤芯均与公共点成一角度。In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises a transparent support substrate that holds the plurality of single-mode optical fibers together. In one or more embodiments, the transparent support substrate has a refractive index that at least approximately matches the refractive index of the single-mode optical fiber cladding. In one or more embodiments, the transparent support substrate holds the plurality of single-mode optical fiber cores, each of which is angled relative to a common point.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括耦合的至少一个机械换能器以统一移动所述多个单模光纤芯。在一个或多个实施例中,所述至少一个机械换能器以部分从所述透明支架基片悬挑出的单模光纤芯的机械谐振频率来振动所述多个单模光纤芯。在一个或多个实施例中,所述微投光器包括多个平面波导中的相应波导,所述平面波导中的每一者的一部分从支架基片悬挑地延伸。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括耦合的至少一个机械换能器以统一移动所述多个平面波导。In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises at least one mechanical transducer coupled to move the plurality of single-mode optical fiber cores in unison. In one or more embodiments, the at least one mechanical transducer vibrates the plurality of single-mode optical fiber cores at a mechanical resonant frequency of a single-mode optical fiber core partially cantilevered from the transparent support substrate. In one or more embodiments, the micro-light projector comprises a respective waveguide of a plurality of planar waveguides, a portion of each of the planar waveguides extending cantilevered from the support substrate. In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises at least one mechanical transducer coupled to move the plurality of planar waveguides in unison.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述至少一个机械换能器以所述平面波导的机械谐振频率振动所述支架基片。在一个或多个实施例中,所述微投光器包括耦合的多个压电致动器中的相应压电致动器以便相对于所述支架基片移动所述平面波导中的相应平面波导。在一个或多个实施例中,所述平面波导的每一者均限定沿着该平面波导的相应长度的全内反射路径,并且所述平面波导包括多个可电切换的衍射光学元件(DOE)中的相应DOE,所述DOE可操作以将光传播到相应全内反射路径的外部。在一个或多个实施例中,所述微投光器阵列包括光纤阵列,每个光纤具有末端和至少一个斜边。在一个或多个实施例中,所述至少一个斜边位于所述末端,并且所述末端为抛光的末端。In one or more embodiments, the at least one mechanical transducer vibrates the support substrate at a mechanical resonant frequency of the planar waveguide. In one or more embodiments, the micro-projector comprises a corresponding piezoelectric actuator of a plurality of piezoelectric actuators coupled to move a corresponding one of the planar waveguides relative to the support substrate. In one or more embodiments, each of the planar waveguides defines a total internal reflection path along a corresponding length of the planar waveguide, and the planar waveguide comprises a corresponding one of a plurality of electrically switchable diffractive optical elements (DOEs) operable to propagate light outside of the corresponding total internal reflection path. In one or more embodiments, the micro-projector array comprises an array of optical fibers, each optical fiber having an end and at least one bevel. In one or more embodiments, the at least one bevel is located at the end, and the end is a polished end.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述光纤中的每一者具有位于其相应末端的反射面。在一个或多个实施例中,所述末端具有位于所述末端处的输出边,所述输出边与相应光纤的纵轴成已定义的临界角。在一个或多个实施例中,所述已定义的临界角与所述相应光纤的所述纵轴大约成45度。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括聚焦透镜,其位于从所述光纤芯的所述末端射出的光的光路中以接收所述光的多个彼此异相的光束。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括耦合的至少一个换能器,以在X-Y笛卡尔坐标系中移动所述光纤芯中的至少一者,在X-Z笛卡尔坐标系中移动所述至少一个光纤发射的光。在一个或多个实施例中,所述至少一个换能器为第一压电致动器,所述第一压电致动器在与所述光纤的悬挑部分延伸的方向垂直的方向上使所述悬挑部分共振。In one or more embodiments, each of the optical fibers has a reflective surface located at its respective end. In one or more embodiments, the ends have an output edge located at the ends, the output edge forming a defined critical angle with the longitudinal axis of the respective optical fiber. In one or more embodiments, the defined critical angle is approximately 45 degrees with the longitudinal axis of the respective optical fiber. In one or more embodiments, the system further includes a focusing lens positioned in the optical path of light emitted from the ends of the optical fiber cores to receive multiple beams of the light that are out of phase with each other. In one or more embodiments, the system further includes at least one transducer coupled to move at least one of the optical fiber cores in an X-Y Cartesian coordinate system and to move the light emitted by the at least one optical fiber in an X-Z Cartesian coordinate system. In one or more embodiments, the at least one transducer is a first piezoelectric actuator that resonates the cantilevered portion of the optical fiber in a direction perpendicular to the direction in which the cantilevered portion extends.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述光纤包括光纤的细丝。在一个或多个实施例中,所述至少一个换能器为第二压电致动器,所述第二压电致动器在与所述光纤芯的悬挑部分延伸的方向平行的方向上移动至少所述悬挑部分。在一个或多个实施例中,所述微投光器包括至少一个单轴镜,所述单轴镜可操作以提供沿着所述光纤芯中的至少一个光纤芯的纵轴的缓慢扫描。在一个或多个实施例中,所述光纤阵列包括多芯光纤。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多芯光纤包括位于单个导管内的多个稀疏定位簇,这些簇约为七个,每个簇包括三个光纤,每个光纤承载光的三种不同颜色中的相应颜色。In one or more embodiments, the optical fiber comprises a filament of an optical fiber. In one or more embodiments, the at least one transducer is a second piezoelectric actuator that moves at least the cantilever portion of the optical fiber core in a direction parallel to the direction in which the cantilever portion extends. In one or more embodiments, the micro-projector comprises at least one uniaxial mirror operable to provide slow scanning along the longitudinal axis of at least one of the optical fiber cores. In one or more embodiments, the optical fiber array comprises a multi-core optical fiber. In one or more embodiments, the multi-core optical fiber comprises a plurality of sparsely positioned clusters within a single conduit, the clusters being approximately seven, each cluster comprising three optical fibers, each optical fiber carrying a corresponding one of three different colors of light.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述多芯光纤包括位于单个导管内的多个稀疏定位簇,这些簇约为十九个,每个簇包括三个光纤芯,每个光纤承载光的三种不同颜色中的相应颜色以产生三种不同颜色的三个重叠点。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多芯光纤包括位于单个导管内的至少一个簇,所述簇包括至少三个光纤芯,所述光纤芯中的每一者承载光的至少两种不同颜色。In one or more embodiments, the multi-core optical fiber includes a plurality of sparsely positioned clusters within a single conduit, the clusters being approximately nineteen, each cluster including three optical fiber cores, each optical fiber carrying a respective one of three different colors of light to produce three overlapping points of three different colors. In one or more embodiments, the multi-core optical fiber includes at least one cluster within a single conduit, the cluster including at least three optical fiber cores, each of the optical fiber cores carrying at least two different colors of light.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述多芯光纤包括位于单个导管内的至少一个簇,所述至少一个簇包括四个光纤,每个光纤承载光的四种不同颜色中的相应颜色,其中所述四中颜色中的一种为红外线或近红外线。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多芯光纤包括紧束在一起的多个芯,并且进一步包括耦合的至少一个换能器以按照稀疏螺旋模式移动所述芯。在一个或多个实施例中,所述至少一个斜边从所述末端向内与所述末端具有间隔。在一个或多个实施例中,所述至少一个斜边被抛光。In one or more embodiments, the multi-core optical fiber comprises at least one cluster within a single conduit, the at least one cluster comprising four optical fibers, each optical fiber carrying a corresponding one of four different colors of light, wherein one of the four colors is infrared or near-infrared. In one or more embodiments, the multi-core optical fiber comprises a plurality of cores bundled together, and further comprises at least one transducer coupled to move the cores in a sparse spiral pattern. In one or more embodiments, the at least one bevel is spaced inwardly from the end. In one or more embodiments, the at least one bevel is polished.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括耦合的至少一个换能器,以在X-Y笛卡尔坐标系中移动所述光纤芯中的至少一者,在X-Z笛卡尔坐标系中移动所述至少一个光纤发射的光。In one or more embodiments, the system further includes at least one transducer coupled to move at least one of the optical fiber cores in an X-Y Cartesian coordinate system and to move light emitted by the at least one optical fiber in an X-Z Cartesian coordinate system.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括聚焦透镜,其位于从所述光纤芯的所述斜边射出的光的光路中以接收所述光的多个彼此异相的光束。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括激光器;以及至少一个相位调制器,其将所述激光器的输出光学耦合到所述多芯光纤的多个芯以实现互相干性。In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises a focusing lens positioned in the optical path of light emitted from the hypotenuse of the optical fiber core to receive multiple beams of the light that are out of phase with each other. In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises a laser; and at least one phase modulator optically coupling the output of the laser to the multiple cores of the multi-core optical fiber to achieve mutual coherence.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括微透镜阵列,其光学耦合在所述多芯光纤的多个芯中的相应芯的输入端的上游;以及棱镜阵列,其光学耦合在多个准直透镜与所述多芯光纤的所述芯的输入端之间以使来自所述微透镜阵列的光偏斜到所述多芯光纤的所述芯。In one or more embodiments, the system further includes a microlens array optically coupled upstream of the input end of a corresponding core among the multiple cores of the multi-core optical fiber; and a prism array optically coupled between a plurality of collimating lenses and the input end of the core of the multi-core optical fiber to deflect light from the microlens array to the core of the multi-core optical fiber.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括微透镜阵列,其光学耦合在所述多芯光纤的多个芯中的相应芯的输入端的上游;以及共享聚焦棱镜,其光学耦合在所述微透镜与所述多芯光纤的所述芯的输入端之间以使来自所述微透镜阵列的光偏斜到所述多芯光纤的所述芯。In one or more embodiments, the system further includes a microlens array optically coupled upstream of the input end of a corresponding core among the multiple cores of the multi-core optical fiber; and a shared focusing prism optically coupled between the microlens and the input end of the core of the multi-core optical fiber to deflect light from the microlens array to the core of the multi-core optical fiber.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述微投光器阵列进一步包括至少一个反射器,所述至少一个反射器可操作以产生扫描图案并光学耦合到所述光纤阵列。在一个或多个实施例中,所述至少一个反射器可操作以产生多焦点光束的光栅扫描图案、利萨如扫描图案或螺旋扫描图案中的至少一者。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多芯光纤中的每个芯寻址无重叠的图像面的相应部分。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多芯光纤中的每个芯寻址显著重叠的图像面的相应部分。In one or more embodiments, the micro-projector array further comprises at least one reflector operable to generate a scan pattern and optically coupled to the optical fiber array. In one or more embodiments, the at least one reflector is operable to generate at least one of a raster scan pattern, a Lissajous scan pattern, or a spiral scan pattern of a multi-focus light beam. In one or more embodiments, each core in the multi-core optical fiber addresses a corresponding portion of an image plane that does not overlap. In one or more embodiments, each core in the multi-core optical fiber addresses a corresponding portion of an image plane that significantly overlaps.
在另一实施例中,一种用于显示虚拟内容的系统包括:图像源,其提供要被呈现给用户的图像数据的一个或多个帧;光纤扫描显示器,所述光纤扫描显示器包括多个光纤以投射与所述图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光,其中使用致动器扫描所述多个光纤;以及处理器,其以使得光场被呈现给所述用户的方式控制所述光纤扫描显示器。In another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content includes an image source that provides one or more frames of image data to be presented to a user; a fiber-scanning display comprising a plurality of optical fibers to project light associated with the one or more frames of image data, wherein the plurality of optical fibers are scanned using an actuator; and a processor that controls the fiber-scanning display in such a manner that a light field is presented to the user.
在一个或多个实施例中,在所述光纤扫描显示器的所有光纤之间共享所述致动器。在一个或多个实施例中,每个光纤具有自己的个体致动器。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个光纤通过点阵机械地耦合,以使得所述多个光纤一起移动。在一个或多个实施例中,所述点阵为石墨烯平面。在一个或多个实施例中,所述点阵为轻型支柱。In one or more embodiments, the actuator is shared among all optical fibers of the fiber-optic scanning display. In one or more embodiments, each optical fiber has its own individual actuator. In one or more embodiments, the plurality of optical fibers are mechanically coupled via a lattice so that the plurality of optical fibers move together. In one or more embodiments, the lattice is a graphene plane. In one or more embodiments, the lattice is a lightweight strut.
在另一实施例中,一种向用户提供虚拟或增强现实体验中的至少一者的系统包括:框架;显示系统,其由所述框架承载,并且当所述框架被所述用户穿戴时,所述显示系统能够被置于所述用户的至少一只眼睛的前方;以及本地控制器,其与所述显示系统通信地耦合以将图像信息提供给所述显示系统,所述本地控制器包括至少一个处理器,以及与所述至少一个处理器通信地耦合的至少一个非临时性处理器可读介质,所述至少一个非临时性处理器可读介质存储处理器可执行指令或数据中的至少一者,当由所述至少一个处理器执行时,所述处理器可执行指令或数据导致所述至少一个处理器执行数据处理、缓存和存储中的至少一项,并将所述图像信息提供给所述显示器,以便为所述用户产生虚拟或增强现实视觉体验中的至少一者。In another embodiment, a system for providing at least one of a virtual or augmented reality experience to a user includes: a frame; a display system carried by the frame and capable of being positioned in front of at least one eye of the user when the frame is worn by the user; and a local controller communicatively coupled to the display system to provide image information to the display system, the local controller including at least one processor and at least one non-transitory processor-readable medium communicatively coupled to the at least one processor, the at least one non-transitory processor-readable medium storing at least one of processor-executable instructions or data that, when executed by the at least one processor, cause the at least one processor to perform at least one of data processing, caching, and storage, and provide the image information to the display to produce at least one of a virtual or augmented reality visual experience for the user.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述显示器包括至少一个楔形波导,所述楔形波导具有至少两个跨第一楔形波导的厚度彼此相对的平面,以及具有这样的长度:沿着该长度,经由所述楔形波导的入口部以已定义的角度进入所述楔形波导的光经由全内反射传播,所述楔形波导的厚度沿着所述楔形波导的长度线性地变化。在一个或多个实施例中,所述楔形波导提供双模全内反射。In one or more embodiments, the display includes at least one wedge-shaped waveguide having at least two planar surfaces opposing each other across the thickness of the first wedge-shaped waveguide and a length along which light entering the wedge-shaped waveguide at a defined angle through an entrance portion of the wedge-shaped waveguide propagates via total internal reflection, the thickness of the wedge-shaped waveguide varying linearly along the length of the wedge-shaped waveguide. In one or more embodiments, the wedge-shaped waveguide provides dual-mode total internal reflection.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括至少两个投光器,其在沿着所述楔形波导的入口部的相应不同位置处与所述楔形波导光学耦合。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括多个投光器的第一线性阵列,其在沿着所述楔形波导的入口部的相应不同位置处与所述楔形波导光学耦合。In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises at least two light projectors optically coupled to the wedge-shaped waveguide at respective different locations along the entrance portion of the wedge-shaped waveguide. In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises a first linear array of a plurality of light projectors optically coupled to the wedge-shaped waveguide at respective different locations along the entrance portion of the wedge-shaped waveguide.
在一个或多个实施例中,其中所述多个投光器的第一线性阵列中的投光器为扫描光纤显示器。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括多个空间光调制器的堆栈,其沿着所述楔形波导的入口部与所述楔形波导光学耦合。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括多芯光纤,其在沿着所述楔形波导的入口部的一个或多个位置处与所述楔形波导光学耦合。In one or more embodiments, the light projectors in the first linear array of the plurality of light projectors are scanning fiber displays. In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises a stack of a plurality of spatial light modulators optically coupled to the wedge-shaped waveguide along an entrance portion of the wedge-shaped waveguide. In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises a multi-core optical fiber optically coupled to the wedge-shaped waveguide at one or more locations along the entrance portion of the wedge-shaped waveguide.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述投光器的第一线性阵列中的投光器与所述楔形波导光学耦合以便以第一角度将光注入所述楔形波导,进一步包括多个投光器的第二线性阵列,其在沿着所述楔形波导的入口部的相应不同位置处与所述楔形波导光学耦合,其中所述投光器的第二线性阵列中的投光器与所述楔形波导光学耦合以便以第二角度将光注入所述楔形波导,所述第二角度不同于所述第一角度。In one or more embodiments, the light projectors in the first linear array of light projectors are optically coupled to the wedge-shaped waveguide to inject light into the wedge-shaped waveguide at a first angle, further comprising a second linear array of multiple light projectors optically coupled to the wedge-shaped waveguide at corresponding different positions along the entrance portion of the wedge-shaped waveguide, wherein the light projectors in the second linear array of light projectors are optically coupled to the wedge-shaped waveguide to inject light into the wedge-shaped waveguide at a second angle, which is different from the first angle.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述入口部是所述楔形波导的纵向端。在一个或多个实施例中,所述入口部是所述楔形波导的横向边。在一个或多个实施例中,所述入口部是所述楔形波导的平面之一。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括至少一个光学组件,其与投光器光学耦合,并且更改从所述投光器接收的光的角度,以便以在所述楔形波导内实现所述光的全内反射的角度将所述光光学耦合到所述楔形波导。In one or more embodiments, the entrance portion is a longitudinal end of the wedge-shaped waveguide. In one or more embodiments, the entrance portion is a lateral side of the wedge-shaped waveguide. In one or more embodiments, the entrance portion is one of the planar surfaces of the wedge-shaped waveguide. In one or more embodiments, the system further includes at least one optical component optically coupled to the light projector and altering the angle of light received from the light projector so as to optically couple the light into the wedge-shaped waveguide at an angle that achieves total internal reflection of the light within the wedge-shaped waveguide.
在另一方面,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:微投光器阵列,其投射与要被呈现给所述用户的图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光束,其中所述微投光器可被配置为能够相对于所述微投光器阵列中的一个或多个微投光器移动;框架,其容纳所述微投光器阵列;以及处理器,其在操作上与所述微投光器阵列中的一个或多个微投光器耦合,以便以根据所述一个或多个微投光器相对于所述微投光器阵列的位置调制从所述一个或多个投光器发射的一个或多个光束的方式来控制所述一个或多个光束,从而使能将光场图像传送到所述用户。On the other hand, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes: an array of micro-projectors that projects light beams associated with one or more frames of image data to be presented to the user, wherein the micro-projectors can be configured to be movable relative to one or more micro-projectors in the array of micro-projectors; a frame that houses the array of micro-projectors; and a processor that is operatively coupled to one or more micro-projectors in the array of micro-projectors to control the one or more light beams emitted from the one or more micro-projectors in a manner that modulates the position of the one or more micro-projectors relative to the array of micro-projectors, thereby enabling a light field image to be transmitted to the user.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述微投光器阵列中的微投光器与透镜耦合。在一个或多个实施例中,所述微投光器阵列以基于要被呈现给所述用户的图像的所需分辨率的方式排列。在一个或多个实施例中,所述微投光器阵列以基于所需视场的方式排列。在一个或多个实施例中,多个微投光器中的光束重叠。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括致动器,其中所述致动器与一个或多个微投光器耦合,并且其中所述致动器可被配置为移动所述一个或多个微投光器。In one or more embodiments, the micro-light projectors in the array of micro-light projectors are coupled to a lens. In one or more embodiments, the array of micro-light projectors is arranged in a manner based on a desired resolution of an image to be presented to the user. In one or more embodiments, the array of micro-light projectors is arranged in a manner based on a desired field of view. In one or more embodiments, the light beams in multiple micro-light projectors overlap. In one or more embodiments, the system further includes an actuator, wherein the actuator is coupled to one or more micro-light projectors, and wherein the actuator can be configured to move the one or more micro-light projectors.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述致动器与多个微投光器耦合。在一个或多个实施例中,所述致动器与单个微投光器耦合。在一个或多个实施例中,所述微投光器阵列中的一个微投光器与点阵机械耦合。In one or more embodiments, the actuator is coupled to a plurality of micro-light projectors. In one or more embodiments, the actuator is coupled to a single micro-light projector. In one or more embodiments, a micro-light projector in the array of micro-light projectors is mechanically coupled to the dot matrix.
在又一实施例中,一种与虚拟或增强现实显示器的用户的眼睛角膜接触的接触镜包括局部半球状基片和选择性滤光器。在一个或多个实施例中,所述选择性滤光器被配置为选择性地使光束通过用户的眼睛。在一个或多个实施例中,所述选择性滤光器为陷波滤波器。在一个或多个实施例中,所述陷波滤波器充分地阻挡大约450nm(蓝色峰值)的波长,并且充分地使电磁波谱可见部分中的其它波长通过。在一个或多个实施例中,所述陷波滤波器充分地阻挡大约530nm(绿色)的波长,并且充分地使电磁波谱可见部分中的其它波长通过。在一个或多个实施例中,所述陷波滤波器充分地阻挡大约650nm的波长,并且充分地使电磁波谱可见部分中的其它波长通过。In yet another embodiment, a contact lens that contacts the cornea of an eye of a user of a virtual or augmented reality display includes a partially hemispherical substrate and a selective filter. In one or more embodiments, the selective filter is configured to selectively allow a light beam to pass through the user's eye. In one or more embodiments, the selective filter is a notch filter. In one or more embodiments, the notch filter substantially blocks wavelengths of approximately 450 nm (blue peak) and substantially passes other wavelengths in the visible portion of the electromagnetic spectrum. In one or more embodiments, the notch filter substantially blocks wavelengths of approximately 530 nm (green) and substantially passes other wavelengths in the visible portion of the electromagnetic spectrum. In one or more embodiments, the notch filter substantially blocks wavelengths of approximately 650 nm and substantially passes other wavelengths in the visible portion of the electromagnetic spectrum.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述陷波滤波器包括由所述基片承载的多层介电材料。在一个或多个实施例中,所述滤波器具有直径小于1.5mm的针孔开口。在一个或多个实施例中,所述针孔开口允许多个波长的光束通过。在一个或多个实施例中,所述针孔的大小至少部分地基于所述显示器的所需焦深变化。在一个或多个实施例中,所述接触镜进一步包括多个工作模式。在一个或多个实施例中,所述接触镜进一步包括所述虚拟内容的多焦深显示配置。In one or more embodiments, the notch filter comprises a multilayer dielectric material carried by the substrate. In one or more embodiments, the filter has a pinhole opening having a diameter less than 1.5 mm. In one or more embodiments, the pinhole opening allows light beams of multiple wavelengths to pass through. In one or more embodiments, the size of the pinhole varies based at least in part on a desired depth of focus of the display. In one or more embodiments, the contact lens further comprises a plurality of operating modes. In one or more embodiments, the contact lens further comprises a multi-depth of focus display configuration for the virtual content.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述接触镜进一步包括视觉调节跟踪模块,其确定所述用户的眼睛的视觉调节。在一个或多个实施例中,特定显示对象的焦深至少部分地基于所确定的视觉调节变化。在一个或多个实施例中,图像通过波导被中继,所中继的图像与特定焦深关联。In one or more embodiments, the contact lens further comprises an accommodation tracking module that determines accommodation of the user's eye. In one or more embodiments, a depth of focus of a particular displayed object changes based at least in part on the determined accommodation. In one or more embodiments, an image is relayed via a waveguide, the relayed image being associated with a particular depth of focus.
在另一实施例,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的方法包括:提供要被呈现给用户的图像数据的一个或多个帧;投射与所述图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光;以及通过与所述用户的瞳孔耦合的局部半球状基片接收投射光并选择性地过滤出到所述用户的瞳孔的光束。In another embodiment, a method for displaying virtual content to a user includes providing one or more frames of image data to be presented to the user; projecting light associated with the one or more frames of image data; and receiving the projected light through a local hemispherical substrate coupled to the user's pupil and selectively filtering out the light beam to the user's pupil.
在另一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:投光系统,其将与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光投射到用户的眼睛,所述投光系统被配置为投射对应于与所述图像数据关联的多个像素的光;以及处理器,其调制向所述用户显示的所述多个像素的焦深。In another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes: a light projection system that projects light associated with one or more frames of image data into the user's eyes, the light projection system being configured to project light corresponding to a plurality of pixels associated with the image data; and a processor that modulates the depth of focus of the plurality of pixels displayed to the user.
在一个或多个实施例中,对所述焦深进行空间调制。在一个或多个实施例中,对所述焦深进行时间调制。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括图像生成源,其按照时序方式提供所述图像数据的一个或多个帧。在一个或多个实施例中,逐帧调制所述焦深。在一个或多个实施例中,所述投光系统包括多个光纤,并且其中跨所述多个光纤调制所述焦深,以使得所述光纤的一部分与第一焦深关联,所述光纤的另一部分与第二焦深关联,其中所述第一焦深不同于所述第二焦深。In one or more embodiments, the depth of focus is spatially modulated. In one or more embodiments, the depth of focus is temporally modulated. In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises an image generation source that provides one or more frames of the image data in a time-sequential manner. In one or more embodiments, the depth of focus is modulated on a frame-by-frame basis. In one or more embodiments, the light projection system comprises a plurality of optical fibers, and wherein the depth of focus is modulated across the plurality of optical fibers such that a portion of the optical fibers is associated with a first depth of focus and another portion of the optical fibers is associated with a second depth of focus, wherein the first depth of focus is different from the second depth of focus.
在一个或多个实施例中,特定帧的第一显示对象通过第一焦深显示,所述特定帧的第二显示对象通过第二焦深显示,其中所述第一焦深不同于所述第二焦深。在一个或多个实施例中,特定帧的第一像素与第一焦深关联,所述特定帧的第二像素与第二焦深关联,其中所述第一焦深不同于所述第二焦深。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括视觉调节跟踪模块,其确定所述用户的眼睛的视觉调节,其中所述焦深至少部分地基于所确定的视觉调节被调制。In one or more embodiments, a first display object of a particular frame is displayed at a first focal depth and a second display object of the particular frame is displayed at a second focal depth, wherein the first focal depth is different from the second focal depth. In one or more embodiments, a first pixel of a particular frame is associated with a first focal depth and a second pixel of the particular frame is associated with a second focal depth, wherein the first focal depth is different from the second focal depth. In one or more embodiments, the system further includes a visual accommodation tracking module that determines visual accommodation of the user's eye, wherein the focal depth is modulated at least in part based on the determined visual accommodation.
在一个或多个实施例中,与所述发光系统关联的发光模式随所确定的视觉调节动态地改变。在一个或多个实施例中,所述模式是多个光纤的扫描图案。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括模糊模块,其使所述图像数据的一个或多个部分变得模糊,其中产生所述模糊以平滑第一扫描图案与第二扫描图案之间的过渡,或平滑第一分辨率扫描间距到第二分辨率扫描间距的过渡。In one or more embodiments, a lighting pattern associated with the lighting system dynamically changes in response to the determined visual accommodation. In one or more embodiments, the pattern is a scanning pattern of a plurality of optical fibers. In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises a blur module that blurs one or more portions of the image data, wherein the blur is generated to smooth a transition between a first scanning pattern and a second scanning pattern, or to smooth a transition from a first resolution scanning pitch to a second resolution scanning pitch.
在另一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:投光系统,其将与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光投射到用户的眼睛,所述投光系统被配置为投射对应于与所述图像数据关联的多个像素的光;处理器,其调制向所述用户显示的所述多个像素的大小。In another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes: a light projection system that projects light associated with one or more frames of image data into the user's eyes, the light projection system being configured to project light corresponding to a plurality of pixels associated with the image data; and a processor that modulates a size of the plurality of pixels displayed to the user.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述投光系统为光纤扫描显示器。在一个或多个实施例中,所述投射光通过扫描图案显示。在一个或多个实施例中,所述处理器至少部分地基于扫描图案类型调制特定像素的大小。在一个或多个实施例中,能够部分地基于所述扫描图案的扫描线之间的距离调制所述一个或多个像素的大小。在一个或多个实施例中,同一帧中的第一像素的大小不同于第二像素的大小。In one or more embodiments, the light projection system is a fiber optic scanning display. In one or more embodiments, the projected light is displayed via a scanning pattern. In one or more embodiments, the processor modulates the size of a particular pixel based at least in part on the type of scanning pattern. In one or more embodiments, the size of one or more pixels can be modulated based in part on the distance between scan lines of the scanning pattern. In one or more embodiments, the size of a first pixel is different from the size of a second pixel in the same frame.
在另一方面,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的方法包括:投射与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光,其中投射光的一个或多个光束与一个或多个像素对应,其中通过光纤扫描显示器投射光;以及调制向所述用户显示的所述一个或多个像素的大小。On the other hand, a method for displaying virtual content to a user includes: projecting light associated with one or more frames of image data, wherein one or more beams of the projected light correspond to one or more pixels, wherein the projected light is scanned by an optical fiber display; and modulating the size of the one or more pixels displayed to the user.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述特定像素的大小至少部分地基于所述光纤扫描显示器的扫描图案变化。在一个或多个实施例中,至少部分地基于所述扫描图案的扫描线之间的距离调制所述一个或多个像素的大小。在一个或多个实施例中,所述一个或多个像素的大小可变。In one or more embodiments, the size of the particular pixel varies based at least in part on a scan pattern of the fiber-optic scanning display. In one or more embodiments, the size of the one or more pixels is modulated based at least in part on a distance between scan lines of the scan pattern. In one or more embodiments, the size of the one or more pixels is variable.
在又一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:显示系统,其传送与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光,其中所述显示系统包括多个像素,其中所述显示系统扫描具有可变线间距的光;模糊模块,其可变地使所述多个像素中的一个或多个像素变得模糊,以更改所述一个或多个像素的大小;以及处理器,其以使得至少部分地基于所述显示系统的所述线间距改变像素大小的方式控制所述模糊模块。在一个或多个实施例中,所述显示系统为光纤扫描系统。在一个或多个实施例中,所述像素大小被放大。在一个或多个实施例中,所述像素大小被缩小。在一个或多个实施例中,所述间距线稀疏。在一个或多个实施例中,所述间距线稠密。In yet another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes: a display system that transmits light associated with one or more frames of image data, wherein the display system includes a plurality of pixels, wherein the display system scans the light with a variable line spacing; a blur module that variably blurs one or more of the plurality of pixels to change the size of the one or more pixels; and a processor that controls the blur module in a manner that changes the pixel size based at least in part on the line spacing of the display system. In one or more embodiments, the display system is a fiber scanning system. In one or more embodiments, the pixel size is enlarged. In one or more embodiments, the pixel size is reduced. In one or more embodiments, the line spacing is sparse. In one or more embodiments, the line spacing is dense.
在另一方面,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的方法包括投射与要被呈现给所述用户的图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光;以及至少部分地基于所述图像数据的特征选择性地衰减所述投射光的至少一部分;以及将衰减后的光束传送到所述用户的眼睛。On the other hand, a method for displaying virtual content to a user includes projecting light associated with one or more frames of image data to be presented to the user; and selectively attenuating at least a portion of the projected light based at least in part on characteristics of the image data; and transmitting the attenuated light beam to the user's eyes.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述光束至少部分地基于所述光束的入射角度而被选择性地衰减。在一个或多个实施例中,所述帧的不同部分被衰减到不同的量。在一个或多个实施例中,所述衰减光束的焦深可变。In one or more embodiments, the light beam is selectively attenuated based at least in part on an angle of incidence of the light beam. In one or more embodiments, different portions of the frame are attenuated to different amounts. In one or more embodiments, the depth of focus of the attenuated light beam is variable.
在一个或多个实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:图像生成源,其提供图像数据的一个或多个帧;两个或更多个空间光调制器(SLM)的堆栈,所述空间光调制器的放置使得所述堆栈将与所述图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光传送到所述用户,其中所述SLM对来自外部环境的光进行空间衰减;以及处理器,其以调制光束穿过所述SLM的一个或多个单元时的角度的方式控制所述SLM堆栈。In one or more embodiments, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes: an image generation source that provides one or more frames of image data; a stack of two or more spatial light modulators (SLMs) that are positioned so that the stack transmits light associated with the one or more frames of image data to the user, wherein the SLMs spatially attenuate light from an external environment; and a processor that controls the SLM stack in a manner that modulates the angle of a light beam as it passes through one or more cells of the SLMs.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括一组光学显示元件,其中所述一组光学显示元件被置于所述用户的眼睛与所述外部环境之间。所述SLM堆栈中的所述SLM为胆甾相LCD。在一个或多个实施例中,所述SLM中的至少一者为胆甾相LCD。在一个或多个实施例中,所述SLM 堆栈以使得所述用户能够通过所述SLM堆栈查看外部世界的方式放置,其中所述SLM至少半透明。In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises a set of optical display elements, wherein the set of optical display elements is positioned between the user's eyes and the external environment. The SLMs in the SLM stack are cholesteric LCDs. In one or more embodiments, at least one of the SLMs is a cholesteric LCD. In one or more embodiments, the SLM stack is positioned such that the user can view the external world through the SLM stack, wherein the SLMs are at least translucent.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述空间光调制器阵列包括多个液晶阵列、数字光处理系统的多个数字镜设备元件、多个微电机系统(MEMS)阵列或多个MEMS百叶窗中的至少一者。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括包含至少一个光学组件的遮光板,并且其中所述处理器控制所述遮光板的所述至少一个光学组件以产生黑色虚拟对象的暗场表示。In one or more embodiments, the spatial light modulator array comprises at least one of a plurality of liquid crystal arrays, a plurality of digital mirror device elements of a digital light processing system, a plurality of microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) arrays, or a plurality of MEMS shutters. In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises a light shield comprising at least one optical component, and wherein the processor controls the at least one optical component of the light shield to produce a dark field representation of a black virtual object.
在另一方面,一种用于显示虚拟内容的系统包括:空间光调制器阵列,所述空间光调制器阵列被配置为产生光图案,并且其中所述空间光调制器阵列包括至少两个调制器;以及处理器,其以使得所述至少两个空间调制器形成莫尔条纹的方式控制所述空间调制器阵列,其中所述莫尔条纹为周期性空间图案,所述周期性空间图案在与所述至少两个空间光调制器上形成所述光图案的时段不同的时段衰减光。On the other hand, a system for displaying virtual content includes: a spatial light modulator array, which is configured to generate a light pattern, and wherein the spatial light modulator array includes at least two modulators; and a processor that controls the spatial modulator array in a manner such that the at least two spatial modulators form moiré fringes, wherein the moiré fringes are periodic spatial patterns that attenuate light during a time period different from a time period during which the light pattern is formed on the at least two spatial light modulators.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述空间光调制器阵列包括至少两个空间光调制器阵列,所述至少两个空间光调制器彼此光学耦合并且经由莫尔效应控制光的经过。在一个或多个实施例中,所述至少两个空间光调制器阵列均承载相应衰减图案。在一个或多个实施例中,所述至少两个空间光调制器阵列均承载被印刷、蚀刻或以其它方式铭刻在其上或其中的相应细间距正弦波图案。在一个或多个实施例中,所述至少两个空间光调制器阵列彼此配准(registration)。在一个或多个实施例中,所述至少两个空间光调制器阵列均承载相应衰减图案。In one or more embodiments, the spatial light modulator array includes at least two spatial light modulator arrays, the at least two spatial light modulators being optically coupled to each other and controlling the passage of light via a moiré effect. In one or more embodiments, the at least two spatial light modulator arrays each carry a corresponding attenuation pattern. In one or more embodiments, the at least two spatial light modulator arrays each carry a corresponding fine-pitch sinusoidal wave pattern printed, etched, or otherwise inscribed thereon or therein. In one or more embodiments, the at least two spatial light modulator arrays are registered with each other. In one or more embodiments, the at least two spatial light modulator arrays each carry a corresponding attenuation pattern.
在又一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:发光源,其提供与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光,其中所述发光源为空间光调制器;以及针孔阵列,其以相对于所述空间光调制器的方式放置,以使得所述针孔阵列中的一个针孔从所述空间光调制器的多个单元接收光,并且其中穿过该针孔的第一光束与穿过该针孔的第二光束对应于不同的角度,并且其中所述空间光调制器的所述单元选择性地衰减光。In yet another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes a light source that provides light associated with one or more frames of image data, wherein the light source is a spatial light modulator; and a pinhole array positioned relative to the spatial light modulator such that a pinhole in the pinhole array receives light from multiple elements of the spatial light modulator, and wherein a first light beam passing through the pinhole corresponds to a different angle than a second light beam passing through the pinhole, and wherein the elements of the spatial light modulator selectively attenuate light.
在一个或多个实施例中,通过所述针孔阵列和所述SLM查看外部环境,并且其中光束至少部分地基于所述光束的入射角度被选择性地衰减。在一个或多个实施例中,来自视场的不同部分的光被选择性地衰减。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括选择性衰减层,其可选择性地操作以衰减穿过其中的光的传输,所述选择性衰减层与针孔层光学串联。In one or more embodiments, an external environment is viewed through the pinhole array and the SLM, and wherein a light beam is selectively attenuated based at least in part on an angle of incidence of the light beam. In one or more embodiments, light from different portions of a field of view is selectively attenuated. In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises a selective attenuation layer selectively operable to attenuate transmission of light therethrough, the selective attenuation layer being optically coupled in series with the pinhole layer.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述选择性衰减层包括承载相应衰减图案的液晶阵列、数字投光系统或空间光调制器阵列。在一个或多个实施例中,所述针孔阵列被置于距离所述用户的眼睛的角膜大约30mm处,并且选择性衰减板位于所述眼睛一侧并与所述针孔阵列相对。在一个或多个实施例中,所述针孔阵列包括多个针孔,并且其中所述处理以使得光根据光束穿过所述多个针孔的角度被衰减的方式控制所述SLM,从而产生聚合光场。在一个或多个实施例中,所述聚合光场在所需焦距处导致遮蔽。In one or more embodiments, the selective attenuation layer comprises a liquid crystal array, a digital light projection system, or a spatial light modulator array carrying a corresponding attenuation pattern. In one or more embodiments, the pinhole array is positioned approximately 30 mm from the cornea of the user's eye, and the selective attenuation plate is located on the side of the eye opposite to the pinhole array. In one or more embodiments, the pinhole array comprises a plurality of pinholes, and wherein the processing controls the SLM in such a manner that light is attenuated according to the angle at which the light beam passes through the plurality of pinholes, thereby generating a converged light field. In one or more embodiments, the converged light field results in occlusion at a desired focal length.
在另一实施例中,一种系统包括:发光源,其提供与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光,其中所述发光源为空间光调制器;以及透镜阵列,其以相对于所述空间光调制器的方式放置,以使得所述透镜阵列中的一个透镜从所述空间光调制器的多个单元接收光,并且其中该透镜接收的第一光束与该透镜接收的第二光束对应于不同的角度,并且其中所述空间光调制器的所述单元选择性地衰减光。In another embodiment, a system includes: a light source that provides light associated with one or more frames of image data, wherein the light source is a spatial light modulator; and a lens array that is positioned relative to the spatial light modulator such that a lens in the lens array receives light from multiple elements of the spatial light modulator, and wherein a first light beam received by the lens corresponds to a different angle than a second light beam received by the lens, and wherein the elements of the spatial light modulator selectively attenuate light.
在一个或多个实施例中,通过所述透镜阵列和所述SLM查看外部环境,并且其中光束至少部分地基于所述光束的入射角度被选择性地衰减。在一个或多个实施例中,来自视场的不同部分的光被选择性地衰减。在一个或多个实施例中,所述透镜阵列包括多个透镜,并且其中所述处理以使得光根据所述多个透镜接收光束的角度被衰减的方式控制所述SLM,从而产生聚合光场。在一个或多个实施例中,所述聚合光场在所需焦距处导致遮蔽。In one or more embodiments, an external environment is viewed through the lens array and the SLM, and wherein a light beam is selectively attenuated based at least in part on an angle of incidence of the light beam. In one or more embodiments, light from different portions of the field of view is selectively attenuated. In one or more embodiments, the lens array includes a plurality of lenses, and wherein the processing controls the SLM in a manner such that light is attenuated based on the angles at which the plurality of lenses receive the light beams, thereby producing a converged light field. In one or more embodiments, the converged light field results in obscuration at a desired focal length.
在另一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:投光器,其投射与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光;至少一个偏振敏感层,其接收所述光并且旋转所述光的偏振;以及偏振调制器阵列,其调制所述偏振敏感层的偏振,并且其中所述阵列中的单元的状态确定多少光穿过所述偏振敏感层。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统以近眼配置放置。在一个或多个实施例中,所述偏振调制器为液晶阵列。In another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes: a light projector that projects light associated with one or more frames of image data; at least one polarization-sensitive layer that receives the light and rotates the polarization of the light; and a polarization modulator array that modulates the polarization of the polarization-sensitive layer, wherein the state of cells in the array determines how much light passes through the polarization-sensitive layer. In one or more embodiments, the system is positioned in a near-eye configuration. In one or more embodiments, the polarization modulator is a liquid crystal array.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括视差屏障,所述视差屏障使偏振器偏移,以使得不同的出瞳具有通过所述偏振器的不同路径。在一个或多个实施例中,所述偏振器为X极偏振器。在一个或多个实施例中,所述偏振器为多极偏振器。在一个或多个实施例中,所述偏振器为图案化的偏振器。在一个或多个实施例中,所述光与一个或多个MEMS阵列相互作用。In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises a parallax barrier that offsets the polarizer so that different exit pupils have different paths through the polarizer. In one or more embodiments, the polarizer is an X-pole polarizer. In one or more embodiments, the polarizer is a multipole polarizer. In one or more embodiments, the polarizer is a patterned polarizer. In one or more embodiments, the light interacts with one or more MEMS arrays.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括SLM,其投射光,其中所述SLM被置于一个或多个光学元件之间,其中所述光学元件与零放大望远镜对应。在一个或多个实施例中,所述用户通过所述零放大望远镜查看外部环境。在一个或多个实施例中,至少一个SLM被置于所述零放大望远镜内的图像平面处。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括DMD,其中所述DMD与透明基片对应。In one or more embodiments, the system further includes an SLM that projects light, wherein the SLM is positioned between one or more optical elements, wherein the optical elements correspond to a zero-magnification telescope. In one or more embodiments, the user views the external environment through the zero-magnification telescope. In one or more embodiments, at least one SLM is positioned at an image plane within the zero-magnification telescope. In one or more embodiments, the system further includes a DMD, wherein the DMD corresponds to the transparent substrate.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括包含至少一个光学组件的遮光板,并且其中所述处理器控制所述遮光板的所述至少一个光学组件以产生黑色虚拟对象的暗场表示。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括一个或多个LCD,其中所述一个或多个LCD选择性地衰减光束。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括一个或多个LCD,其中所述一个或多个LCD用作偏振旋转器。在一个或多个实施例中,所述遮光板为百叶窗式MEMS设备。In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises a light shield comprising at least one optical component, and wherein the processor controls the at least one optical component of the light shield to produce a dark field representation of a black virtual object. In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises one or more LCDs, wherein the one or more LCDs selectively attenuate a light beam. In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises one or more LCDs, wherein the one or more LCDs function as polarization rotators. In one or more embodiments, the light shield is a shutter-type MEMS device.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述百叶窗式MEM设备不透明,并且其中所述百叶窗式MEMS设备逐像素更改入射角度。在一个或多个实施例中,所述遮光板为滑动板MEMS设备,其中所述滑动板MEMS设备来回滑动以更改遮蔽区域。In one or more embodiments, the shutter MEMS device is opaque, and wherein the shutter MEMS device changes the incident angle pixel by pixel. In one or more embodiments, the light shielding plate is a sliding plate MEMS device, wherein the sliding plate MEMS device slides back and forth to change the shielding area.
在另一实施例中,一种用于显示虚拟内容的方法包括:投射与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光;通过基片处的接收投射光的偏振敏感层旋转光的偏振;以及调制光的偏振以选择性地衰减穿过所述偏振层的光。In another embodiment, a method for displaying virtual content includes: projecting light associated with one or more frames of image data; rotating the polarization of the light through a polarization-sensitive layer at a substrate that receives the projected light; and modulating the polarization of the light to selectively attenuate light passing through the polarization layer.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述偏振调制器为液晶阵列。在一个或多个实施例中,所述方法进一步包括创建视差屏障,所述视差屏障使偏振器偏移,以使得不同的出瞳具有通过所述偏振器的不同路径。在一个或多个实施例中,所述偏振器为X极偏振器。在一个或多个实施例中,所述偏振器为多极偏振器。在一个或多个实施例中,所述偏振器为图案化的偏振器。In one or more embodiments, the polarization modulator is a liquid crystal array. In one or more embodiments, the method further comprises creating a parallax barrier that offsets the polarizer so that different exit pupils have different paths through the polarizer. In one or more embodiments, the polarizer is an X-pole polarizer. In one or more embodiments, the polarizer is a multi-pole polarizer. In one or more embodiments, the polarizer is a patterned polarizer.
在另一实施例中,一种用于显示虚拟内容的系统包括:发光源,其提供与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光,其中所述发光源为空间光调制器;微电-机(MEMS)百叶窗阵列,其中所述MEMS百叶窗被容纳在基本透明的基片内,并且其中所述MEMS百叶窗能被配置为更改光被传送到像素的角度,以及其中被传送到所述用户的第一像素的角度不同于被传送到所述用户的第二像素的角度。In another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content includes: a light source that provides light associated with one or more frames of image data, wherein the light source is a spatial light modulator; an array of microelectromechanical (MEMS) shutters, wherein the MEMS shutters are housed within a substantially transparent substrate, and wherein the MEMS shutters are configurable to change the angle at which light is transmitted to pixels, and wherein the angle at which light is transmitted to a first pixel of the user is different from the angle at which light is transmitted to a second pixel of the user.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述至少一个光学组件包括第一微电-机系统 (MEMS)百叶窗阵列。在一个或多个实施例中,所述MEMS百叶窗阵列包括由光学透明基片承载的多个基本不透明的百叶窗。在一个或多个实施例中,所述所述微电-机系统(MEMS)百叶窗阵列具有足够细以选择地按像素遮光的百叶窗间距。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括所述遮光板的至少一个光学组件,所述至少一个光学组件包括第二MEMS 百叶窗阵列,所述第二MEMS百叶窗阵列与所述第一MEMS百叶窗阵列成堆叠配置。In one or more embodiments, the at least one optical component comprises a first micro-electromechanical system (MEMS) shutter array. In one or more embodiments, the MEMS shutter array comprises a plurality of substantially opaque shutters carried by an optically transparent substrate. In one or more embodiments, the micro-electromechanical system (MEMS) shutter array has a shutter pitch that is sufficiently fine to selectively block light on a pixel basis. In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises at least one optical component of the light shield, the at least one optical component comprising a second MEMS shutter array, the second MEMS shutter array being in a stacked configuration with the first MEMS shutter array.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述MEMS百叶窗阵列包括由光学透明基片承载的多个偏振百叶窗,所述百叶窗中的每一者的相应偏振状态可选择性地控制。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一和第二MEMS板阵列中的所述百叶窗为偏振器。在一个或多个实施例中,所述遮光板的至少一个光学组件包括被安装为在框架中移动的第一微电-机系统(MEMS)板阵列。In one or more embodiments, the MEMS shutter array comprises a plurality of polarization shutters carried by an optically transparent substrate, wherein the respective polarization state of each of the shutters is selectively controllable. In one or more embodiments, the shutters in the first and second MEMS plate arrays are polarizers. In one or more embodiments, at least one optical component of the light shield comprises a first micro-electromechanical system (MEMS) plate array mounted for movement in a frame.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一MEMS板阵列中的所述板以可滑动的方式安装以在框架中移动。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一MEMS 板阵列中的所述板以可旋转的方式安装以在框架中移动。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一MEMS板阵列中的所述板同时以可平移和可旋转的方式安装以在框架中移动。在一个或多个实施例中,所述板可移动以产生莫尔条纹。在一个或多个实施例中,所述遮光板的所述至少一个光学组件进一步包括被安装为在框架中移动的第二MEMS板阵列,所述第二阵列与所述第一阵列成堆叠配置。所述第一和所述第二MEMS板阵列中的板为偏振器。在一个或多个实施例中,所述遮光板的所述至少一个光学组件包括反射器阵列。In one or more embodiments, the plates in the first MEMS plate array are slidably mounted to move in a frame. In one or more embodiments, the plates in the first MEMS plate array are rotatably mounted to move in a frame. In one or more embodiments, the plates in the first MEMS plate array are simultaneously translatably and rotatably mounted to move in a frame. In one or more embodiments, the plates are movable to generate moiré fringes. In one or more embodiments, the at least one optical component of the light shield further includes a second MEMS plate array mounted to move in a frame, the second array being in a stacked configuration with the first array. The plates in the first and second MEMS plate arrays are polarizers. In one or more embodiments, the at least one optical component of the light shield includes an array of reflectors.
在另一实施例中,一种系统包括至少一个波导,其从外部环境接收光并将所述光导向一个或多个空间光调制器,其中所述一个或多个空间光调制器选择性地衰减所述用户的视场的不同部分中所接收的光。在一个或多个实施例中,所述至少一个波导包括第一和第二波导,并且其中所述第二波导被配置为将从所述SLM射出的光传送到所述用户的眼睛。In another embodiment, a system includes at least one waveguide that receives light from an external environment and directs the light to one or more spatial light modulators, wherein the one or more spatial light modulators selectively attenuate the light received in different portions of the user's field of view. In one or more embodiments, the at least one waveguide includes first and second waveguides, and wherein the second waveguide is configured to transmit light emitted from the SLM to the user's eye.
在另一实施例中,一种方法包括:从外部环境接收光;将所述光导向选择性衰减器;以及通过所述选择性衰减器选择性地衰减所述用户的视场的不同部分中所接收的光。In another embodiment, a method includes receiving light from an external environment; directing the light to a selective attenuator; and selectively attenuating, by the selective attenuator, the received light in different portions of a field of view of the user.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述至少一个波导包括第一和第二波导,并且其中所述第二波导被配置为将从所述SLM射出的光传送到所述用户的眼睛。在一个或多个实施例中,所述选择性衰减器为空间光调制器。在一个或多个实施例中,所述空间光调制器为DMD阵列。在一个或多个实施例中,所述光通过一个或多个波导被导向所述一个或多个空间光调制器。在一个或多个实施例中,所述方法进一步包括将光重新耦合回所述波导,从而导致所述光部分地朝向所述用户的眼睛射出。在一个或多个实施例中,所述波导被定向为基本垂直于所述选择性衰减器。In one or more embodiments, the at least one waveguide comprises a first and a second waveguide, and wherein the second waveguide is configured to transmit light emitted from the SLM to the user's eye. In one or more embodiments, the selective attenuator is a spatial light modulator. In one or more embodiments, the spatial light modulator is a DMD array. In one or more embodiments, the light is directed to the one or more spatial light modulators via one or more waveguides. In one or more embodiments, the method further comprises recoupling the light back into the waveguide, thereby causing the light to be emitted partially toward the user's eye. In one or more embodiments, the waveguide is oriented substantially perpendicular to the selective attenuator.
在另一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:发光源,其提供与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光,其中所述发光源包括多个微投光器;波导,其被配置为从所述多个微投光器接收光并将光发射到用户的眼睛。In another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes: a light source that provides light associated with one or more frames of image data, wherein the light source includes a plurality of micro-light projectors; and a waveguide configured to receive light from the plurality of micro-light projectors and emit the light to the user's eyes.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述微投光器被置于线性阵列中。在一个或多个实施例中,所述微投光器被置于所述波导的一个边中。在一个或多个实施例中,所述微投光器被置于所述波导的多个边中。在一个或多个实施例中,所述微投光器被置于二维阵列中。在一个或多个实施例中,所述微投光器被置于三维阵列中。在一个或多个实施例中,所述微投光器被置于所述基片的多个边处。在一个或多个实施例中,其中以多个角度放置所述微投光器。In one or more embodiments, the micro-light projectors are placed in a linear array. In one or more embodiments, the micro-light projectors are placed in one edge of the waveguide. In one or more embodiments, the micro-light projectors are placed in multiple edges of the waveguide. In one or more embodiments, the micro-light projectors are placed in a two-dimensional array. In one or more embodiments, the micro-light projectors are placed in a three-dimensional array. In one or more embodiments, the micro-light projectors are placed at multiple edges of the substrate. In one or more embodiments, the micro-light projectors are placed at multiple angles.
在另一实施例中,一种用于显示虚拟内容的系统包括:图像生成源,其提供图像数据的一个或多个帧,其中所述图像数据包括要被呈现给用户的一个或多个虚拟对象;以及渲染引擎,其以使得所述用户感知到所述一个或多个虚拟对象周围的光环的方式渲染所述一个或多个虚拟对象。In another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content includes: an image generation source that provides one or more frames of image data, wherein the image data includes one or more virtual objects to be presented to a user; and a rendering engine that renders the one or more virtual objects in a manner such that the user perceives a halo around the one or more virtual objects.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括光衰减器,其中所述光衰减器跨所述用户的视场平衡所述光环的光强度。In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises a light attenuator, wherein the light attenuator balances the light intensity of the light ring across the user's field of view.
在另一实施例中,一种用于显示虚拟内容的方法包括:提供图像数据的一个或多个帧,其中所述图像数据包括要被呈现给用户的一个或多个虚拟对象;以及以使所述用户感知到所述一个或多个虚拟对象周围的光环的方式渲染所述一个或多个虚拟对象,从而使得所述用户更容易查看所述虚拟对象,其中所述虚拟对象为黑色虚拟对象。In another embodiment, a method for displaying virtual content includes: providing one or more frames of image data, wherein the image data includes one or more virtual objects to be presented to a user; and rendering the one or more virtual objects in a manner such that the user perceives a halo around the one or more virtual objects, thereby making it easier for the user to view the virtual objects, wherein the virtual objects are black virtual objects.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述方法进一步包括通过光衰减器选择性地衰减从外部环境接收的光,其中所述光衰减器跨所述用户的视场平衡所述光环的光强度。In one or more embodiments, the method further includes selectively attenuating light received from the external environment via a light attenuator, wherein the light attenuator balances the light intensity of the light ring across the field of view of the user.
在另一实施例中,一种用于显示虚拟内容的系统包括:相机系统,其捕获真实环境的视图;穿透式光学系统,其显示叠加在所述真实环境的视图上的一个或多个虚拟对象,其中所捕获的视图被用于渲染要被呈现给所述用户的一个或多个虚拟对象;以及光强度模块,其至少部分地基于一个或多个真实对象与所述一个或多个虚拟对象之间的关联调制所述真实环境的视图的光强度,以便与所述一个或多个真实对象相比,黑色虚拟对象是可见的。In another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content includes: a camera system that captures a view of a real environment; a see-through optical system that displays one or more virtual objects superimposed on the view of the real environment, wherein the captured view is used to render one or more virtual objects to be presented to the user; and a light intensity module that modulates the light intensity of the view of the real environment based at least in part on an association between one or more real objects and the one or more virtual objects so that black virtual objects are visible compared to the one or more real objects.
在一个或多个实施例中,所捕获的视图被用于产生一个或多个虚拟对象周围的光环,其中所述光环跨空间消退。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括光衰减器,其中所述光衰减器跨所述用户的视场平衡所述光环的光强度。In one or more embodiments, the captured view is used to generate a halo around one or more virtual objects, wherein the halo fades across space. In one or more embodiments, the system further includes a light attenuator, wherein the light attenuator balances the light intensity of the halo across the user's field of view.
在又一实施例中,一种驱动增强现实显示系统的方法包括:渲染用户的视场的一个位置处的第一虚拟对象;以及基本与所述第一虚拟对象的渲染同时,渲染所述用户的视场中至少在空间上接近所渲染的第一虚拟对象的视觉重点。In yet another embodiment, a method of driving an augmented reality display system includes rendering a first virtual object at a location in a user's field of view; and rendering a visual focus in the user's field of view that is at least spatially close to the rendered first virtual object substantially simultaneously with the rendering of the first virtual object.
在一个或多个实施例中,渲染视觉重点包括以强度梯度渲染所述视觉重点。在一个或多个实施例中,渲染视觉重点包括以接近所述视觉重点的周界的模糊渲染所述视觉重点。In one or more embodiments, rendering the visual emphasis includes rendering the visual emphasis with an intensity gradient. In one or more embodiments, rendering the visual emphasis includes rendering the visual emphasis with a blur proximate a perimeter of the visual emphasis.
在一个或多个实施例中,渲染至少在空间上接近所渲染的第一虚拟对象的视觉重点包括渲染在空间上接近所渲染的第一虚拟对象的光环视觉效应。在一个或多个实施例中,渲染在空间上接近所渲染的第一虚拟对象的光环视觉效应包括渲染所述光环视觉效应以便比所渲染的第一虚拟对象更亮。In one or more embodiments, rendering the visual emphasis at least spatially proximate to the rendered first virtual object includes rendering a halo visual effect spatially proximate to the rendered first virtual object. In one or more embodiments, rendering the halo visual effect spatially proximate to the rendered first virtual object includes rendering the halo visual effect so as to be brighter than the rendered first virtual object.
在一个或多个实施例中,渲染所述光环视觉效应以便比所渲染的第一虚拟对象更亮是响应于判定所渲染的第一虚拟对象比暗阈值更暗。在一个或多个实施例中,渲染光环视觉效应包括在所感知的三维空间中与所渲染的第一虚拟对象分离的焦平面中渲染所述光环视觉效应。在一个或多个实施例中,渲染光环视觉效应包括以强度梯度渲染所述光环视觉效应。在一个或多个实施例中,渲染光环视觉效应包括以这样的强度梯度渲染所述光环视觉效应:即,该强度梯度与被施加到所述第一虚拟对象的渲染的遮蔽所导致的暗光环匹配以补偿所述遮蔽的暗场效应。In one or more embodiments, rendering the halo visual effect so as to be brighter than the rendered first virtual object is in response to determining that the rendered first virtual object is darker than a dark threshold. In one or more embodiments, rendering the halo visual effect includes rendering the halo visual effect in a focal plane that is separated from the rendered first virtual object in the perceived three-dimensional space. In one or more embodiments, rendering the halo visual effect includes rendering the halo visual effect with an intensity gradient. In one or more embodiments, rendering the halo visual effect includes rendering the halo visual effect with an intensity gradient that matches a dark halo caused by a rendered occlusion applied to the first virtual object to compensate for a dark field effect of the occlusion.
在一个或多个实施例中,渲染光环视觉效应包括以接近所述光环视觉效应的周界的模糊渲染所述光环视觉效应。在一个或多个实施例中,所渲染的第一视觉对象具有非圆形周界,并且所渲染的光环视觉效应与所述非圆形周界一致。在一个或多个实施例中,渲染至少在空间上接近所渲染的第一虚拟对象的视觉重点包括在所感知的三维空间中与所渲染的第一虚拟对象分离的焦平面中渲染所述视觉效应。在一个或多个实施例中,在所感知的三维空间中与所渲染的第一虚拟对象分离的焦平面中渲染所述视觉效应包括就其中渲染所渲染的第一虚拟对象的焦平面而言,在相对远离所述用户的焦平面中渲染所述视觉效应。In one or more embodiments, rendering the halo visual effect includes rendering the halo visual effect with a blur proximate a perimeter of the halo visual effect. In one or more embodiments, the rendered first visual object has a non-circular perimeter, and the rendered halo visual effect is consistent with the non-circular perimeter. In one or more embodiments, rendering the visual emphasis at least spatially proximate to the rendered first virtual object includes rendering the visual effect in a focal plane that is separated from the rendered first virtual object in the perceived three-dimensional space. In one or more embodiments, rendering the visual effect in a focal plane that is separated from the rendered first virtual object in the perceived three-dimensional space includes rendering the visual effect in a focal plane that is relatively far away from the user with respect to the focal plane in which the rendered first virtual object is rendered.
在另一实施例中,一种用于显示虚拟内容的系统包括:图像生成源,其提供要被呈现给用户的图像数据的一个或多个帧,其中所述图像数据的一个或多个帧包括至少一个黑色虚拟对象;以及渲染图像,其渲染所述图像数据的一个或多个帧,并且其中所述渲染引擎将所述黑色虚拟对象渲染为蓝色虚拟对象,以使得所述黑色虚拟对象对所述用户可见。In another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content includes: an image generation source that provides one or more frames of image data to be presented to a user, wherein the one or more frames of image data include at least one black virtual object; and a rendering engine that renders the one or more frames of image data, and wherein the rendering engine renders the black virtual object as a blue virtual object so that the black virtual object is visible to the user.
在一个或多个实施例中,渲染用户的视场的一个位置处的第一虚拟对象包括首先将所述第一虚拟对象的任何黑色调更改为深蓝色。In one or more embodiments, rendering a first virtual object at a location in a user's field of view includes first changing any black tones of the first virtual object to a dark blue.
在又一实施例中,一种用于发射光束以显示虚拟内容的系统包括:至少一个波导,所述至少一个波导具有第一端、跨所述至少一个波导的长度与所述第一端具有间隔的第二端,沿着该长度,以已定义的角度进入相应波导的光经由全内反射传播;至少接近所述至少一个波导的第一端放置的至少一个边缘反射器,其用于通过光学反射将光耦合回所述至少一个波导的所述第一端;以及至少接近所述至少一个波导的第二端放置的至少一个边缘反射器,其用于通过光学反射将光耦合回所述至少一个波导的所述第二端。In yet another embodiment, a system for emitting a light beam to display virtual content includes: at least one waveguide having a first end and a second end spaced apart from the first end across a length of the at least one waveguide, along which light entering the corresponding waveguide at a defined angle propagates via total internal reflection; at least one edge reflector positioned at least proximate the first end of the at least one waveguide for coupling light back to the first end of the at least one waveguide by optical reflection; and at least one edge reflector positioned at least proximate the second end of the at least one waveguide for coupling light back to the second end of the at least one waveguide by optical reflection.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述至少一个波导具有在所述波导内部的多个横向反射和/或衍射面,所述面将所述光的至少一部分横向地重定向到所述波导的外部。在一个或多个实施例中,所述横向反射和/或衍射面为低衍射效率衍射光学元件(DOE)。在一个或多个实施例中,至少接近所述至少一个波导的第一端放置的至少一个边缘反射器包括至少接近所述至少一个波导的所述第一端放置的多个反射器。In one or more embodiments, the at least one waveguide has a plurality of lateral reflective and/or diffractive surfaces within the waveguide that redirect at least a portion of the light laterally to the exterior of the waveguide. In one or more embodiments, the lateral reflective and/or diffractive surfaces are low diffraction efficiency diffractive optical elements (DOEs). In one or more embodiments, the at least one edge reflector positioned at least proximate the first end of the at least one waveguide comprises a plurality of reflectors positioned at least proximate the first end of the at least one waveguide.
在一个或多个实施例中,至少接近所述至少一个波导的第二端放置的至少一个边缘反射器包括至少接近所述至少一个波导的所述第二端放置的多个反射器。在一个或多个实施例中,至少一个波导为单波导。In one or more embodiments, the at least one edge reflector positioned at least proximate the second end of the at least one waveguide comprises a plurality of reflectors positioned at least proximate the second end of the at least one waveguide.In one or more embodiments, the at least one waveguide is a single waveguide.
在又一实施例中,一种用于发射光束以显示虚拟内容的系统包括:波导组装件,其包括:多个平面波导,所述平面波导中的每一者分别具有跨该平面波导的厚度彼此相对的至少两个扁平平行主面;第一端;第二端,其跨该波导的长度与所述第一端相对,沿着该长度,以已定义的角度进入相应波导的光经由全内反射传播;以及两个扁平主边,其跨该波导的宽度彼此相对,所述多个平面波导沿着与所述平面波导的厚度方向平行的第一轴线和沿着与所述平面波导的宽度平行的第二轴线具有堆叠配置,从而形成三维平面波导阵列。In yet another embodiment, a system for emitting a light beam to display virtual content includes: a waveguide assembly comprising: a plurality of planar waveguides, each of the planar waveguides having at least two flat, parallel major faces opposing each other across the thickness of the planar waveguide; a first end; a second end opposing the first end across the length of the waveguide, along which light entering the corresponding waveguide at a defined angle propagates via total internal reflection; and two flat major sides opposing each other across the width of the waveguide, the plurality of planar waveguides having a stacked configuration along a first axis parallel to the thickness direction of the planar waveguide and along a second axis parallel to the width of the planar waveguide, thereby forming a three-dimensional planar waveguide array.
在一个或多个实施例中,存在沿着所述第一轴线的方向堆叠的至少三个平面波导。在一个或多个实施例中,存在沿着所述第二轴线的方向堆叠的至少三个平面波导。在一个或多个实施例中,存在沿着所述第二轴线的方向堆叠的至少三个平面波导。在一个或多个实施例中,沿着所述第一轴线堆叠的相继平面波导彼此紧邻,并且沿着所述第二轴堆叠的相继平面波导彼此紧邻。在一个或多个实施例中,所述波导组装件进一步包括由所述平面波导中的至少一者的至少一个平面承载的多个反射层。In one or more embodiments, there are at least three planar waveguides stacked along the direction of the first axis. In one or more embodiments, there are at least three planar waveguides stacked along the direction of the second axis. In one or more embodiments, there are at least three planar waveguides stacked along the direction of the second axis. In one or more embodiments, successive planar waveguides stacked along the first axis are immediately adjacent to each other, and successive planar waveguides stacked along the second axis are immediately adjacent to each other. In one or more embodiments, the waveguide assembly further comprises a plurality of reflective layers carried by at least one plane of at least one of the planar waveguides.
所述反射层包括完全反射的金属涂层。在一个或多个实施例中,所述反射层包括波长特定的反射器。在一个或多个实施例中,所述反射层沿着所述第一或所述第二轴线中的至少一者分隔每个相继平面波导对中的平面波导。在一个或多个实施例中,所述反射层沿着所述第一和所述第二轴线两者分隔每个相继平面波导对中的平面波导。The reflective layer comprises a fully reflective metal coating. In one or more embodiments, the reflective layer comprises a wavelength-specific reflector. In one or more embodiments, the reflective layer separates the planar waveguides in each successive pair of planar waveguides along at least one of the first or second axis. In one or more embodiments, the reflective layer separates the planar waveguides in each successive pair of planar waveguides along both the first and second axes.
在一个或多个实施例中,多个所述平面波导中的每一者分别包括多个横向反射和/或衍射面,所述面将相应平面波导接收的光的至少一部分横向地重定向到该平面波导的外部。在一个或多个实施例中,所述横向反射和/ 或衍射面包括衍射光学元件,所述衍射光学元件夹在在相应平面波导的所述主面之间的相应平面波导中。在一个或多个实施例中,所述衍射光学元件可选择性地操作以改变焦距。。In one or more embodiments, each of the plurality of planar waveguides includes a plurality of lateral reflective and/or diffractive facets that redirect at least a portion of light received by the corresponding planar waveguide laterally toward the exterior of the planar waveguide. In one or more embodiments, the lateral reflective and/or diffractive facets include a diffractive optical element sandwiched within the corresponding planar waveguide between the principal faces of the corresponding planar waveguide. In one or more embodiments, the diffractive optical element is selectively operable to vary focal length.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一轴线为弧形轴线,并且所述波导组装件中的至少一组中的每个所述平面波导的至少一个所述主边被定向为聚焦于单个线,所述单个线与所述平面波导的长度平行。In one or more embodiments, the first axis is an arcuate axis, and at least one of the major sides of each of the planar waveguides in at least one group of the waveguide assemblies is oriented to focus on a single line that is parallel to the length of the planar waveguide.
在一个或多个实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:投光器,其投射与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光,其中所述投光器为光纤扫描显示器;波导组装件,其可变地使光偏斜到用户的眼睛,其中所述波导朝向所述眼睛凹陷地弯曲。In one or more embodiments, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes: a light projector that projects light associated with one or more frames of image data, wherein the light projector is a fiber optic scanning display; and a waveguide assembly that variably deflects light to the user's eyes, wherein the waveguide is concavely curved toward the eyes.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述弯曲波导扩展视场。在一个或多个实施例中,弯曲的波导有效地将光导向所述用户的眼睛。在一个或多个实施例中,弯曲的波导包括时变光栅,从而产生针对所述光纤扫描显示器扫描所述光的轴线。In one or more embodiments, the curved waveguide extends the field of view. In one or more embodiments, the curved waveguide effectively directs light toward the user's eyes. In one or more embodiments, the curved waveguide includes a time-varying grating, thereby creating an axis along which the light is scanned for the fiber-optic scanning display.
在另一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:穿透式分束器基片,其具有用于接收光的入口和相对于所述入口成一角度的多个内部反射或衍射面,所述内部反射或衍射面将在所述入口接收的光的至少一部分横向地重定向到所述穿透式分束器基片的外部并重定向到所述用户的眼睛,其中所述多个内部反射或衍射面包括沿着所述穿透式分束器基片的纵轴具有间隔的多个横向反射和/或衍射面,所述横向反射和/或衍射面中的每一者与所述入口成一角度或者可与所述入口成一角度,以将在所述入口接收的光的至少一部分横向地重定向到所述穿透式分束器基片的外部并沿着光路重定向到所述用户的眼睛;发光系统,其将光发射到所述穿透式分束器;以及本地控制器,其与显示系统通信地耦合以将图像信息提供给所述显示系统,所述本地控制器包括至少一个处理器,以及与所述至少一个处理器通信地耦合的至少一个非临时性处理器可读介质,所述至少一个非临时性处理器可读介质存储处理器可执行指令或数据中的至少一者,当由所述至少一个处理器执行时,所述处理器可执行指令或数据导致所述至少一个处理器执行数据处理、缓存和存储中的至少一项,并且将所述图像信息提供给所述显示器,以便为所述用户产生虚拟或增强现实视觉体验中的至少一者。In another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes: a transmissive beam splitter substrate having an inlet for receiving light and a plurality of internal reflective or diffractive surfaces at an angle relative to the inlet, the internal reflective or diffractive surfaces redirecting at least a portion of the light received at the inlet laterally to the exterior of the transmissive beam splitter substrate and toward the user's eyes, wherein the plurality of internal reflective or diffractive surfaces include a plurality of lateral reflective and/or diffractive surfaces spaced apart along a longitudinal axis of the transmissive beam splitter substrate, each of the lateral reflective and/or diffractive surfaces being at an angle or capable of being at an angle relative to the inlet to redirect at least a portion of the light received at the inlet laterally to the exterior of the transmissive beam splitter substrate and toward the user's eyes. a light emitting system that emits light to the transmissive beam splitter; and a local controller that is communicatively coupled to a display system to provide image information to the display system, the local controller comprising at least one processor and at least one non-transitory processor-readable medium communicatively coupled to the at least one processor, the at least one non-transitory processor-readable medium storing at least one of processor-executable instructions or data that, when executed by the at least one processor, cause the at least one processor to perform at least one of data processing, caching, and storage, and provide the image information to the display to produce at least one of a virtual or augmented reality visual experience for the user.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述横向反射和/或衍射面包括至少一个衍射光学元件(DOE),其中以多个已定义的角度进入所述分束器的准直光束沿着其长度被全内反射,并且在一个或多个位置处与所述DOE相交。在一个或多个实施例中,至少一个衍射光学元件(DOE)包括第一光栅。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一光栅为第一布拉格光栅。In one or more embodiments, the lateral reflective and/or diffractive surface comprises at least one diffractive optical element (DOE), wherein a collimated light beam entering the beam splitter at a plurality of defined angles is totally internally reflected along its length and intersects the DOE at one or more locations. In one or more embodiments, the at least one diffractive optical element (DOE) comprises a first grating. In one or more embodiments, the first grating is a first Bragg grating.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述DOE包括第二光栅,所述第一光栅位于第一平面上并且所述第二光栅位于第二平面上,所述第二平面与所述第一平面具有间隔,以使得所述第一和所述第二光栅相互作用以产生莫尔拍频波形图。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一光栅具有第一间距并且所述第二光栅具有第二间距,所述第一间距与所述第二间距相同。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一光栅具有第一间距并且所述第二光栅具有第二间距,所述第一间距不同于所述第二间距。在一个或多个实施例中,可控制所述第一光栅间距以随时间更改所述第一光栅间距。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一光栅包括弹性材料并且发生机械变形。In one or more embodiments, the DOE includes a second grating, the first grating being located on a first plane and the second grating being located on a second plane, the second plane being spaced apart from the first plane such that the first and second gratings interact to produce a moiré beat waveform. In one or more embodiments, the first grating has a first pitch and the second grating has a second pitch, the first pitch being the same as the second pitch. In one or more embodiments, the first grating has a first pitch and the second grating has a second pitch, the first pitch being different from the second pitch. In one or more embodiments, the first grating pitch is controllable to change the first grating pitch over time. In one or more embodiments, the first grating comprises an elastic material and undergoes mechanical deformation.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一光栅由发生机械变形的弹性材料承载。在一个或多个实施例中,可控制所述第一光栅间距以随时间更改所述第一光栅间距。在一个或多个实施例中,可控制所述第二光栅间距以随时间更改所述第二光栅间距。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一光栅为电活性光栅,其具有至少一个接通状态和关断状态。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一光栅包括聚合物分散液晶,所述聚合物分散液晶的多个液晶滴被可控地激活以更改所述第一光栅的折射率。In one or more embodiments, the first grating is supported by a mechanically deformable elastic material. In one or more embodiments, the first grating pitch can be controlled to change the first grating pitch over time. In one or more embodiments, the second grating pitch can be controlled to change the second grating pitch over time. In one or more embodiments, the first grating is an electro-active grating having at least an on state and an off state. In one or more embodiments, the first grating comprises a polymer dispersed liquid crystal, wherein a plurality of liquid crystal droplets of the polymer dispersed liquid crystal are controllably activated to change the refractive index of the first grating.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一光栅为时变光栅,其中所述第一光栅为时变光栅,并且所述本地控制器控制至少所述第一光栅以扩展所述显示器的视场。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一光栅为时变光栅,并且所述本地控制器采用至少所述第一光栅的时变控制以校正色差。在一个或多个实施例中,所述本地控制器驱动至少所述第一光栅以相对于图像的对应像素中的蓝色或绿色子像素中的至少一者改变所述图像的像素中的红色子像素的放置。在一个或多个实施例中,所述本地控制器驱动至少所述第一光栅以横向地移动出射图案,从而填充出站像图中的间隙。In one or more embodiments, the first grating is a time-varying grating, wherein the first grating is a time-varying grating and the local controller controls at least the first grating to expand the field of view of the display. In one or more embodiments, the first grating is a time-varying grating and the local controller employs time-varying control of at least the first grating to correct chromatic aberration. In one or more embodiments, the local controller drives at least the first grating to change the placement of a red sub-pixel in a pixel of the image relative to at least one of a blue or green sub-pixel in a corresponding pixel of the image. In one or more embodiments, the local controller drives at least the first grating to shift the exit pattern laterally to fill gaps in the exit image.
在一个或多个实施例中,至少一个DOE元件具有第一圆形对称项。在一个或多个实施例中,至少一个DOE元件具有第一线性项,所述第一线性项被与所述第一圆形对称项相加。在一个或多个实施例中,所述圆形对称项可控。在一个或多个实施例中,至少一个DOE元件具有又一第一圆形对称项。在一个或多个实施例中,所述至少一个衍射光学元件(DOE)包括第一DOE。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一DOE为圆形DOE。In one or more embodiments, at least one DOE element has a first circularly symmetric term. In one or more embodiments, at least one DOE element has a first linear term, the first linear term being added to the first circularly symmetric term. In one or more embodiments, the circularly symmetric term is controllable. In one or more embodiments, at least one DOE element has another first circularly symmetric term. In one or more embodiments, the at least one diffractive optical element (DOE) comprises a first DOE. In one or more embodiments, the first DOE is a circular DOE.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述圆形DOE为时变DOE。在一个或多个实施例中,所述圆形DOE相对于波导被分层以供聚焦调制。在一个或多个实施例中,所述圆形DOE的衍射图案为静态图案。在一个或多个实施例中,所述圆形DOE的衍射图案为动态图案。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统包括附加的圆形DOE,其中所述附加的圆形DOE相对于所述圆形DOE放置,从而通过少量可切换DOE实现多种聚焦程度。In one or more embodiments, the circular DOE is a time-varying DOE. In one or more embodiments, the circular DOE is layered relative to the waveguide to provide focus modulation. In one or more embodiments, the diffraction pattern of the circular DOE is a static pattern. In one or more embodiments, the diffraction pattern of the circular DOE is a dynamic pattern. In one or more embodiments, the system includes additional circular DOEs, wherein the additional circular DOEs are positioned relative to the circular DOE to achieve multiple focus levels with a small number of switchable DOEs.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括可切换DOE元件矩阵。在一个或多个实施例中,所述矩阵被用于扩展视场。在一个或多个实施例中,所述矩阵被用于扩展出瞳的大小。In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises a matrix of switchable DOE elements. In one or more embodiments, the matrix is used to expand the field of view. In one or more embodiments, the matrix is used to expand the size of the exit pupil.
在一个或多个实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:投光系统,其投射与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光束;衍射光学元件 (DOE),其接收投射光束并在所需焦点处传送所述光束,其中所述DOE 为圆形DOE。In one or more embodiments, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes: a light projection system that projects a light beam associated with one or more frames of image data; and a diffractive optical element (DOE) that receives the projected light beam and transmits the light beam at a desired focus, wherein the DOE is a circular DOE.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述DOE可沿着单个轴线拉伸以调整线性 DOE项的角度。在一个或多个实施例中,所述DOE包括膜以及至少一个换能器,所述换能器可操作以在Z轴中通过振荡动作选择性地振动所述膜,从而提供Z轴控制和焦点随时间的改变。在一个或多个实施例中,所述 DOE内嵌在可拉伸的介质中,以使得能够通过物理地拉伸所述介质来调整所述DOE的间距。在一个或多个实施例中,所述DOE被双向拉伸,并且其中所述DOE的拉伸影响所述DOE的焦距。在一个或多个实施例中,根据权利要求762所述的系统进一步包括多个圆形DOE,其中所述DOE沿着Z轴堆叠。圆形DOE在波导前方被分层以供聚焦调制。在一个或多个实施例中,根据权利要求768所述的系统,其中所述DOE为静态DOE。In one or more embodiments, the DOE is stretchable along a single axis to adjust the angle of the linear DOE term. In one or more embodiments, the DOE comprises a membrane and at least one transducer operable to selectively vibrate the membrane in the Z-axis through an oscillating action to provide Z-axis control and focus change over time. In one or more embodiments, the DOE is embedded in a stretchable medium so that the spacing of the DOE can be adjusted by physically stretching the medium. In one or more embodiments, the DOE is bi-directionally stretched, and wherein the stretching of the DOE affects the focal length of the DOE. In one or more embodiments, the system of claim 762 further comprises a plurality of circular DOEs, wherein the DOEs are stacked along the Z-axis. The circular DOEs are layered in front of the waveguide for focus modulation. In one or more embodiments, the system of claim 768, wherein the DOE is a static DOE.
在一个或多个实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:投光系统,其投射与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光束;第一波导,其没有任何衍射光学元件(DOE),所述第一波导沿着所述第一波导的长度的至少一部分,经由全内反射传播由所述第一波导以多个已定义的角度接收的光,并且将来自所述第一波导的光提供给外部作为准直光;第二波导,其具有至少第一圆形对称衍射光学元件(DOE),所述第二波导被光学耦合以从所述第一波导接收所述准直光;以及处理器,其控制所述DOE的光栅。In one or more embodiments, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes: a light projection system that projects a light beam associated with one or more frames of image data; a first waveguide that does not have any diffractive optical element (DOE), the first waveguide propagating light received by the first waveguide at multiple defined angles via total internal reflection along at least a portion of the length of the first waveguide, and providing the light from the first waveguide to the outside as collimated light; a second waveguide that has at least a first circularly symmetric diffractive optical element (DOE), the second waveguide being optically coupled to receive the collimated light from the first waveguide; and a processor that controls the grating of the DOE.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一DOE可被选择性地控制。在一个或多个实施例中,所述显示器除所述第一DOE之外还包括多个附加DOE,所述DOE按照堆叠配置排列。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个附加DOE 中的每个DOE可被选择性地控制。在一个或多个实施例中,本地控制器控制所述第一DOE和所述多个附加DOE以动态地调制穿过所述显示器的光的焦点。在一个或多个实施例中,所述处理器选择性地分别切换所述第一DOE和所述多个附加DOE以实现多种聚焦程度,可实现的聚焦程度数目大于所述堆栈中的所述DOE的总数。In one or more embodiments, the first DOE is selectively controllable. In one or more embodiments, the display includes a plurality of additional DOEs in addition to the first DOE, the DOEs being arranged in a stacked configuration. In one or more embodiments, each of the plurality of additional DOEs is selectively controllable. In one or more embodiments, a local controller controls the first DOE and the plurality of additional DOEs to dynamically modulate the focus of light passing through the display. In one or more embodiments, the processor selectively switches the first DOE and the plurality of additional DOEs, respectively, to achieve a plurality of focus levels, the number of achievable focus levels being greater than the total number of DOEs in the stack.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述堆栈中的每个所述DOE具有相应光功率,所述DOE的光功率以静态可控方式彼此相加。在一个或多个实施例中,所述堆栈中的至少一个所述DOE的相应光功率是所述堆栈中的至少另一所述DOE的相应光功率的两倍。在一个或多个实施例中,所述处理器选择性地分别切换所述第一DOE和所述多个附加DOE以随时间调制所述DOE的相应线性项和半径项。在一个或多个实施例中,所述处理器选择性地分别基于帧序列切换所述第一DOE和所述多个附加DOE。In one or more embodiments, each of the DOEs in the stack has a corresponding optical power, and the optical powers of the DOEs are summed with each other in a statically controllable manner. In one or more embodiments, the corresponding optical power of at least one of the DOEs in the stack is twice the corresponding optical power of at least another of the DOEs in the stack. In one or more embodiments, the processor selectively switches the first DOE and the plurality of additional DOEs to modulate the respective linear terms and radial terms of the DOEs over time. In one or more embodiments, the processor selectively switches the first DOE and the plurality of additional DOEs based on a frame sequence.
所述DOE堆栈包括聚合物分散液晶元件堆栈。在一个或多个实施例中,在没有施加的电压时,主介质折射率与所述聚合物分散液晶元件的一组分散分子的折射率匹配。在一个或多个实施例中,所述聚合物分散液晶元件包括铌酸锂分子和位于主介质的任一侧的多个透明氧化铟锡层电极,其中所述分散的铌酸锂分子以可控方式更改折射率并且在所述主介质内功能性地形成衍射图案。The DOE stack includes a polymer-dispersed liquid crystal element stack. In one or more embodiments, in the absence of an applied voltage, the refractive index of a host medium matches the refractive index of a set of dispersed molecules of the polymer-dispersed liquid crystal element. In one or more embodiments, the polymer-dispersed liquid crystal element includes lithium niobate molecules and a plurality of transparent indium tin oxide layer electrodes located on either side of the host medium, wherein the dispersed lithium niobate molecules controllably alter the refractive index and functionally form a diffraction pattern within the host medium.
在另一实施例中,一种用于显示虚拟内容的方法包括:将与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光投射到用户;在第一波导处接收光,所述第一波导没有任何衍射光学元件,并且通过内反射传播所述光;在具有至少第一圆形对称衍射光学元件(DOE)的第二波导处接收准直光,所述第二波导被光学耦合以从所述第一波导接收所述准直光,其中所述圆形对称DOE 的光栅可变,并且其中所述第一波导和所述第二波导被组装在DOE堆栈中。In another embodiment, a method for displaying virtual content includes: projecting light associated with one or more frames of image data to a user; receiving the light at a first waveguide, the first waveguide being devoid of any diffractive optical elements and propagating the light by internal reflection; receiving collimated light at a second waveguide having at least a first circularly symmetric diffractive optical element (DOE), the second waveguide being optically coupled to receive the collimated light from the first waveguide, wherein a grating of the circularly symmetric DOE is variable, and wherein the first waveguide and the second waveguide are assembled in a DOE stack.
在一个或多个实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的光学元件包括:至少一个衍射光学元件(DOE),其被放置为接收光,所述至少一个 DOE包括多个可单独寻址区段的第一阵列,所述可单独寻址子区段中的每一者具有至少一个电极,所述可单独寻址子区段中的每一者对经由相应至少一个电极接收的至少一个相应信号做出响应,从而选择性地在至少第一状态与第二状态之间切换,所述第二状态不同于所述第一状态。In one or more embodiments, an optical element for displaying virtual content to a user includes: at least one diffractive optical element (DOE) positioned to receive light, the at least one DOE including a first array of multiple individually addressable segments, each of the individually addressable sub-segments having at least one electrode, each of the individually addressable sub-segments responding to at least one corresponding signal received via the corresponding at least one electrode to selectively switch between at least a first state and a second state, the second state being different from the first state.
在一个或多个实施例中,通过多路传输相邻可寻址子区段来扩展视场。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一状态为接通状态,所述第二状态为关断状态。在一个或多个实施例中,所述可单独寻址子区段中的每一者具有相应一组至少两个氧化铟锡电极。在一个或多个实施例中,所述至少一个 DOE的多个可单独寻址区段的第一阵列为一维阵列。在一个或多个实施例中,所述至少一个DOE的多个可单独寻址区段的第一阵列为二维阵列。在一个或多个实施例中,所述可单独寻址区段的第一阵列为位于第一平面层上的第一DOE的区段。In one or more embodiments, the field of view is extended by multiplexing adjacent addressable sub-segments. In one or more embodiments, the first state is an on state and the second state is an off state. In one or more embodiments, each of the individually addressable sub-segments has a corresponding set of at least two indium tin oxide electrodes. In one or more embodiments, the first array of the plurality of individually addressable segments of the at least one DOE is a one-dimensional array. In one or more embodiments, the first array of the plurality of individually addressable segments of the at least one DOE is a two-dimensional array. In one or more embodiments, the first array of the plurality of individually addressable segments is segments of a first DOE located on a first planar layer.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述至少一个DOE包括至少第二DOE,所述第二DOE包括多个可单独寻址区段的第二阵列,所述可单独寻址子区段中的每一者具有至少一个电极,所述可单独寻址子区段中的每一者对经由相应至少一个电极接收的至少一个相应信号做出响应,从而选择性地在至少第一状态与第二状态之间切换,所述第二状态不同于所述第一状态,所述第二DOE阵列位于第二平面层上,所述第二平面层与所述第一平面层成堆叠配置。In one or more embodiments, the at least one DOE includes at least a second DOE, the second DOE including a second array of multiple individually addressable segments, each of the individually addressable sub-segments having at least one electrode, each of the individually addressable sub-segments responding to at least one corresponding signal received via the corresponding at least one electrode to selectively switch between at least a first state and a second state, the second state being different from the first state, the second DOE array being located on a second planar layer, and the second planar layer being in a stacked configuration with the first planar layer.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述至少一个DOE包括至少第三DOE,所述第三DOE包括多个可单独寻址区段的第三阵列,所述可单独寻址子区段中的每一者具有至少一个电极,所述可单独寻址子区段中的每一者对经由相应至少一个电极接收的至少一个相应信号做出响应,从而选择性地在至少第一状态与第二状态之间切换,所述第二状态不同于所述第一状态,所述第三DOE阵列位于第三平面层上,所述第三平面层与所述第一和第二平面层成堆叠配置。In one or more embodiments, the at least one DOE includes at least a third DOE, the third DOE including a third array of multiple individually addressable segments, each of the individually addressable sub-segments having at least one electrode, each of the individually addressable sub-segments responding to at least one corresponding signal received via the corresponding at least one electrode to selectively switch between at least a first state and a second state, the second state being different from the first state, the third DOE array being located on a third planar layer, the third planar layer being in a stacked configuration with the first and second planar layers.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述可单独寻址区段的第一阵列内嵌在单个平面波导内。在一个或多个实施例中,所述本地控制器控制所述单独可寻址子区段,以便选择性地在第一时间从所述平面波导发射准直光,以及在第二时间从所述平面波导发射发散光,所述第二时间不同于所述第一时间。在一个或多个实施例中,所述本地控制器控制所述单独可寻址子区段,以便选择性地在第一时间沿第一方向从所述平面波导发射光,以及在所述第一时间沿第二方向从所述平面波导发射光,所述第二方向不同于所述第一方向。In one or more embodiments, the first array of individually addressable sub-segments is embedded within a single planar waveguide. In one or more embodiments, the local controller controls the individually addressable sub-segments to selectively emit collimated light from the planar waveguide at a first time and to emit divergent light from the planar waveguide at a second time, the second time being different from the first time. In one or more embodiments, the local controller controls the individually addressable sub-segments to selectively emit light from the planar waveguide in a first direction at a first time and to emit light from the planar waveguide in a second direction at the first time, the second direction being different from the first direction.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述本地控制器控制所述单独可寻址子区段,以便随时间跨一个方向选择性地扫描光。在一个或多个实施例中,所述本地控制器控制所述单独可寻址子区段,以便随时间选择性地聚光。在一个或多个实施例中,所述本地控制器控制所述单独可寻址子区段,以便随时间选择性地改变出瞳的视场。In one or more embodiments, the local controller controls the individually addressable sub-segments to selectively scan light across a direction over time. In one or more embodiments, the local controller controls the individually addressable sub-segments to selectively focus light over time. In one or more embodiments, the local controller controls the individually addressable sub-segments to selectively change the field of view of the exit pupil over time.
在一个或多个实施例中,一种系统包括:第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件,其增大一组已定义的光学参数的视场大小,所述第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件包括:第一曲面、第二曲面、以及第三曲面,所述第一曲面至少部分地能够光学透射和折射,并且将聚焦变化赋予所述第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件经由所述第一曲面接收的光,所述第二曲面至少部分地将所述第二曲面从所述第一曲面接收的光反射到所述第三曲面,并且传送所述第二曲面从所述第三曲面接收的光,所述第三曲面经由所述第二曲面至少部分地将光反射出所述第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件。In one or more embodiments, a system includes: a first free-form reflective and lens optical component that increases the field of view size of a defined set of optical parameters, the first free-form reflective and lens optical component including: a first curved surface, a second curved surface, and a third curved surface, the first curved surface being at least partially capable of optical transmission and refraction and imparting a focusing change to light received by the first free-form reflective and lens optical component via the first curved surface, the second curved surface at least partially reflecting light received by the second curved surface from the first curved surface to the third curved surface, and transmitting light received by the second curved surface from the third curved surface, the third curved surface at least partially reflecting light out of the first free-form reflective and lens optical component via the second curved surface.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件的所述第一曲面为相应自由形状曲面。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件的所述第一曲面向所述光添加消像散性。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件的所述第三曲面添加相反的消像散性,以抵消所述第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件的所述第一曲面所添加的消像散性。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件的所述第二曲面为相应自由形状曲面。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件的所述第二曲面将通过全内反射而反射的已定义角度的光反射到所述第三曲面。In one or more embodiments, the first curved surface of the first free-form reflective and lens optical assembly is a corresponding free-form curved surface. In one or more embodiments, the first curved surface of the first free-form reflective and lens optical assembly adds anastigmatism to the light. In one or more embodiments, the third curved surface of the first free-form reflective and lens optical assembly adds an opposite anastigmatism to offset the anastigmatism added by the first curved surface of the first free-form reflective and lens optical assembly. In one or more embodiments, the second curved surface of the first free-form reflective and lens optical assembly is a corresponding free-form curved surface. In one or more embodiments, the second curved surface of the first free-form reflective and lens optical assembly reflects light of a defined angle reflected by total internal reflection to the third curved surface.
在一个或多个实施例中,一种系统包括:光纤扫描显示器,其投射与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光,其中所述光纤扫描显示器被配置为将所述光传送到第一自由形状光学元件;以及第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件,其增大一组已定义的光学参数的视场大小,所述第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件包括:第一曲面、第二曲面、以及第三曲面,所述第一曲面至少部分地能够光学透射和折射,并且将聚焦变化赋予所述第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件经由所述第一曲面接收的光,所述第二曲面至少部分地将所述第二曲面从所述第一曲面接收的光反射到所述第三曲面,并且传送所述第二曲面从所述第三曲面接收的光,所述第三曲面经由所述第二曲面至少部分地将光反射出所述第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件。In one or more embodiments, a system includes: a fiber-optic scanning display that projects light associated with one or more frames of image data, wherein the fiber-optic scanning display is configured to transmit the light to a first free-form optical element; and a first free-form reflective and lens optical component that increases the field of view size of a defined set of optical parameters, the first free-form reflective and lens optical component including: a first curved surface, a second curved surface, and a third curved surface, the first curved surface being at least partially capable of optical transmission and refraction and imparting a focus change to light received by the first free-form reflective and lens optical component via the first curved surface, the second curved surface at least partially reflecting light received by the second curved surface from the first curved surface to the third curved surface, and transmitting light received by the second curved surface from the third curved surface, the third curved surface at least partially reflecting light out of the first free-form reflective and lens optical component via the second curved surface.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述自由形状光学元件为TIR自由形状光学元件。在一个或多个实施例中,所述自由形状光学元件具有不均匀的厚度。在一个或多个实施例中,所述自由形状光学元件为楔形光学元件。在一个或多个实施例中,所述自由形状光学元件为锥形元件。在一个或多个实施例中,所述自由形状光学元件与任意曲线对应。In one or more embodiments, the freeform optical element is a TIR freeform optical element. In one or more embodiments, the freeform optical element has a non-uniform thickness. In one or more embodiments, the freeform optical element is a wedge-shaped optical element. In one or more embodiments, the freeform optical element is a tapered element. In one or more embodiments, the freeform optical element corresponds to an arbitrary curve.
在一个或多个实施例中,一种系统包括:图像生成源,其提供要被呈现给用户的图像数据的一个或多个帧;显示系统,其提供与所述图像的一个或多个帧关联的光;以及自由形状光学元件,其更改所提供的光并将所述光传送到所述用户,其中所述自由形状光学元件包括反射涂层,其中所述显示系统被配置为使用光照射所述自由形状光学元件,以使得所述光的波长与所述反射涂层的对应波长匹配。In one or more embodiments, a system includes: an image generation source that provides one or more frames of image data to be presented to a user; a display system that provides light associated with the one or more frames of image data; and a freeform optical element that modifies the provided light and transmits the light to the user, wherein the freeform optical element includes a reflective coating, wherein the display system is configured to illuminate the freeform optical element with light so that a wavelength of the light matches a corresponding wavelength of the reflective coating.
在一个或多个实施例中,一个或多个自由形状光学元件相对于彼此平铺。在一个或多个实施例中,一个或多个自由形状光学元件沿着Z轴平铺。In one or more embodiments, the one or more free-form optical elements are tiled relative to each other. In one or more embodiments, the one or more free-form optical elements are tiled along the Z-axis.
在一个或多个实施例中,一种系统包括:图像生成源,其提供要被呈现给用户的图像数据的一个或多个帧;显示系统,其提供与所述图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光,其中所述显示系统包括多个微显示器;以及自由形状光学元件,其更改所提供的光并将所述光传送到所述用户。In one or more embodiments, a system includes: an image generation source that provides one or more frames of image data to be presented to a user; a display system that provides light associated with the one or more frames of image data, wherein the display system includes a plurality of microdisplays; and a freeform optical element that modifies the provided light and transmits the light to the user.
一个或多个自由形状光学元件相对于彼此平铺。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个微显示器投射的光增大视场。在一个或多个实施例中,所述自由形状光学元件被配置为使得特定自由形状光学元件仅传送一种颜色。在一个或多个实施例中,所述平铺的自由形状为星形。在一个或多个实施例中,所述平铺的自由形状光学元件增大出瞳的大小。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括另一自由形状光学元件,其中所述自由形状光学元件以产生均匀材料厚度的方式被堆叠在一起。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括另一自由形状光学元件,其中所述另一光学元件被配置为捕获与外部环境对应的光。One or more freeform optical elements are tiled relative to each other. In one or more embodiments, the light projected by the plurality of microdisplays increases the field of view. In one or more embodiments, the freeform optical elements are configured such that a particular freeform optical element transmits only one color. In one or more embodiments, the tiled freeform shapes are star-shaped. In one or more embodiments, the tiled freeform optical elements increase the size of the exit pupil. In one or more embodiments, the system further includes another freeform optical element, wherein the freeform optical elements are stacked together in a manner to produce a uniform material thickness. In one or more embodiments, the system further includes another freeform optical element, wherein the another optical element is configured to capture light corresponding to an external environment.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括DMD,其中所述DMD 被配置为遮蔽一个或多个像素。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括一个或多个LCD。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括接触镜基片,其中所述自由形状光学元件与所述接触镜基片耦合。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个微显示器提供聚合形式的小出瞳阵列,其在功能相当于大出瞳。In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises a DMD, wherein the DMD is configured to shade one or more pixels. In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises one or more LCDs. In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises a contact lens substrate, wherein the freeform optical element is coupled to the contact lens substrate. In one or more embodiments, the plurality of microdisplays provide an aggregated array of small exit pupils that is functionally equivalent to a large exit pupil.
在一个或多个实施例中,至少一个图像源包括:至少第一单色图像源,所述第一单色图像源提供第一颜色的光;至少第二单色图像源,所述第二单色图像源提供第二颜色的光,所述第二颜色不同于所述第一颜色;以及至少第三单色图像源,所述第三单色图像源提供第三颜色的光,所述第三颜色不同于所述第一和第二颜色。在一个或多个实施例中,所述至少第一单色图像源包括第一扫描光纤子组,所述至少第二单色图像源包括第二扫描光纤子组,所述至少第三单色图像源包括第三扫描光纤子组。In one or more embodiments, at least one image source includes: at least a first monochromatic image source providing light of a first color; at least a second monochromatic image source providing light of a second color, the second color being different from the first color; and at least a third monochromatic image source providing light of a third color, the third color being different from the first and second colors. In one or more embodiments, the at least first monochromatic image source includes a first scanning fiber subset, the at least second monochromatic image source includes a second scanning fiber subset, and the at least third monochromatic image source includes a third scanning fiber subset.
所述系统进一步包括遮光板,其位于所述第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件与所述至少一个反射器之间的光路中,所述遮光板可操作以选择性地逐像素遮蔽光。所述第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件形成接触镜的至少一部分。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括补偿透镜,其与所述第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件的一部分光学耦合。The system further includes a light shield positioned in an optical path between the first free-form reflective and lens optical assembly and the at least one reflector, the light shield operable to selectively shield light on a pixel-by-pixel basis. The first free-form reflective and lens optical assembly forms at least a portion of a contact lens. In one or more embodiments, the system further includes a compensating lens optically coupled to a portion of the first free-form reflective and lens optical assembly.
在一个或多个实施例中,一种系统包括:第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件,其增大一组已定义的光学参数的视场大小,所述第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件包括:第一表面、第二表面、以及第三表面,所述第一表面至少部分地能够光学透射所述第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件经由所述第一表面接收的光,所述第二表面为曲面,其至少部分地将所述第二表面从所述第一表面接收的光反射到所述第三表面,并且传送所述第二表面从所述曲面接收的光,所述第三表面为曲面,其经由所述第二表面至少部分地将光反射出所述第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件;以及第二自由形状反射和透镜光学组件,所述第二自由形状反射和透镜光学组件包括:第一表面、第二表面、以及第三表面,所述第二自由形状反射和透镜光学组件的所述第一表面至少部分地能够光学透射所述第二自由形状反射和透镜光学组件经由所述第一表面接收的光,所述第二自由形状反射和透镜光学组件的所述第二表面为曲面,其至少部分地将所述第二表面从所述第二自由形状反射和透镜光学组件的所述第一表面接收的光反射到所述第二自由形状反射和透镜光学组件的所述第三表面,并且传送所述第二表面从所述第二自由形状反射和透镜光学组件的所述第三表面接收的光,所述第二自由形状反射和透镜光学组件的所述第三表面为曲面,其经由所述第二表面至少部分地将光反射出所述第二自由形状反射和透镜光学组件,其中所述第一和所述第二自由形状反射和透镜光学组件沿着Z轴采取相反地定向的堆叠配置。In one or more embodiments, a system includes: a first free-form reflective and lens optical component that increases the field of view size of a defined set of optical parameters, the first free-form reflective and lens optical component including: a first surface, a second surface, and a third surface, the first surface at least partially capable of optically transmitting light received by the first free-form reflective and lens optical component via the first surface, the second surface being a curved surface that at least partially reflects light received by the second surface from the first surface to the third surface and transmits light received by the second surface from the curved surface, the third surface being a curved surface that at least partially reflects light out of the first free-form reflective and lens optical component via the second surface; and a second free-form reflective and lens optical component, the second free-form reflective and lens optical component including: a first surface, a second surface, and a third surface, the first surface at least partially capable of optically transmitting light received by the first free-form reflective and lens optical component via the first surface, the second surface being a curved surface The first surface of the second free-form reflective and lens optical component is at least partially capable of optically transmitting light received by the second free-form reflective and lens optical component via the first surface, the second surface of the second free-form reflective and lens optical component is a curved surface, which at least partially reflects the light received by the second surface from the first surface of the second free-form reflective and lens optical component to the third surface of the second free-form reflective and lens optical component, and transmits the light received by the second surface from the third surface of the second free-form reflective and lens optical component, the third surface of the second free-form reflective and lens optical component is a curved surface, which at least partially reflects the light out of the second free-form reflective and lens optical component via the second surface, wherein the first and second free-form reflective and lens optical components are in a stacked configuration oriented oppositely along the Z axis.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述第二自由形状反射和透镜光学组件的所述第二表面与所述第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件的所述第三表面相邻。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第二自由形状反射和透镜光学组件的所述第二表面为凹面,所述第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件的所述第三表面为凸面,所述第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件的所述第三表面紧密地接收所述第二自由形状反射和透镜光学组件的所述第二表面。在一个或多个实施例中,所述第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件的所述第一表面为平面,并且所述第二自由形状反射和透镜光学组件的所述第一表面为平面,并且进一步包括至少第一投光器,其经由所述第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件的所述第一表面与所述第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件光学耦合;以及至少第二投光器,其经由所述第二自由形状反射和透镜光学组件的所述第一表面与所述第二自由形状反射和透镜光学组件光学耦合。In one or more embodiments, the second surface of the second free-form reflective and lens optical component is adjacent to the third surface of the first free-form reflective and lens optical component. In one or more embodiments, the second surface of the second free-form reflective and lens optical component is concave, the third surface of the first free-form reflective and lens optical component is convex, and the third surface of the first free-form reflective and lens optical component closely receives the second surface of the second free-form reflective and lens optical component. In one or more embodiments, the first surface of the first free-form reflective and lens optical component is planar, and the first surface of the second free-form reflective and lens optical component is planar, and further includes at least a first light projector optically coupled to the first free-form reflective and lens optical component via the first surface of the first free-form reflective and lens optical component; and at least a second light projector optically coupled to the second free-form reflective and lens optical component via the first surface of the second free-form reflective and lens optical component.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括至少一个波长选择性材料,其由所述第一或所述第二自由形状反射和透镜光学组件中的至少一者承载。在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括至少第一波长选择性材料,其由所述第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件承载;至少第二波长选择性材料,其由所述第二自由形状反射和透镜光学组件承载,所述第一波长选择性材料选择第一组波长,并且所述第二波长选择性材料选择第二组波长,所述第二组波长不同于所述第一组波长。In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises at least one wavelength selective material carried by at least one of the first or second free-form reflective and lens optical components. In one or more embodiments, the system further comprises at least a first wavelength selective material carried by the first free-form reflective and lens optical component; and at least a second wavelength selective material carried by the second free-form reflective and lens optical component, the first wavelength selective material selecting a first set of wavelengths and the second wavelength selective material selecting a second set of wavelengths, the second set of wavelengths being different from the first set of wavelengths.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述系统进一步包括至少第一偏振器,其由所述第一自由形状反射和透镜光学组件承载;至少第二偏振器,其由所述第二自由形状反射和透镜光学组件承载,所述第一偏振器具有不同于所述第二偏振器的偏振方位。In one or more embodiments, the system further includes at least a first polarizer carried by the first free-form reflective and lens optical component; at least a second polarizer carried by the second free-form reflective and lens optical component, the first polarizer having a polarization orientation different from that of the second polarizer.
在一个或多个实施例中,所述光纤芯位于同一光纤包层中。在一个或多个实施例中,所述光纤芯位于不同的光纤包层中。在一个或多个实施例中,所述视觉调节模块通过跟踪所述用户的眼睛的聚散度或凝视而间接地跟踪视觉调节。在一个或多个实施例中,所述部分反射镜针对所述光源提供的光的偏振具有相对高的反射比,并且针对所述外部世界提供的光的其它偏振状态具有相对低的反射比。在一个或多个实施例中,多个部分反射镜包括介电涂层。在一个或多个实施例中,所述多个反射镜针对所述光源提供的光的波长的波导具有相对高的反射比,并且针对所述外部世界提供的光的其它波导具有相对低的反射比。在一个或多个实施例中,所述VFE 为可变形镜,所述可变形镜的表面形状能够随时间变化。在一个或多个实施例中,所述VFE为静电致动膜反射镜,并且其中所述波导或附加透明层包括一个或多个基本透明的电极,并且其中被施加到一个或多个电极的电压通过静电使所述膜反射镜变形。在一个或多个实施例中,所述光源为扫描光显示器,并且其中所述VFE按线段改变焦。在一个或多个实施例中,所述波导包括出瞳扩展功能,其中输入光线被分割和解耦为在多个位置处从所述波导射出的多个光线。在一个或多个实施例中,在所述波导接收所述一个或多个光图案之前,由处理器根据光学图像放大率的变化缩放所述图像数据并补偿所述光学图像放大率的变化,以使得在调节聚焦程度的同时,所述图像放大率显得保持基本固定。In one or more embodiments, the optical fiber cores are located in the same optical fiber cladding. In one or more embodiments, the optical fiber cores are located in different optical fiber claddings. In one or more embodiments, the visual accommodation module indirectly tracks visual accommodation by tracking the vergence or gaze of the user's eyes. In one or more embodiments, the partially reflective mirrors have a relatively high reflectance for the polarization of light provided by the light source and a relatively low reflectance for other polarization states of light provided by the external world. In one or more embodiments, a plurality of partially reflective mirrors include a dielectric coating. In one or more embodiments, the plurality of reflective mirrors have a relatively high reflectance for waveguides of the wavelength of light provided by the light source and a relatively low reflectance for other waveguides of light provided by the external world. In one or more embodiments, the VFE is a deformable mirror whose surface shape is capable of changing over time. In one or more embodiments, the VFE is an electrostatically actuated membrane mirror, wherein the waveguide or additional transparent layer includes one or more substantially transparent electrodes, and wherein a voltage applied to the one or more electrodes deforms the membrane mirror electrostatically. In one or more embodiments, the light source is a scanning light display, and wherein the VFE varies focus by line segment. In one or more embodiments, the waveguide includes an exit pupil expansion function, wherein an input light ray is split and decoupled into multiple light rays emitted from the waveguide at multiple locations. In one or more embodiments, before the waveguide receives the one or more light patterns, the processor scales the image data according to and compensates for changes in optical image magnification so that the image magnification appears to remain substantially constant while the focus level is adjusted.
在另一实施例中,一种用于显示虚拟内容的系统包括:图像生成源,其按照时序方式提供图像数据的一个或多个帧;显示组装件,其投射与所述图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光线;所述显示组装件包括与第一帧率和第一位深度对应的第一显示元件以及与第二帧率和第二位深度对应的第二显示元件;以及可变焦元件(VFE),其可被配置为改变投射光的焦点并且将所述光发射到所述用户的眼睛。In another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content includes: an image generation source that provides one or more frames of image data in a time-sequential manner; a display assembly that projects light associated with the one or more frames of the image data; the display assembly includes a first display element corresponding to a first frame rate and a first bit depth and a second display element corresponding to a second frame rate and a second bit depth; and a variable focus element (VFE) that can be configured to change the focus of the projected light and emit the light to the user's eyes.
在又一实施例中,一种用于显示虚拟内容的系统包括:光纤阵列,其发射与要被呈现给用户的图像关联的光束;以及透镜,其与所述光纤阵列耦合以通过单个节点使所述光纤阵列输出的多个光束发生偏斜,其中所述透镜被物理地附接到所述光纤,以使得所述光纤的移动导致所述透镜移动,并且其中所述单个节点被扫描。In yet another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content includes an optical fiber array that emits light beams associated with an image to be presented to a user, and a lens coupled to the optical fiber array to deflect multiple light beams output by the optical fiber array through a single node, wherein the lens is physically attached to the optical fiber such that movement of the optical fiber causes movement of the lens, and wherein the single node is scanned.
在另一实施例中,一种虚拟现实显示系统包括:多个光纤芯,其产生与要被呈现给用户的一个或多个图像关联的光束;以及多个相位调制器,其与所述多个光纤芯耦合以调制所述光束,其中所述多个相位调制器以影响作为所述多个光束的结果而产生的波前的方式调制所述光。In another embodiment, a virtual reality display system includes: a plurality of optical fiber cores that generate light beams associated with one or more images to be presented to a user; and a plurality of phase modulators coupled to the plurality of optical fiber cores to modulate the light beams, wherein the plurality of phase modulators modulate the light in a manner that affects a wavefront generated as a result of the plurality of light beams.
在一个实施例中,一种用于显示虚拟内容的系统包括:投光系统,其将与图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光投射到用户的眼睛,所述投光系统被配置为投射对应于与所述图像数据关联的多个像素的光;以及处理器,其调制向所述用户显示的所述多个像素的焦深。In one embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content includes: a light projection system that projects light associated with one or more frames of image data into a user's eyes, the light projection system being configured to project light corresponding to a plurality of pixels associated with the image data; and a processor that modulates the depth of focus of the plurality of pixels displayed to the user.
在一个实施例中,一种向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:图像生成源,其提供图像数据的一个或多个帧;多芯组装件,其包括用于投射与所述图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光的多个多芯光纤,所述多个多芯光纤中的一个多芯光纤通过波前发射光,以使得所述多芯组装件产生投射光的聚合波前;以及相位调制器,其以使得所述多芯组装件所发射的所述聚合波前改变的方式引发所述多芯光纤之间的相位延迟,从而改变所述用户感知所述图像数据的一个或多个帧的焦距。In one embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes: an image generation source that provides one or more frames of image data; a multi-core assembly that includes multiple multi-core optical fibers for projecting light associated with the one or more frames of the image data, one of the multiple multi-core optical fibers emitting light through a wavefront so that the multi-core assembly produces an aggregate wavefront of the projected light; and a phase modulator that induces a phase delay between the multi-core optical fibers in a manner that changes the aggregate wavefront emitted by the multi-core assembly, thereby changing the focal length of the one or more frames of the image data perceived by the user.
在另一实施例中,一种用于向用户显示虚拟内容的系统包括:微投光器阵列,其投射与要被呈现给所述用户的图像数据的一个或多个帧关联的光束,其中所述微投光器可被配置为能够相对于所述微投光器阵列中的一个或多个微投光器移动;框架,其容纳所述微投光器阵列;以及处理器,其在操作上与所述微投光器阵列中的一个或多个微投光器耦合,以便以根据所述一个或多个微投光器相对于所述微投光器阵列的位置调制从所述一个或多个投光器发射的一个或多个光束的方式来控制所述一个或多个光束,从而使能将光场图像传送到所述用户。In another embodiment, a system for displaying virtual content to a user includes: an array of micro-projectors that projects light beams associated with one or more frames of image data to be presented to the user, wherein the micro-projectors can be configured to be movable relative to one or more micro-projectors in the array of micro-projectors; a frame that houses the array of micro-projectors; and a processor that is operatively coupled to one or more micro-projectors in the array of micro-projectors to control the one or more light beams emitted from the one or more micro-projectors in a manner that modulates the position of the one or more micro-projectors relative to the array of micro-projectors, thereby enabling a light field image to be transmitted to the user.
在具体实施方式、附图说明以及权利要求书中描述了本发明的附加以及其它目标、特征和优点。Additional and other objects, features, and advantages of the present invention are described in the detailed description, accompanying drawings, and claims.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
图1示出一示例性实施例中的用户通过可穿戴AR用户设备看到的增强现实(AR);FIG1 illustrates augmented reality (AR) viewed by a user through a wearable AR user device in an exemplary embodiment;
图2A-2E示出可穿戴AR设备的各种实施例;2A-2E illustrate various embodiments of wearable AR devices;
图3示出一示例性实施例中的人类眼睛的剖面图;FIG3 shows a cross-sectional view of a human eye in an exemplary embodiment;
图4A-4D示出可穿戴AR设备的各种内部处理组件的一个或多个实施例;4A-4D illustrate one or more embodiments of various internal processing components of a wearable AR device;
图5A-5H示出通过穿透式分束器基片将聚焦光发射到用户的实施例;5A-5H illustrate an embodiment of transmitting focused light to a user through a transmissive beam splitter substrate;
图6A和6B示出将透镜元件与图5A-5H的穿透式分束器基片耦合的实施例;6A and 6B illustrate an embodiment of coupling a lens element to the transmissive beam splitter substrate of FIGs. 5A-5H;
图7A和7B示出使用一个或多个波导将光发射到用户的实施例;7A and 7B illustrate an embodiment using one or more waveguides to transmit light to a user;
图8A-8Q示出衍射光学元件(DOE)的实施例;8A-8Q illustrate embodiments of a diffractive optical element (DOE);
图9A和9B示出根据一示例性实施例的从投光器产生的波前;9A and 9B illustrate wavefronts generated from a light projector according to an exemplary embodiment;
图10示出根据一示例性实施例的与光学元件耦合的多个穿透式分束器基片的堆叠配置的一个实施例;FIG10 illustrates one embodiment of a stacked configuration of multiple transmissive beam splitter substrates coupled to optical elements according to an exemplary embodiment;
图11A-11C示出根据一示例性实施例的被投射到用户的瞳孔内的一组细光束;11A-11C illustrate a set of light beams projected into a user's pupil according to an exemplary embodiment;
图12A和12B示出根据示例性实施例的微投光器阵列的配置;12A and 12B illustrate configurations of micro-light projector arrays according to exemplary embodiments;
图13A-13M示出根据示例性实施例的将微投光器与光学元件耦合的实施例;13A-13M illustrate embodiments of coupling a micro-light projector to an optical element according to exemplary embodiments;
图14A-14F示出根据示例性实施例的与光学元件耦合的空间光调制器的实施例;14A-14F illustrate embodiments of a spatial light modulator coupled to an optical element according to example embodiments;
图15A-15C示出根据示例性实施例的楔形波导与多个光源的使用;15A-15C illustrate the use of a wedge-shaped waveguide with multiple light sources according to an exemplary embodiment;
图16A-16O示出根据示例性实施例的将光学元件与光纤耦合的实施例;16A-16O illustrate embodiments of coupling an optical element to an optical fiber according to exemplary embodiments;
图17示出根据一示例性实施例的陷波滤波器;FIG17 illustrates a notch filter according to an exemplary embodiment;
图18示出根据一示例性实施例的光纤扫描显示器的螺旋模式;FIG18 illustrates a spiral pattern of a fiber scanning display according to an exemplary embodiment;
图19A-19N示出根据示例性实施例的向用户呈现暗场时的遮蔽效应;19A-19N illustrate the masking effect when presenting a dark field to a user according to an exemplary embodiment;
图20A-20O示出根据示例性实施例的各种波导组装件的实施例;20A-20O illustrate various waveguide assembly embodiments according to exemplary embodiments;
图21A-21N示出根据示例性实施例的与其它光学元件耦合的DOE的各种配置;21A-21N illustrate various configurations of DOEs coupled to other optical elements according to example embodiments;
图22A-22Y示出根据示例性实施例的自由形状光学元件的各种配置。22A-22Y illustrate various configurations of freeform optical elements according to example embodiments.
具体实施方式DETAILED DESCRIPTION
参考图4A-4D,其中示出某些常见的元件部分选项。在介绍完图4A-4D 之后的一部分详细描述中,提出各种系统、子系统和组件来实现针对人类 VR和/或AR提供高品质且感知舒适的显示系统的目标。Referring to Figures 4A-4D , which illustrate some common component options, the detailed description following Figures 4A-4D describes various systems, subsystems, and components that achieve the goal of providing a high-quality and comfortable display system for VR and/or AR.
如图4A所示,AR系统用户(60)被示出为穿戴框架(64)结构,该结构与位于用户的眼睛前方的显示系统(62)耦合。在所示配置中,扬声器(66)与框架(64)耦合并且位于用户的耳道附近(在一实施例中,另一扬声器(未示出)位于用户的另一耳道附近以提供立体/可成形的声音控制)。显示器(62)在操作上与本地处理和数据模块(70)耦合(68)(例如,通过有线或无线连接),本地处理和数据模块(70)可通过多种配置安装,例如,如图4B的实施例所示,固定地附接到框架(64),固定地附接到头盔或帽子(80);如图4C的实施例所示,嵌入耳机内,通过背包式配置可移动地附接到用户(60)的躯干(82);或者如图4D的实施例所示,通过裤带连接式配置可移动地附接到用户(60)的臀部(84)。As shown in FIG4A , an AR system user (60) is shown wearing a frame (64) structure coupled to a display system (62) located in front of the user's eyes. In the illustrated configuration, a speaker (66) is coupled to the frame (64) and located near the user's ear canal (in one embodiment, another speaker (not shown) is located near the user's other ear canal to provide stereo/shapeable sound control). The display (62) is operatively coupled (68) (e.g., via a wired or wireless connection) to a local processing and data module (70), which can be mounted in a variety of configurations, such as, for example, fixedly attached to the frame (64) as shown in the embodiment of FIG4B , fixedly attached to a helmet or hat (80); embedded in headphones as shown in the embodiment of FIG4C , removably attached to the torso (82) of the user (60) via a backpack-type configuration; or removably attached to the hips (84) of the user (60) via a belt-type connection as shown in the embodiment of FIG4D .
本地处理和数据模块(70)可以包括节能处理器或控制器,以及数字存储器,例如闪存,它们均可被用于帮助处理、缓存和存储以下数据:即, a)从传感器捕获的数据,这些传感器可在操作上与框架(64)耦合,例如图像捕获设备(例如,相机)、麦克风、惯性测量单元、加速计、罗盘、 GPS单元、无线电设备和/或陀螺仪;和/或b)使用远程处理模块(72)和/或远程数据存储库(74)获取的数据,这些数据可能在上述处理或检索之后被传送到显示器(62)。本地处理和数据模块(70)可以在操作上与远程处理模块(72)和远程数据存储库(74)耦合(例如,经由有线或无线通信链路),以使这些远程模块(72、74)在操作上彼此耦合,并且作为资源可用于本地处理和数据模块(70)。在一实施例中,远程处理模块(72) 可以包括一个或多个相对强大的处理器或控制器,这些处理器或控制器被配置为分析和处理数据和/或图像信息。在一实施例中,远程数据存储库 (74)可以包括相对大型的数字数据存储设施,该设施可通过因特网或“云”资源配置中的其它网络配置可用。在一实施例中,在本地处理和数据模块中存储所有数据并且执行全部计算,从而允许从任何远程模块进行完全自主的使用。The local processing and data module (70) may include an energy-efficient processor or controller, and digital memory, such as flash memory, which may be used to facilitate processing, caching, and storing the following data: a) data captured from sensors that may be operatively coupled to the frame (64), such as image capture devices (e.g., cameras), microphones, inertial measurement units, accelerometers, compasses, GPS units, radios, and/or gyroscopes; and/or b) data acquired using a remote processing module (72) and/or a remote data repository (74), which data may be transmitted to the display (62) after such processing or retrieval. The local processing and data module (70) may be operatively coupled to the remote processing module (72) and the remote data repository (74) (e.g., via a wired or wireless communication link) such that the remote modules (72, 74) are operatively coupled to each other and available as resources to the local processing and data module (70). In one embodiment, the remote processing module (72) may include one or more relatively powerful processors or controllers configured to analyze and process data and/or image information. In one embodiment, the remote data repository (74) may comprise a relatively large digital data storage facility available via the Internet or other network configuration in a "cloud" resource configuration. In one embodiment, all data is stored and all computations are performed in the local processing and data module, allowing for fully autonomous use from any remote module.
参考图5A到22Y,其中提供了各种显示配置,这些配置被设计为为人类的眼睛提供基于光子的辐射图,这些辐射图可被舒适地感知为物理现实的增强,其具备高级图像质量和三维感知性,并且还能呈现二维内容。Referring to Figures 5A to 22Y, various display configurations are provided that are designed to provide the human eye with photon-based radiation patterns that can be comfortably perceived as an augmentation of physical reality with advanced image quality and three-dimensional perception, while also being able to present two-dimensional content.
参考图5A,在一个简化的实例中,具有45度反射面(102)的穿透式分束器基片(104)引导入射辐射(106)(可能从透镜(未示出)输出) 穿过眼睛(58)的瞳孔(45)并到达视网膜(54)。此类系统的视场受到分束器(104)的几何形状的限制。为了通过最小的硬件实现舒适观看的效果,在一实施例中,可以通过聚合各种不同反射和/或衍射面的输出/反射以及使用例如帧序列配置(其中以高频率为眼睛(58)提供一系列帧,从而提供单一连贯场景的感知)来产生较大视场。作为经由不同的反射器按时序方式提供不同的图像数据的替代或补充,这些反射器可以通过诸如偏振选择性或波长选择性之类的其它手段分离内容。除了能够中继二维图像之外,这些反射器还能够中继与实际物理对象的真实三维观景关联的三维波前(wavefront)。Referring to FIG5A , in a simplified example, a transmissive beam splitter substrate (104) having a 45 degree reflective surface (102) directs incident radiation (106) (possibly output from a lens (not shown)) through the pupil (45) of the eye (58) and onto the retina (54). The field of view of such a system is limited by the geometry of the beam splitter (104). To achieve comfortable viewing with minimal hardware, in one embodiment, a larger field of view can be generated by aggregating the output/reflection of various different reflective and/or diffractive surfaces and using, for example, a frame sequential configuration (where a series of frames are provided to the eye (58) at a high frequency, thereby providing the perception of a single coherent scene). Instead of or in addition to providing different image data in a time-sequential manner via different reflectors, these reflectors can separate content by other means such as polarization selectivity or wavelength selectivity. In addition to being able to relay two-dimensional images, these reflectors can also relay three-dimensional wavefronts associated with a true three-dimensional view of actual physical objects.
参考图5B,其中示出包括位于多个角度(110)的多个反射器的基片 (108),在作为例示的所示配置中,每个反射器主动反射。反射器可以是可切换元件以促进时间选择性(temporal selectivity)。在一实施例中,特意使用帧序列输入信息(106)按顺序激活反射面,其中每个反射面提供窄视场子图像,该子图像与其它反射面提供的其它窄视场子图像平铺以形成复合宽视场图像。例如,参考图5C、5D和5E,大约位于基片(108)中间的表面(110)被切换到“接通”状态(反射状态),以便反射入站图像信息(106),从而在较大视场的中间提供相对窄的视场子图像,同时其它可能的反射面处于透射状态。Referring to FIG5B , a substrate (108) is shown including a plurality of reflectors positioned at a plurality of angles (110), each reflector being actively reflective in the illustrated configuration as an example. The reflectors may be switchable elements to facilitate temporal selectivity. In one embodiment, the reflective surfaces are activated sequentially using a frame sequence of input information (106), wherein each reflective surface provides a narrow field of view sub-image that is tiled with other narrow field of view sub-images provided by other reflective surfaces to form a composite wide field of view image. For example, referring to FIG5C , 5D and 5E , a surface (110) approximately in the middle of the substrate (108) is switched to an “on” state (reflective state) to reflect incoming image information (106), thereby providing a relatively narrow field of view sub-image in the middle of a larger field of view, while the other possible reflective surfaces are in a transmissive state.
参考图5C,来自窄视场子图像右侧的入站图像信息(106)(如入站束106相对于基片108输入界面112的角度,以及入站束106从基片(108) 射出时的最终角度所示)被从反射面(110)反射到眼睛(58)。图5D示出同一反射器(110)处于活动状态,其中图像信息来自窄视场子图像的中间,如输入界面(112)处的输入信息(106)的角度以及图像信息从基片(108)射出时的最终角度所示。图5E示出同一反射器(110)处于活动状态,其中图像信息来自窄视场子图像的左侧,如输入界面(112)处的输入信息(106)的角度以及基片(108)表面处的最终射出角度所示。图5F 示出底部反射器(110)处于活动状态的配置,其中图像信息(106)来自整个视场的最右侧。例如,图5C、5D和5E能够示出表示逐帧平铺图像中心的一个帧,而图5F能够示出表示该平铺图像最右侧的第二帧。Referring to FIG5C , incoming image information (106) from the right side of the narrow field of view sub-image (as indicated by the angle of the incoming beam 106 relative to the input interface 112 of the substrate 108 and the final angle at which the incoming beam 106 exits the substrate (108)) is reflected from the reflective surface (110) to the eye (58). FIG5D shows the same reflector (110) in an active state, where image information is from the middle of the narrow field of view sub-image, as indicated by the angle of the input information (106) at the input interface (112) and the final angle at which the image information exits the substrate (108). FIG5E shows the same reflector (110) in an active state, where image information is from the left side of the narrow field of view sub-image, as indicated by the angle of the input information (106) at the input interface (112) and the final angle at which the image information exits the substrate (108). FIG5F shows a configuration in which the bottom reflector (110) is in an active state, where image information (106) is from the far right side of the entire field of view. For example, Figures 5C, 5D, and 5E can show one frame representing the center of a frame-by-frame tile image, while Figure 5F can show the second frame representing the rightmost side of the tile image.
在一实施例中,承载图像信息(106)的光可以在从输入界面(112) 进入基片(108)之后直接射到反射面(110)上,无需首先从基片(108) 的表面反射。在一实施例中,承载图像信息(106)的光可以在从输入界面 (112)进入之后以及在射到反射面(110)之前,从基片(108)的一个或多个表面反射;例如,基片(108)可以用作平面波导,通过全内反射传播承载图像信息(106)的光。光还可以通过局部反射涂层、波长选择性图像、角度选择性涂层和/或偏振选择性涂层,从基片(108)的一个或多个表面反射。In one embodiment, light carrying image information (106) can be directed to the reflective surface (110) after entering the substrate (108) from the input interface (112) without first being reflected from a surface of the substrate (108). In one embodiment, light carrying image information (106) can be reflected from one or more surfaces of the substrate (108) after entering from the input interface (112) and before being reflected from the reflective surface (110); for example, the substrate (108) can be used as a planar waveguide to propagate the light carrying image information (106) by total internal reflection. Light can also be reflected from one or more surfaces of the substrate (108) by a partially reflective coating, a wavelength selective coating, an angle selective coating, and/or a polarization selective coating.
在一实施例中,可以使用电活性材料构造角形反射器,以便在将电压和/或电流施加到特定反射器时,包括此类反射器的材料的折射率从基本与基片(108)其余部分匹配的折射率(在这种情况下,反射器采取穿透式配置)变为其中反射器的折射率与基片(108)的折射率不匹配的反射配置,从而产生反射效应。实例电活性材料包括铌酸锂和电活性聚合物。用于控制多个此类反射器的适当的基本透明电极可以包括被用于液晶显示器的诸如铟锡氧化物之类的材料。In one embodiment, the corner reflectors can be constructed using electroactive materials such that when a voltage and/or current is applied to a particular reflector, the refractive index of the material comprising such reflector changes from a refractive index that substantially matches that of the rest of the substrate (108) (in which case the reflector assumes a transmissive configuration) to a reflective configuration in which the refractive index of the reflector does not match that of the substrate (108), thereby producing a reflective effect. Example electroactive materials include lithium niobate and electroactive polymers. Suitable substantially transparent electrodes for controlling a plurality of such reflectors can include materials such as indium tin oxide, which are used in liquid crystal displays.
在一实施例中,电活性反射器(110)可以包括液晶,其嵌入诸如玻璃或塑料之类的基片(108)主介质中。在某些变型中,可以选择液晶以随着施加的电信号更改折射率,从而可以实现与二进制相反的更模拟化的变化 (从一种透射状态到一种反射状态)。在其中按照帧序列将6个子图像提供给眼睛以形成总刷新率为60帧/秒的大型平铺图像的实施例中,理想地具有能够以大约360Hz的速率刷新的输入显示器,该输入显示器具有能够跟上此频率的电活性反射器阵列。在一实施例中,可以使用铌酸锂作为与液晶相反的电活性反射材料;铌酸锂在光电工业中用于高速交换机和光纤网络,并且能够响应于以极高频率施加的电压而切换折射率;该高频率可被用于控制帧序列或像素序列子图像信息,尤其是在输入显示器为扫描光显示器(例如,光纤扫描显示器或基于扫描镜的显示器)时。In one embodiment, the electro-active reflector (110) may comprise liquid crystal embedded in a substrate (108) host medium such as glass or plastic. In certain variations, the liquid crystal may be selected to change its refractive index in response to an applied electrical signal, thereby enabling a more analog, as opposed to binary, change (from a transmissive state to a reflective state). In embodiments where six sub-images are presented to the eye in a frame sequence to form a large tiled image with a total refresh rate of 60 frames per second, it would be desirable to have an input display capable of refreshing at a rate of approximately 360 Hz with an array of electro-active reflectors capable of keeping up with this frequency. In one embodiment, lithium niobate may be used as an electro-active reflective material as opposed to liquid crystal; lithium niobate is used in the optoelectronics industry for high-speed switches and fiber optic networks and is capable of switching its refractive index in response to a voltage applied at an extremely high frequency; this high frequency may be used to control frame-sequential or pixel-sequential sub-image information, particularly when the input display is a scanned light display (e.g., a fiber-scanning display or a scanning mirror-based display).
在另一实施例中,可切换的可变倾斜镜配置可以包括一个或多个高速机械可复位反射面,诸如MEMS(微电机系统)设备。MEMS设备可以包括所谓的“数字镜设备”或“DMD”(通常为诸如Texas Instruments,Inc. 制造的“数字光处理”或“DLP”系统的一部分)。在另一电-机实施例中,多个带气隙(或真空)反射面高频率地执行机械就位和移位。在另一电- 机实施例中,单个反射面能够以极高的频率上下移动以及再定位。In another embodiment, a switchable variable tilt mirror configuration may include one or more high-speed mechanically repositionable reflective surfaces, such as a MEMS (micro-electromechanical system) device. The MEMS device may include a so-called "digital mirror device" or "DMD" (typically part of a "digital light processing" or "DLP" system, such as those manufactured by Texas Instruments, Inc.). In another electro-mechanical embodiment, multiple air-gapped (or vacuum) reflective surfaces are mechanically positioned and shifted at high frequencies. In another electro-mechanical embodiment, a single reflective surface can be moved up and down and repositioned at extremely high frequencies.
参考图5G,需要指出,此处描述的可切换的可变倾斜反射器配置不仅能够将准直的或扁平的波前信息传送到眼睛(58)的视网膜(54),而且还可以传送弧形波前(122)图像信息,如图5G的图示所示。对于其它基于波导的配置,事实并非如此,其中弧形波前信息的全内反射导致不理想的状况,因此一般必须校准输入。传送弧形波前信息的能力使得诸如图 5B-5H所示的配置能够为视网膜(54)提供这样的输入:该输入被感知为聚焦于距眼睛(58)的各种距离,不仅仅聚焦于光学无限远(其将在没有其他线索的情况下解释准直光)。With reference to FIG5G , it is noted that the switchable variable tilt reflector configuration described herein is capable of delivering not only collimated or flat wavefront information to the retina (54) of the eye (58), but can also deliver curved wavefront (122) image information, as illustrated in the diagram of FIG5G . This is not true for other waveguide-based configurations, where total internal reflection of curved wavefront information results in non-ideal conditions, and thus the input generally must be calibrated. The ability to deliver curved wavefront information enables configurations such as those shown in FIG5B-5H to provide input to the retina (54) that is perceived as focused at various distances from the eye (58), not just at optical infinity (which would interpret collimated light in the absence of other cues).
参考图5H,在另一实施例中,静态局部反射面(116)阵列(即,始终处于反射模式;在另一实施例中,如上所述,它们可以具有电活性)可以被嵌入具有高频选通层(118)的基片(114),高频选通层(118)通过仅允许穿过被可控地移动的孔(120)的透射来控制到眼睛(58)的输出。换言之,除了穿过孔(120)的透射之外,可以选择性地阻挡任何事物。选通层(118)可以包括液晶阵列,铌酸锂阵列、MEMS百叶窗元件阵列、 DLP DMD元件阵列,或其它MEMS设备阵列,这些阵列被配置为当被切换到透射模式时,以相对高频率切换和高透射性进行传送或透射。5H , in another embodiment, an array of static partially reflective surfaces (116) (i.e., always in reflective mode; in another embodiment, they can be electrically active, as described above) can be embedded in a substrate (114) with a high-frequency gating layer (118) that controls the output to the eye (58) by allowing only transmission through controllably movable apertures (120). In other words, everything can be selectively blocked except transmission through apertures (120). The gating layer (118) can include a liquid crystal array, a lithium niobate array, an array of MEMS shutter elements, an array of DLP DMD elements, or an array of other MEMS devices that are configured to transmit or transmit with relatively high frequency switching and high transmittance when switched to transmissive mode.
参考图6A-6B,其中示出其它实施例,在这些实施例中,排成阵列的光学元件可以与出瞳扩展配置组合以帮助用户实现舒适的虚拟或增强现实体验。对于光学配置中的较大“出瞳”,相对于显示器(如在图4A-4D中那样,该显示器可采取眼镜配置的形式被安装在用户的头部)移动的用户的眼睛不会破坏用户体验—由于系统具有较大出瞳,存在较大的可接受区域,在该区域内,用户的解剖瞳孔可被定位为继续按照需要从显示系统接收信息。换言之,对于较大的出瞳,系统几乎不易察觉显示器稍微与用户的解剖瞳孔不对齐的情况,并且可以通过减少针对用户与显示器/眼镜的关系的几何约束来使得用户更加舒适。6A-6B , other embodiments are shown in which arrays of optical elements can be combined with an exit pupil expansion configuration to help users achieve a comfortable virtual or augmented reality experience. With a larger "exit pupil" in the optical configuration, movement of the user's eyes relative to the display (which, as in FIG4A-4D , can be mounted on the user's head in the form of a glasses configuration) does not disrupt the user experience—because the system has a larger exit pupil, there is a larger acceptable region within which the user's anatomical pupil can be positioned to continue receiving information from the display system as desired. In other words, with a larger exit pupil, the system is less likely to notice that the display is slightly misaligned with the user's anatomical pupil, and can make the user more comfortable by reducing the geometric constraints on the user's relationship to the display/glasses.
如图6A所示,位于左侧的显示器(140)将一组平行射线馈入基片 (124)。在一实施例中,显示器可以是扫描光纤显示器,如图所示,其按照一角度来回扫描细光束,以通过透镜或其它光学元件(142)投射图像,透镜或其它光学元件(142)可被用于采集带角度扫描的光并将光转换为平行的射线束。射线可以从一系列反射面(126、128、130、132、134、136) 反射,这些反射面可被配置为部分地反射以及部分地透射入站光,从而跨该组反射面(126、128、130、132、134、136)基本均等地共享光。通过被置于波导(124)的每个射出点处的小透镜(138),射出的光线可被通过节点引导,并且朝着眼睛(58)扫描出以提供出瞳阵列,或者提供等同于一个大出瞳的功能,用户可以在他或她注视显示系统时使用该功能。As shown in FIG6A , the display (140) on the left feeds a set of parallel rays into the substrate (124). In one embodiment, the display can be a scanning fiber display, as shown, which scans a thin beam back and forth at an angle to project an image through a lens or other optical element (142), which can be used to collect the angled scanned light and convert it into a parallel beam of rays. The rays can be reflected from a series of reflective surfaces (126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136), which can be configured to partially reflect and partially transmit the incoming light, thereby sharing the light substantially equally across the set of reflective surfaces (126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136). Through a small lens (138) placed at each exit point of the waveguide (124), the exiting light can be guided through a node and scanned toward the eye (58) to provide an exit pupil array, or the equivalent of a large exit pupil, which the user can use when he or she looks at the display system.
针对理想地还能够通过波导看到真实世界(144)的虚拟现实配置,可以在波导(124)的相反侧提供类似的透镜组(139),以补偿下面的透镜组,从而产生等同于零放大率望远镜的功能。如图所示,反射面(126、128、 130、132、134、136)均可以以大约45度对齐,或者可以被配置为具有不同排列(例如,类似图5B-5H的配置)。反射面(126、128、130、132、134、136)可以包括波长选择性反射器,带通反射器、半镀银镜或其它反射配置。所示的透镜(138、139)为折射透镜,但是也可以使用衍射透镜元件。For a virtual reality configuration that ideally also allows the real world (144) to be seen through the waveguide, a similar lens group (139) can be provided on the opposite side of the waveguide (124) to compensate for the lens group below, thereby producing a function equivalent to a zero-magnification telescope. As shown, the reflecting surfaces (126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136) can all be aligned at approximately 45 degrees, or can be configured to have different arrangements (e.g., configurations similar to those of Figures 5B-5H). The reflecting surfaces (126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136) can include wavelength-selective reflectors, bandpass reflectors, half-silvered mirrors, or other reflective configurations. The lenses (138, 139) shown are refractive lenses, but diffractive lens elements can also be used.
参考图6B,示出稍微类似的配置,其中多个弧形反射面(148、150、 152、154、156、158)可被用于有效地组合图6A的实施例的透镜(图6A 的元件138)和反射器(图6A的元件126、128、130、132、134、136) 功能,从而避免使用两组透镜(图6A的元件138)。弧形反射面(148、 150、152、154、156、158)可以被选择为同时反射和赋予角度变化的各种弧形配置,例如抛物曲面或椭圆曲面。通过抛物面形状,可以将一组平行的入站射线采集到单个输出点内;通过椭圆配置,从单一原点发散的一组射线被采集到单个输出点。对于图6A的配置,弧形反射面(148、150、 152、154、156、158)优选地被配置为部分地反射以及部分地透射,从而跨波导(146)的长度共享入站光。弧形反射面(148、150、152、154、156、 158)可以包括波长选择性陷波反射器、半镀银镜或其它反射配置。在另一实施例中,弧形反射面(148、150、152、154、156、158)可以被衍射反射器替代以同时进行反射和偏转。Referring to FIG6B , a somewhat similar configuration is shown in which a plurality of curved reflective surfaces (148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158) can be used to effectively combine the functionality of the lens (element 138 of FIG6A ) and reflector (elements 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136 of FIG6A ) of the embodiment of FIG6A , thereby avoiding the need for two sets of lenses (element 138 of FIG6A ). The curved reflective surfaces (148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158) can be selected to simultaneously reflect and impart angular variation in various curved configurations, such as parabolic or elliptical surfaces. With a parabolic shape, a set of parallel incoming rays can be collected into a single output point; with an elliptical configuration, a set of rays diverging from a single origin are collected into a single output point. For the configuration of FIG6A , the curved reflective surfaces (148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158) are preferably configured to partially reflect and partially transmit, thereby sharing the incoming light across the length of the waveguide (146). The curved reflective surfaces (148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158) may include wavelength-selective notch reflectors, half-silvered mirrors, or other reflective configurations. In another embodiment, the curved reflective surfaces (148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158) may be replaced by diffractive reflectors to simultaneously reflect and deflect.
参考图7A,可以结合可变焦光学元件配置使用波导来促进Z轴差别 (即,沿光轴与眼睛的直线距离)的感知。如图7A所示,来自显示器(160) 的图像信息可以被校准并注入波导(164),并且使用例如参考图6A和6B 描述的配置,或本领域的技术人员公知的其它基片制导光学方法,以大出瞳方式分布此图像信息—然后,可变焦光学元件能力可被用于更改从波导射出的光的波前焦点,并且使眼睛感知到来自波导(164)的光是来自特定的焦距。换言之,由于入站光已经被校准以避免全内反射波导配置中的难题,因此光以校准后的方式射出,从而要求查看者的眼睛适应远点以将光带入视网膜上的焦点,并且自然地被解释为来自光学无限远—除非某些其它介入导致光被重新定焦,并且被感知为来自不同的查看距离;一个适当的此类介入为可变焦透镜。Referring to FIG7A , a waveguide can be used in conjunction with a variable focus optical configuration to facilitate the perception of Z-axis difference (i.e., linear distance from the eye along the optical axis). As shown in FIG7A , image information from a display (160) can be collimated and injected into a waveguide (164), and this image information can be distributed in a wide exit pupil manner using, for example, the configuration described with reference to FIG6A and 6B , or other substrate-guided optical methods known to those skilled in the art—the variable focus optical capability can then be used to alter the wavefront focus of the light exiting the waveguide and cause the eye to perceive the light from the waveguide (164) as originating from a specific focal distance. In other words, because the incoming light has been collimated to avoid the challenges of total internal reflection waveguide configurations, the light exits in a collimated manner, requiring the viewer's eye to accommodate to a far point to bring the light into focus on the retina, and is naturally interpreted as originating from optical infinity—unless some other intervention causes the light to be refocused and perceived as originating from a different viewing distance; one suitable such intervention is a variable focus lens.
在图7A的实施例中,校准后的图像信息按照一角度被注入镜片(162) 或其它材料,以便被全内反射并且被传递到相邻的波导(164)内。波导(164) 的配置方式可以类似于图6A或6B的波导(分别为124、126),以便分布来自显示器的准直光,从而沿波导的长度跨反射器或衍射特征的分布稍微一致地射出。当朝着眼睛(58)射出时,在所示的配置中,发射光穿过可变焦透镜元件(166),其中取决于可变焦透镜元件(166)的受控焦点,从可变焦透镜元件(166)射出并且进入眼睛(58)的光将具有各种聚焦程度(表示光学无限远的准直扁平波前,表示相对于眼睛58更近的查看距离的更多光束发散度/波前曲率)。In the embodiment of FIG7A , collimated image information is injected into a lens (162) or other material at an angle so as to be totally internally reflected and transferred into an adjacent waveguide (164). The waveguide (164) can be configured in a manner similar to the waveguides of FIG6A or 6B (124, 126, respectively) to distribute collimated light from the display so as to be emitted with a somewhat uniform distribution across the reflector or diffractive features along the length of the waveguide. When emitted toward the eye (58), in the configuration shown, the emitted light passes through a variable focus lens element (166), where the light emitted from the variable focus lens element (166) and into the eye (58) will have various degrees of focus depending on the controlled focus of the variable focus lens element (166) (representing a collimated flat wavefront at optical infinity, representing more beam divergence/wavefront curvature at closer viewing distances relative to the eye 58).
为了补偿眼睛(58)与波导(164)之间的可变焦透镜元件(166),另一类似的可变焦透镜元件(166)被置于波导(164)的相反侧以针对来自世界(144)的光抵消透镜(166)的光学效应,从而实现增强现实(即,如上所述,一个透镜补偿另一透镜,从而产生等同于零放大率望远镜的功能)。To compensate for the variable focus lens element (166) between the eye (58) and the waveguide (164), another similar variable focus lens element (166) is placed on the opposite side of the waveguide (164) to cancel the optical effect of the lens (166) with respect to light from the world (144), thereby achieving augmented reality (i.e., as described above, one lens compensates for the other lens, thereby producing the equivalent of a zero-magnification telescope).
可变焦透镜元件(166)可以是折射元件,诸如液晶透镜、电活性透镜、具有移动元件的传统折射透镜、基于机械变形的透镜(诸如充液薄膜透镜或类似于人类晶状体的透镜(其中弹性元件在致动器的作用下收缩和舒张))、电润湿透镜或具有不同折射率的多种流体。可变焦透镜元件(166) 也可以包括可切换衍射光学元件(诸如以聚合物分散液晶技术为特征的元件,其中诸如聚合物材料之类的主介质具有在材料内分散的液晶滴;当被施加电压时,分子重定向以使其折射率不再与主介质的折射率匹配,从而产生高频率可切换衍射图案)。The variable focus lens element (166) can be a refractive element, such as a liquid crystal lens, an electro-active lens, a conventional refractive lens with moving elements, a lens based on mechanical deformation (such as a liquid-filled film lens or a lens similar to the human lens (in which an elastic element contracts and expands under the action of an actuator)), an electrowetting lens, or a plurality of fluids with different refractive indices. The variable focus lens element (166) can also include a switchable diffractive optical element (such as an element characterized by polymer dispersed liquid crystal technology, in which a host medium such as a polymer material has liquid crystal droplets dispersed within the material; when a voltage is applied, the molecules reorient so that their refractive index no longer matches that of the host medium, thereby producing a high frequency switchable diffraction pattern).
一实施例包括主介质,其中基于克尔(Kerr)效应的电活性材料(诸如铌酸锂)的微滴分散在主介质内,这样,当与诸如光纤扫描显示器或基于扫描镜的显示器之类的扫描光显示器耦合时,使能逐像素或逐线地重新聚焦图像信息。在其中使用液晶、铌酸锂或其它技术呈现图案的可变焦透镜元件(166)配置中,可以调制图案间距以便不仅更改可变焦透镜元件 (166)的光焦度,而且还更改整个光学系统的光焦度(针对变焦镜头型功能)。One embodiment includes a host medium in which droplets of an electroactive material based on the Kerr effect, such as lithium niobate, are dispersed to enable pixel-by-pixel or line-by-line refocusing of image information when coupled to a scanning light display, such as a fiber-scanning display or a scanning mirror-based display. In a variable focus lens element (166) configuration in which a pattern is presented using liquid crystal, lithium niobate, or other technology, the pattern spacing can be modulated to change the optical power not only of the variable focus lens element (166), but also of the entire optical system (for a zoom lens type function).
在一实施例中,透镜(166)可以是远心元件,因为可以在保持放大率不变的同时改变显示图像的焦点—同样,摄影变焦镜头可被配置为使焦点与变焦位置分离。在另一实施例中,透镜(166)可以是非远心元件,这样,焦点变化也遵从缩放变化。通过此配置,可以在具有图形系统输出动态缩放功能的软件中补偿这种放大变化以便与焦点变化保持同步。In one embodiment, the lens (166) can be a telecentric element so that the focus of the displayed image can be changed while maintaining the same magnification - similarly, a photographic zoom lens can be configured to separate the focus from the zoom position. In another embodiment, the lens (166) can be a non-telecentric element so that the focus changes also follow the zoom changes. With this configuration, such magnification changes can be compensated in software with dynamic zooming of the graphics system output to keep pace with the focus changes.
返回参考投光器或其它视频显示单元(160)以及如何将图像馈入光学显示系统的问题,在“帧序列”配置中,一堆序列化的二维图像可被依次馈入显示器以随时间产生三维感知;此方式与计算的断层摄影系统使用堆叠的图像片段表示三维结构的方式类似。一系列二维图像片段可以被呈现给眼睛,每个片段位于距眼睛的不同焦距处,并且眼睛/大脑将这些堆栈集合为连贯的三维体感知。取决于显示类型,可以执行逐行,甚至逐像素序列化以产生三维视景感知。例如,对于扫描光显示器(诸如扫描光纤显示器或扫描镜显示器),显示器按顺序一次为波导(164)提供一个行或一个像素。Returning to the issue of the projector or other video display unit (160) and how images are fed into the optical display system, in a "frame sequential" configuration, a stack of sequenced two-dimensional images can be fed sequentially into the display to produce a three-dimensional perception over time; this is similar to the way computed tomography systems use stacked image segments to represent three-dimensional structures. A series of two-dimensional image segments can be presented to the eye, each segment at a different focal distance from the eye, and the eye/brain assembles these stacks into a coherent three-dimensional volume perception. Depending on the type of display, line-by-line or even pixel-by-pixel sequencing can be performed to produce a three-dimensional visual perception. For example, for a scanned light display (such as a scanning fiber display or a scanning mirror display), the display sequentially provides a line or pixel at a time to the waveguide (164).
如果可变焦透镜元件(166)能够跟上逐像素或逐行呈现的高频率,则每个行或每个像素可被呈现并且通过可变焦透镜元件(166)动态地聚焦,以便从距眼睛(58)的不同焦距处被感知。逐像素聚焦调制一般需要极快的/高频率可变焦透镜元件(166)。例如,总帧率为60帧/秒的1080P分辨率显示器一般每秒呈现大约1.25亿个像素。此类配置也可以使用固态可切换透镜(诸如使用电活性材料(例如,铌酸锂或电活性聚合物)的透镜) 构建。除了与图7A所示的系统兼容之外,帧序列多焦显示驱动技术还可以与本公开中描述的多种显示系统和光学元件实施例结合使用。If the variable focus lens element (166) can keep up with the high frequency of pixel-by-pixel or line-by-line presentation, each line or each pixel can be presented and dynamically focused by the variable focus lens element (166) so as to be perceived from different focal distances from the eye (58). Pixel-by-pixel focus modulation generally requires an extremely fast/high frequency variable focus lens element (166). For example, a 1080P resolution display with a total frame rate of 60 frames per second generally presents approximately 125 million pixels per second. Such a configuration can also be constructed using solid-state switchable lenses, such as lenses using electroactive materials (e.g., lithium niobate or electroactive polymers). In addition to being compatible with the system shown in FIG7A , the frame sequential multifocal display drive technology can also be used in conjunction with the various display systems and optical element embodiments described in the present disclosure.
参考图7B,对于被功能电极(170、174)(可以由铟锡氧化物制成) 包围的电活性层(172)(诸如包括液晶或铌酸锂的电活性层),可以控制带有传统的穿透式基片(176)(诸如具有已知全内反射特征以及与电活性层172的接通或关断状态匹配的折射率的由玻璃或塑料制成的基片)的波导(168),以使得进入光束的路径可被动态地改变以实质上产生时变光场。7B , for an electroactive layer (172) (such as one comprising liquid crystal or lithium niobate) surrounded by functional electrodes (170, 174) (which may be made of indium tin oxide), a waveguide (168) with a conventional transmissive substrate (176) (such as a substrate made of glass or plastic with known total internal reflection characteristics and a refractive index matched to the on or off state of the electroactive layer 172) can be controlled so that the path of the incoming light beam can be dynamically changed to essentially produce a time-varying light field.
参考图8A,堆叠的波导组装件(178)可被用于向眼睛/大脑提供三维感知,方式为:使多个波导(182、184、186、188、190)和多个弱透镜(198、 196、194、192)被一起配置为针对每个波导水平(指示针对该波导水平被感知的焦距)以多种波前曲率水平将图像信息发送到眼睛。多个显示器 (200、202、204、206、208)或单个多路复用显示器(在另一实施例中)可被用于将校准后的图像信息注入波导(182、184、186、188、190),每个波导可根据上面的描述被配置为跨每个波导的长度基本均等地分布入站光,从而将光向下朝着眼睛射出。8A , a stacked waveguide assembly (178) can be used to provide three-dimensional perception to the eye/brain by having a plurality of waveguides (182, 184, 186, 188, 190) and a plurality of weak lenses (198, 196, 194, 192) configured together to send image information to the eye at multiple wavefront curvature levels for each waveguide level (indicating the perceived focal length for that waveguide level). Multiple displays (200, 202, 204, 206, 208) or a single multiplexed display (in another embodiment) can be used to inject calibrated image information into the waveguides (182, 184, 186, 188, 190), each of which can be configured as described above to distribute incoming light substantially equally across the length of each waveguide, thereby directing the light downward toward the eye.
距离眼睛最近的波导(182)被配置为将注入该波导(182)的准直光传送到可以代表光学无限远焦平面的眼睛。下一波导(184)被配置为发出准直光,该准直光穿过第一弱透镜(192;例如,弱发散透镜),然后才到达眼睛(58);该第一弱透镜(192)可被配置为产生稍微凸出的波前曲率,以使眼睛/大脑将来自该下一波导(184)的光感知为来自第一焦平面,该焦平面从光学无限远向内朝着人靠近。类似地,接着的第三波导(186)使输出光同时穿过第一透镜(192)和第二透镜(194),然后才到达眼睛(58);第一透镜(192)和第二透镜(194)的组合光功率可被配置为产生另一波前发散增量,以使眼睛/大脑将来自接着的第三波导(186)的光感知为来自第二焦平面,该焦平面从光学无限远向内,比来自下一接着的波导(184) 的光更靠近人。The waveguide (182) closest to the eye is configured to transmit collimated light injected into the waveguide (182) to the eye, which can represent a focal plane at optical infinity. The next waveguide (184) is configured to emit collimated light, which passes through a first weak lens (192; for example, a weak diverging lens) before reaching the eye (58); the first weak lens (192) can be configured to produce a slightly convex wavefront curvature so that the eye/brain perceives the light from the next waveguide (184) as coming from a first focal plane that moves inward from optical infinity toward the person. Similarly, the third waveguide (186) then causes the output light to pass through both the first lens (192) and the second lens (194) before reaching the eye (58); the combined optical power of the first lens (192) and the second lens (194) can be configured to produce another wavefront divergence increment so that the eye/brain perceives the light from the third waveguide (186) as coming from a second focal plane that is inward from optical infinity and closer to the person than the light from the next waveguide (184).
其它波导层(188、190)和弱透镜(196、198)被类似地配置,其中堆叠中的最高波导(190)使其输出穿过位于自己与眼睛之间的所有弱透镜,以实现代表距离人最近的焦平面的聚合光焦度。当查看/感知来自位于堆叠的波导组装件(178)另一侧的世界(144)的光时,为了补偿透镜堆栈(198、 196、194、192),将补偿透镜层(180)置于堆栈顶部以补偿下面的透镜堆栈(198、196、194、192)的聚合功率。此类配置提供的被感知焦平面数目等于可用波导/透镜对的数目,再次具有如上所述的较大出瞳配置。波导的反射方面和透镜的聚焦方面均可以是静态的(即,非动态或不具有电活性)。在一个备选实施例中,它们可以是使用上述电活性特征的动态方面,从而使能按照时序方式多路传输少量波导以产生大量有效焦平面。The other waveguide layers (188, 190) and weak lenses (196, 198) are similarly configured, with the highest waveguide (190) in the stack having its output passed through all weak lenses between it and the eye to achieve a collective optical power representing the focal plane closest to the person. To compensate for the lens stack (198, 196, 194, 192) when viewing/perceiving light from the world (144) on the other side of the stacked waveguide assembly (178), a compensating lens layer (180) is placed on top of the stack to compensate for the collective power of the lens stack (198, 196, 194, 192) below. Such a configuration provides a number of perceived focal planes equal to the number of available waveguide/lens pairs, again with a larger exit pupil configuration as described above. Both the reflective aspects of the waveguides and the focusing aspects of the lenses can be static (i.e., not dynamic or electrically active). In an alternative embodiment, they may be dynamic aspects using the electro-active features described above, enabling a small number of waveguides to be multiplexed in a time-sequential manner to produce a large number of effective focal planes.
参考图8B-8N,其中示出用于聚焦和/或重定向准直光束的衍射配置的各个方面。用于此目的的衍射系统的其它方面在序列号为61/845,907的美国专利申请(美国专利申请号14/331,281)中公开,该申请在此全部引入作为参考。参考图8B,使准直光束穿过线性衍射图(210)(诸如布拉格光栅)将使光束发生偏斜或“转向”。使准直光束穿过径向对称衍射图(212) 或“菲涅尔带片”将更改光束的焦点。图8C示出使准直光穿过线性衍射图(210)的偏斜效应;图8D示出使准直光束穿过径向对称衍射图(212) 的聚焦效应。Referring to Figures 8B-8N, various aspects of a diffraction configuration for focusing and/or redirecting a collimated light beam are shown. Other aspects of a diffraction system for this purpose are disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 61/845,907 (U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/331,281), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Referring to Figure 8B, passing a collimated light beam through a linear diffraction pattern (210) (such as a Bragg grating) will deflect or "steer" the beam. Passing the collimated light beam through a radially symmetric diffraction pattern (212) or "Fresnel zone plate" will change the focus of the beam. Figure 8C illustrates the deflecting effect of passing the collimated light through a linear diffraction pattern (210); Figure 8D illustrates the focusing effect of passing the collimated light beam through a radially symmetric diffraction pattern (212).
参考图8E和8F,同时具有线性和径向元素(214)的组合衍射图同时产生准直输入光束的偏斜和聚焦。这些偏斜和聚焦效应可以在反射模式以及透射模式下产生。这些原理可通过波导配置应用,以实现附加的光学系统控制,如图8G-8N所示。如图8G-8N所示,衍射图(220)或“衍射光学元件”(或“DOE”)已经被嵌入平面波导(216)内,以使得准直光束被沿着平面波导(216)被全内反射,平面波导(216)与衍射图(220) 在多个位置处相交。Referring to Figures 8E and 8F, a combined diffraction pattern having both linear and radial elements (214) simultaneously produces a deflection and focusing of a collimated input beam. These deflection and focusing effects can be produced in reflection mode as well as in transmission mode. These principles can be applied through waveguide configurations to achieve additional optical system control, as shown in Figures 8G-8N. As shown in Figures 8G-8N, a diffraction pattern (220) or "diffractive optical element" (or "DOE") has been embedded within a planar waveguide (216) so that the collimated beam is totally internally reflected along the planar waveguide (216), which intersects the diffraction pattern (220) at multiple locations.
优选地,DOE(220)具有相对低的衍射效率,以使得通过与DOE(220) 的每个交点,仅一部分光束远离眼睛(58)偏斜,而其余部分继续经由全内反射穿过平面波导(216);承载图像信息的光因此被分成多个相关的光束,这些光束在多个位置处从波导射出,结果是针对在平面波导(216)内四处反射的该特定准直光束,产生朝着眼睛(58)的发射光束的非常均匀的图案,如图8H所示。朝着眼睛(58)的射出光束在图8H中示出为基本平行,因为在这种情况下,DOE(220)只有线性衍射图。如图所示,在图8L、8M与8N之间的比较中,可以使用该线性衍射图间距的变化可控制地使射出的平行光束发生偏斜,从而产生扫描或平铺功能。Preferably, the DOE (220) has a relatively low diffraction efficiency so that at each intersection with the DOE (220), only a portion of the light beam is deflected away from the eye (58), while the remainder continues to pass through the planar waveguide (216) via total internal reflection; the light carrying the image information is thus split into a plurality of related beams that are emitted from the waveguide at a plurality of locations, resulting in a very uniform pattern of emitted light beams toward the eye (58), as shown in FIG8H , for this particular collimated light beam that is reflected throughout within the planar waveguide (216). The emitted light beams toward the eye (58) are shown in FIG8H as being substantially parallel because, in this case, the DOE (220) has only a linear diffraction pattern. As shown in the comparison between FIG8L , 8M and 8N , variations in the spacing of the linear diffraction patterns can be used to controllably deflect the emitted parallel light beams, thereby producing a scanning or tiling function.
返回参考图8I,随着嵌入式DOE(220)的径向对称衍射图组件的变化,射出光束图案更加发散,这需要眼睛适应更近的距离以聚焦于视网膜,并且大脑感知光来自比光学无限远更接近眼睛的查看距离。参考图8J,添加其中可以注入光束(例如,通过投光器或显示器)的另一波导(218)之后,根据在工作的特定DOE配置,嵌入该另一波导(218)的DOE(221)(诸如线性衍射图)可用于跨整个大平面波导(216)传播光,这可以为眼睛(58)提供极大的入站区域(从较大的平面波导(216)(即,大眼框) 发射出的入站光的入站区域)。Referring back to FIG8I , as the radially symmetric diffraction pattern component of the embedded DOE (220) changes, the outgoing beam pattern becomes more divergent, requiring the eye to adapt to a closer distance to focus on the retina, and the brain perceives the light as coming from a viewing distance closer to the eye than optical infinity. Referring to FIG8J , after adding another waveguide (218) into which a beam can be injected (e.g., by a projector or display), the DOE (221) (such as a linear diffraction pattern) embedded in the other waveguide (218) can be used to spread light across the entire large planar waveguide (216), depending on the specific DOE configuration at work, which can provide a very large inbound area (the inbound area of inbound light emitted from the larger planar waveguide (216) (i.e., the large eye box)) for the eye (58).
DOE(220、221)被示出为二等分关联的波导(216、218),但不一定需要这样做;它们可以被置于波导(216、218)中任一者的附近、或者位于其中任一者的任一侧以具有相同功能。因此,如图8K所示,随着单一准直光束的注入,整个复制的准直光束场可被导向眼睛(58)。此外,通过诸如图8F(214)和8I(220)所示的组合的线性衍射图/径向对称衍射图情景,提供具有Z轴聚焦功能的光束分布波导光学元件(针对诸如出瞳功能扩展之类的功能;通过诸如图8K的配置,出瞳可以与光学元件本身一样大,这对于用户舒适感和人体工学而言是非常显著的优点),其中复制的光束的发散角度和每个光束的波前曲率表示来自比光学无限远更近的点的光。The DOEs (220, 221) are shown as bisecting the associated waveguides (216, 218), but need not do so; they can be placed adjacent to, or on either side of, either waveguide (216, 218) to serve the same function. Thus, as shown in FIG8K , with the injection of a single collimated beam, the entire replicated collimated beam field can be directed toward the eye (58). Furthermore, through combined linear diffraction pattern/radially symmetric diffraction pattern scenarios such as those shown in FIG8F (214) and 8I (220), a beam distributing waveguide optical element with Z-axis focusing functionality is provided (for functions such as pupil expansion; with configurations such as FIG8K , the exit pupil can be as large as the optical element itself, which is a significant advantage for user comfort and ergonomics), where the divergence angles of the replicated beams and the wavefront curvature of each beam represent light from a point closer than optical infinity.
在一实施例中,一个或多个DOE可以在接通状态(其中它们主动衍射)与关断状态(其中它们不明显地衍射)之间切换。例如,可切换DOE 可以包括一层聚合物分散液晶,其中微滴包括位于主介质中的衍射图,并且微滴的折射率可被切换到基本与主材料的折射率匹配(在这种情况下,图案不明显地衍射入射光),或者微滴可被切换到与主介质的折射率不匹配的折射率(在这种情况下,图案主动地衍射入射光)。进一步地,随着衍射项(诸如图8L-8N所示的线性衍射间距项)的动态变化,可以实现光束扫描或平铺功能。如上所述,理想地,每个DOE(220、221)中具有相对低的衍射光栅效率,因为这样便于光的分布,另外还因为当所穿过的 DOE(220)的衍射效率较低时,理想地透射的穿过波导的光(例如,在增强现实配置中,来自世界114并且朝着眼睛58发射的光)很少受到影响—从而通过此类配置实现更佳的真实世界视景。In one embodiment, one or more DOEs can be switched between an on state (in which they actively diffract) and an off state (in which they do not significantly diffract). For example, a switchable DOE can include a layer of polymer dispersed liquid crystal, wherein the droplets include a diffraction pattern located in a host medium, and the refractive index of the droplets can be switched to substantially match that of the host material (in which case the pattern does not significantly diffract incident light), or the droplets can be switched to a refractive index that does not match that of the host medium (in which case the pattern actively diffracts incident light). Further, with dynamic variations in diffraction terms (such as the linear diffraction pitch terms shown in Figures 8L-8N), beam scanning or tiling functionality can be achieved. As discussed above, it is desirable to have a relatively low diffraction grating efficiency in each DOE (220, 221) because this facilitates distribution of the light, and also because light that is ideally transmitted through the waveguide (e.g., light emitted from the world 114 and toward the eye 58 in an augmented reality configuration) is less affected when the diffraction efficiency of the DOE (220) through which it passes is low - thereby enabling a better real-world view with such a configuration.
诸如图8K所示的配置优选地通过时序方法中的图像信息注入来驱动,其中帧序列驱动最易于实现。例如,可以在时间1处注入光学无限远处的天空的图像,并且可以利用保留光校准的衍射光栅;然后可以在时间 t2处注入较近的树枝的图像,同时DOE可控制地赋予焦点变化,即一个屈光单位或1米之外,从而使得眼睛/大脑感知到树枝光信息来自较近的焦点范围。此类范例可以以快速时间序列方式被重复,以使眼睛/大脑感知输入是同一图像的所有部分。这只是一个双焦平面实例;优选地,系统将被配置为具有更多焦平面以提供对象与其焦距之间更平滑的过渡。此类配置一般假设DOE以相对慢的速度切换(即,与注入图像的显示帧率同步—处于每秒数千次循环的范围内)。Configurations such as that shown in FIG8K are preferably driven by image information injection using a time-sequential approach, with frame-sequential drive being the easiest to implement. For example, an image of the sky at optical infinity can be injected at time 1, utilizing a diffraction grating that preserves optical calibration. An image of a nearby tree branch can then be injected at time t2, with the DOE controllably imparting a focus change of one diopter unit or one meter, causing the eye/brain to perceive the tree branch light information as originating from a closer focal range. This paradigm can be repeated in a rapid time-series fashion so that the eye/brain perceives the input as all parts of the same image. This is just one example of a dual-focal-plane setup; preferably, the system would be configured with more focal planes to provide smoother transitions between objects and their focal distances. This configuration generally assumes that the DOE switches at a relatively slow rate (i.e., synchronized with the displayed frame rate of the injected image—in the range of thousands of cycles per second).
相反的极端可以是这样的配置:其中DOE元件能够以数十到数百 MHz或更大来改变焦点,当使用扫描光显示器技术将像素扫描到眼睛(58) 内时,这促进逐像素切换DOE元件的焦点状态。这是期望的,因为这意味着能够将总体显示帧率保持相当低;低得足以保证“闪烁”不是问题(处于大约60-120帧/秒的范围内)。The opposite extreme could be a configuration where the DOE element is capable of changing focus at tens to hundreds of MHz or more, which facilitates switching the focus state of the DOE element pixel by pixel as the pixels are scanned into the eye (58) using scanned light display technology. This is desirable because it means that the overall display frame rate can be kept quite low; low enough to ensure that "flicker" is not an issue (in the range of about 60-120 frames/second).
在这些范围之间,如果能够以KHz速率切换DOE,则可以逐行调整每个扫描行上的焦点,这样,例如当眼睛相对于显示器移动期间,给用户带来时间伪差方面的视觉优势。例如,通过此方式,场景中的不同焦平面被交错以最小化响应于头部运动的视觉伪差(如本公开以下更详细讨论的那样)。逐行聚焦调制器可以在操作上与行扫描显示器(诸如光栅光阀显示器)耦合,其中扫描线性像素阵列以形成图像;该聚焦调制器也可在操作上与扫描光显示器(诸如光纤扫描显示器和镜扫描光显示器)耦合。Between these ranges, if the DOE can be switched at a KHz rate, the focus on each scan line can be adjusted line by line, thus giving the user a visual advantage with respect to temporal artifacts, for example, during eye movement relative to the display. For example, in this way, different focal planes in a scene are interleaved to minimize visual artifacts in response to head motion (as discussed in more detail below in this disclosure). The line-by-line focus modulator can be operatively coupled to a line scan display (such as a grating light valve display), in which a linear array of pixels is scanned to form an image; the focus modulator can also be operatively coupled to a scanned light display (such as a fiber scanned display and a mirror scanned light display).
与图8A的配置类似的堆叠配置可以使用动态DOE(而非图8A的实施例的静态波导和透镜)来同时提供多平面聚焦。例如,通过三个同时的焦平面,可以将主焦平面(例如,基于所测量的眼睛视觉调节)呈现给用户,并且可以使用+裕度和-裕度(即,一个焦平面较近,一个更远)来提供大聚焦范围,在该大聚集范围内,用户可以在需要更新平面之前进行视觉调节。此增大的聚焦范围能够在用户切换到较近或较远焦点(即,通过视觉调节测量确定)时提供时间优势;然后,可以使新的焦平面成为中间焦深,其中+和-裕度再次准备就绪以在系统继续执行的同时快速切换到任一者。A stacked configuration similar to that of FIG8A can use dynamic DOEs (rather than the static waveguides and lenses of the embodiment of FIG8A ) to provide multi-plane focus simultaneously. For example, with three simultaneous focal planes, a primary focal plane (e.g., based on measured eye accommodation) can be presented to the user, and + and - margins (i.e., one focal plane closer, one farther away) can be used to provide a large focus range within which the user can accommodate before needing to update the plane. This increased focus range can provide a time advantage when the user switches to a closer or farther focus (i.e., as determined by accommodation measurements); the new focal plane can then be made an intermediate depth of focus, with + and - margins again ready to quickly switch to either while the system continues to perform.
参考图8O,其中示出平面波导(244、246、248、250、252)的堆栈 (222),每个波导具有反射器(254、256、258、260、262),这些反射器位于端部并且被配置为使得被显示器(224、226、228、230、232)注入一端的准直图像信息通过全内反射向下反射到反射器,在该点处,部分或全部光朝着眼睛或其它目标反射出。每个反射器可以具有稍微不同的角度,以便朝着诸如瞳孔之类的公共目标反射出射光。此类配置与图5B的配置有些类似,只是图8O的实施例中的每个不同的倾斜反射器具有自己的波导,这样,在投射光行进到目标反射器时的干扰会减少。透镜(234、236、 238、240、242)可以插在显示器与波导之间以实现光束转向和/或聚焦。Referring to FIG8O , there is shown a stack (222) of planar waveguides (244, 246, 248, 250, 252), each having a reflector (254, 256, 258, 260, 262) at the end thereof and configured such that collimated image information injected into one end by a display (224, 226, 228, 230, 232) is reflected downwardly by total internal reflection to the reflector, at which point some or all of the light is reflected outward toward the eye or other target. Each reflector can have a slightly different angle to reflect the outgoing light toward a common target, such as the pupil. This configuration is somewhat similar to the configuration of FIG5B , except that each of the different tilted reflectors in the embodiment of FIG8O has its own waveguide, which reduces interference in the projected light as it travels to the target reflector. Lenses (234, 236, 238, 240, 242) can be inserted between the display and the waveguide to achieve beam steering and/or focusing.
图8P示出几何错列的版本,其中反射器(276、278、280、282、284) 以错列长度位于波导(266、268、270、272、274)中,这样,出射光束可以相对容易地与诸如解剖瞳孔之类的对象对齐。了解堆栈(264)将距离眼睛多远(诸如眼睛角膜与眼睛镜片之间28mm,典型的舒适几何关系)之后,可以建立反射器(276、278、280、282、284)和波导(266、268、270、 272、274)的几何关系以使用出射光填充眼瞳(通常约为8mm跨度或更小)。通过将光导向大于眼瞳直径的眼框,查看者可以在能够看到所显示图像的同时让眼睛运动。返回参考与图5A和5B相关的讨论,此讨论涉及视场扩展和反射器大小,扩展的视场也由图8P的配置呈现,但是该图没有图5B的实施例中的可切换反射元件那么复杂。FIG8P shows a geometrically staggered version in which the reflectors (276, 278, 280, 282, 284) are positioned in the waveguides (266, 268, 270, 272, 274) at staggered lengths so that the exiting beam can be relatively easily aligned with an object such as an anatomical pupil. Knowing how far the stack (264) will be from the eye (such as 28 mm between the cornea of the eye and the lens of the eye, a typical comfortable geometry), the geometry of the reflectors (276, 278, 280, 282, 284) and the waveguides (266, 268, 270, 272, 274) can be established to fill the pupil (typically about 8 mm across or less) with the exiting light. By directing the light to an eyebox that is larger than the diameter of the pupil, the viewer can move the eye while still being able to see the displayed image. Referring back to the discussion related to Figures 5A and 5B regarding field of view extension and reflector size, an extended field of view is also presented by the configuration of Figure 8P, but that figure is less complex than the switchable reflective elements in the embodiment of Figure 5B.
图8Q示出这样的版本:其中许多反射器(298)在被定向为与整个曲面对齐的聚合或离散平面中形成相对连续的弧形反射面。该曲面可以是抛物线或椭圆曲面,并且被示出为跨多个波导(288、290、292、294、296) 切割以最小化任何串音问题,尽管它也可以用于单片波导配置。Figure 8Q shows a version in which a number of reflectors (298) form a relatively continuous curved reflective surface in aggregate or discrete planes oriented to align with the overall curved surface. The curved surface can be parabolic or elliptical and is shown cut across multiple waveguides (288, 290, 292, 294, 296) to minimize any crosstalk issues, although it can also be used in a monolithic waveguide configuration.
在一种实施方式中,高帧率和低持续显示器可以与低帧率和高持续显示器以及可变焦元件结合以形成相对高频率的帧序列立体显示器。在一实施例中,高帧率显示器具有较低的位深度,低帧率显示器具有较高的位深度,这两者组合以形成高效的高帧率和高位深度显示器,该显示器非常适合按帧序列方式呈现图像片段。通过此方式,理想表示的三维体在功能上被分为一系列二维片段。这些二维片段中的每一者依次被投射到眼睛框架,并且与呈现同步,可变焦元件的焦点也被改变。In one embodiment, a high frame rate and low persistence display can be combined with a low frame rate and high persistence display and a variable focus element to form a relatively high-frequency frame sequential stereoscopic display. In one embodiment, the high frame rate display has a lower bit depth, and the low frame rate display has a higher bit depth, and the two are combined to form an efficient high frame rate and high bit depth display that is well suited for presenting image segments in a frame sequential manner. In this way, the ideally represented three-dimensional volume is functionally divided into a series of two-dimensional segments. Each of these two-dimensional segments is sequentially projected into the eye frame, and the focus of the variable focus element is also changed in synchronization with the presentation.
在一实施例中,为了获取足够帧率以支持此类配置,可以集成两个显示器:以60帧/秒工作的全彩色高分辨率液晶显示器(“LCD”;在另一实施例中也可以使用背光铁电平板显示器;在进一步的实施例中,可以使用扫描光纤显示器);以及更高频率DLP系统的各方面。除了以传统方式照射LCD面板背部(即,通过全尺寸荧光灯或LED阵列照射)之外,也可移除传统的照明配置以适应使用DLP投光器在LCD背面投射遮蔽图案 (在一实施例中,遮蔽图案可以是二进制图案,因为DLP既投射照明,也投射非照明;在下面描述的另一实施例中,DLP可被用于投射灰阶遮蔽图案).In one embodiment, to achieve sufficient frame rates to support such a configuration, two displays can be integrated: a full-color, high-resolution liquid crystal display ("LCD"); in another embodiment, a backlit ferroelectric flat panel display can also be used; in yet another embodiment, a scanning fiber display can be used; and aspects of a higher-frequency DLP system. In addition to illuminating the back of the LCD panel in a conventional manner (i.e., with a full-scale fluorescent lamp or LED array), the conventional illumination configuration can be removed in favor of using a DLP projector to project a masking pattern onto the back of the LCD (in one embodiment, the masking pattern can be a binary pattern, in that the DLP projects both illumination and non-illumination; in another embodiment, described below, the DLP can be used to project a grayscale masking pattern).
DLP投影系统可以以极高帧率工作;在一针对6个深度平面以60帧/ 秒工作的实施例中,DPL投影系统以360帧/秒的速率对LCD显示器的背面执行操作。DPL投影系统被用于与高频可变焦元件(诸如可变形膜镜) 同步选择性地照射LCD面板的各部分,该高频可变焦元件被置于LCD面板的查看侧与用户的眼睛之间,可变焦元件被用于以360帧/秒的速率逐帧更改全域显示焦点。在一实施例中,可变焦元件被定位为在光学上与出瞳共轭,从而在不同时影响图像放大或“缩放”的情况下调焦。在另一实施例中,可变焦元件不与出瞳共轭,使得图像放大率随着焦点调节变化,并且使用软件补偿这些由预先缩放或弯曲要被呈现的图像而导致的光学放大率变化和任何失真。DLP projection systems can operate at extremely high frame rates; in one embodiment, operating at 60 frames per second for six depth planes, the DLP projection system operates at 360 frames per second for the back of an LCD display. The DLP projection system is used to selectively illuminate portions of the LCD panel in synchronization with a high-frequency variable focus element (such as a deformable membrane mirror) positioned between the viewing side of the LCD panel and the user's eye. The variable focus element is used to change the global display focus on a frame-by-frame basis at 360 frames per second. In one embodiment, the variable focus element is positioned optically conjugate to the exit pupil, allowing focus adjustment without simultaneously affecting image magnification or "zoom." In another embodiment, the variable focus element is not conjugate to the exit pupil, allowing image magnification to vary with focus adjustment, and software is used to compensate for these optical magnification changes and any distortion caused by pre-scaling or warping the image to be presented.
在操作上,有必要再次考虑以下实例:其中要向用户呈现三维场景,在该三维场景中,背景内的天空将位于光学无限远的查看距离处,并且其中与位于比光学无限远更靠近用户的特定位置处的树木相连的树枝沿朝着用户的方向从树干延伸,以便该树枝的顶部比联结树干的树枝的最近部分更靠近用户。Operationally, it is necessary to consider again the following example: a three-dimensional scene is to be presented to the user in which the sky within the background is to be located at a viewing distance of optical infinity, and in which a branch connected to a tree located at a particular position closer to the user than optical infinity extends from the trunk in a direction toward the user so that the top of the branch is closer to the user than the nearest part of the branch connected to the trunk.
在一实施例中,对于给定的全域帧,系统可被配置为在LCD上呈现位于天空前方的树支的全彩色、全景对焦图像。然后在位于该全域帧内的子帧1处,可以使用采用二进制掩蔽配置(即,照明或没有照明)的DLP 投光器仅照射表示阴天的LCD部分,同时功能性地遮黑(即,不照亮) 表示树枝或不被感知为与天空位于同一焦距的其它元素的LCD部分,并且可以利用可变焦元件(诸如可变形薄膜镜)将焦平面定位在光学无限远处,以使眼睛所看到的位于子帧1处的子图像为无限远的云。In one embodiment, for a given global frame, the system can be configured to present a full-color, fully focused image of a tree branch in front of the sky on the LCD. Then, at subframe 1 within the global frame, a DLP projector in a binary masking configuration (i.e., illuminated or not illuminated) can be used to illuminate only the portion of the LCD representing a cloudy sky, while functionally masking (i.e., not illuminating) portions of the LCD representing tree branches or other elements that are not perceived as being at the same focal distance as the sky. Furthermore, a variable focus element (such as a deformable film mirror) can be used to position the focal plane at optical infinity, so that the sub-image in subframe 1 appears to the eye as clouds at infinite distance.
然后在子帧2处,可变焦元件可被切换为聚焦于距离用户的眼睛大约 1米(或者所需的任何距离,此处针对树枝位置的1米仅用于例示目的) 的点,可以切换DLP的照明图案,以便系统仅照射表示树枝的LCD部分,同时功能性地遮黑(即,不照亮)表示天空或不被感知为与树枝位于同一焦距的其它元素的LCD部分。这样,眼睛快速瞟过位于光学无限远的云,然后迅速瞟过位于1米处的树木,接着通过眼睛/大脑集成这些序列以形成三维感知。树枝可以位于查看者的对角,以便其穿过一系列查看距离延伸,例如,它可以在大约2米查看距离处与树干联结,同时树枝的顶部位于更近的1米位置处。Then, at subframe 2, the variable focus element can be switched to focus on a point approximately 1 meter from the user's eye (or any desired distance; the 1 meter for the tree branch location is used for illustrative purposes only). The DLP's illumination pattern can be switched so that the system illuminates only the portion of the LCD representing the tree branch, while functionally blacking out (i.e., not illuminating) the portion of the LCD representing the sky or other elements not perceived as being at the same focal distance as the tree branch. In this way, the eye quickly glances past the clouds at optical infinity, then quickly glances past the tree at 1 meter, and the eye/brain integrates these sequences to form a three-dimensional perception. The tree branch can be located diagonally to the viewer so that it extends across a range of viewing distances. For example, it may connect to the trunk at a viewing distance of approximately 2 meters, with the top of the branch located closer at 1 meter.
在这种情况下,显示系统可以将树枝的3-D体分为多个片段,而非1 米处的单一片段。例如,可以使用一个焦点片段表示天空(在呈现该片段时使用DLP遮蔽树木的所有区域),同时跨5个焦点片段分割树枝(使用 DLP遮蔽天空和树木的一部分之外的所有部分,该部分是要被呈现的树枝部分)。优选地,深度片段以等于或小于眼睛焦深的间距放置,以使得查看者不太可能注意到片段之间的过渡,而是通过聚焦范围感知到一个平滑连续的树枝流。In this case, the display system can break the 3-D volume of the tree branches into multiple segments, rather than a single segment at 1 meter. For example, the sky can be represented using one focal segment (using DLP to mask all areas of the tree when rendering that segment), while the branches can be segmented across five focal segments (using DLP to mask all but the sky and a portion of the tree, which is the branch being rendered). Preferably, the depth segments are placed at a spacing equal to or less than the eye's focal depth, so that the viewer is less likely to notice the transitions between segments and instead perceives a smooth, continuous flow of branches across the range of focus.
在另一实施例中,不是使用采用二进制(仅照明或暗场)模式的DLP,而是可以使用该DLP将灰阶(例如,256级灰阶)遮蔽投射到LCD面板的背面以增强三维感知。灰阶渐变可被用于使眼睛/大脑感知到某些事物驻留在相邻的深度或焦平面之间。返回到树枝或云场景,如果距离用户最近的树枝前缘位于焦平面1,则在子帧1处,可以通过DLP系统(具有位于焦平面1的可变焦元件),借助全强度白色点亮位于LCD上的部分树枝。In another embodiment, rather than using a DLP in binary (light-only or darkfield) mode, the DLP can be used to project a grayscale (e.g., 256 levels of gray) mask onto the back of the LCD panel to enhance 3D perception. Grayscale gradients can be used to trick the eye/brain into perceiving something as residing between adjacent depth or focal planes. Returning to the tree branch or cloud scene, if the leading edge of the branch closest to the user is at focal plane 1, then at subframe 1, the portion of the branch located on the LCD can be illuminated with full intensity white by the DLP system (with a variable focus element located at focal plane 1).
然后在子帧2处,对于位于焦平面2的可变焦元件(正好位于被点亮的部分后面),不会产生任何照明。这些步骤类似于上述二进制DLP掩蔽配置。但是,如果存在要在焦平面1与焦平面2之间的位置(例如,半途) 处感知的树枝的一部分,则可以利用灰阶掩蔽。DLP能够同时在子帧1和子帧2期间将照明掩蔽投射到该部分,但是针对每个子帧投射半照明(诸如,256灰阶中的128级)。这样可以感知多个焦深层的混合,并且所感知的焦距与子帧1与子帧2之间的照度比成比例。例如,对于应位于焦平面1与焦平面2之间的路途的四分之三处的树枝部分,可以使用大约25%的强度灰阶掩蔽照射位于子帧1处的LCD部分,并且使用大约75%的灰阶掩蔽照射位于子帧2处的同一LCD部分。Then, in subframe 2, no illumination is generated for the variable focus element located at focal plane 2 (just behind the illuminated portion). These steps are similar to the binary DLP masking configuration described above. However, if there is a portion of a tree branch that is to be perceived between focal planes 1 and 2 (e.g., halfway), grayscale masking can be utilized. DLP can project an illumination mask onto this portion during both subframes 1 and 2, but with half illumination (e.g., 128 out of 256 grayscale levels) for each subframe. This allows for the perception of a blend of multiple depths of focus, with the perceived focal length proportional to the illumination ratio between subframes 1 and 2. For example, for a branch portion that should be located three-quarters of the way between focal planes 1 and 2, the LCD portion located in subframe 1 can be illuminated with a grayscale mask of approximately 25% intensity, and the same LCD portion located in subframe 2 can be illuminated with a grayscale mask of approximately 75%.
在一实施例中,可以组合低帧率显示器和高帧率显示器的位深度以实现图像调制,并且创建高动态范围显示。高动态范围驱动可以与上述焦平面寻址功能串联地执行,从而形成高动态范围多焦3-D显示。In one embodiment, the bit depths of the low frame rate display and the high frame rate display can be combined to achieve image modulation and create a high dynamic range display. High dynamic range driving can be performed in tandem with the focal plane addressing function described above to form a high dynamic range multi-focal 3-D display.
在对于计算资源更有效的另一实施例中,只有显示器(即,LCD)输出的一个特定部分可被DMD进行掩蔽照射,并且在到达用户眼睛的途中变焦。例如,显示器的中间部可以被进行掩蔽照射,并且显示器的周边部分不向用户提供变化的视觉调节线索(即,可以通过DLP DMD均匀地照射周边部分,而中间部被主动掩蔽并且在到达眼睛的途中变焦)。In another embodiment that is more efficient with respect to computing resources, only a specific portion of the display (i.e., LCD) output may be masked and illuminated by the DMD and zoomed on its way to the user's eye. For example, the middle portion of the display may be masked and illuminated, and the peripheral portion of the display may not provide varying accommodation cues to the user (i.e., the peripheral portion may be uniformly illuminated by the DLP DMD, while the middle portion is actively masked and zoomed on its way to the eye).
在上面描述的实施例中,大约360Hz的刷新率允许刷新六个深度平面,每个平面大约60帧/秒。在另一实施例中,通过增大DLP的工作频率,可以实现甚至更高的刷新率。标准DLP配置使用MEMS设备和微镜阵列。这些微镜在朝着显示器或用户反射光的模式与远离显示器或用户反射光的 (诸如反射到光阱内)模式之间切换,从而本质上是二进制的。DLP通常使用脉宽调制机制产生灰阶图像,在该机制中,反射镜在可变占空比的可变时间量内处于“接通”状态,以便产生较亮的像素或者临时亮度像素。因此,为了以适度的帧率产生灰阶图像,它们以高得多的二进制速率运行。In the embodiment described above, a refresh rate of approximately 360 Hz allows for refreshing of six depth planes at approximately 60 frames per second per plane. In another embodiment, by increasing the operating frequency of the DLP, even higher refresh rates can be achieved. Standard DLP configurations use MEMS devices and arrays of micromirrors. These micromirrors switch between a mode in which they reflect light towards the display or user and a mode in which they reflect light away from the display or user (such as into a light trap), making them binary in nature. DLPs typically produce grayscale images using a pulse width modulation mechanism in which the mirrors are "on" for a variable amount of time with a variable duty cycle in order to produce brighter pixels or temporarily brighter pixels. Therefore, in order to produce grayscale images at a moderate frame rate, they operate at a much higher binary rate.
在上述配置中,此类设置非常适合于产生灰阶掩蔽。但是,如果DLP 驱动机制被改变以便使二进制图案中的子图像闪烁,则帧率可能明显增大 (每秒数千帧),这允许以60帧/秒刷新数百到数千个深度平面,可以利用这点避免上述深度平面间灰阶插值。用于Texas Instruments DLP系统的典型脉宽调制机制具有8位指令信号(第一位是反射镜的第一长脉冲;第二位是第一长脉冲一半的脉冲;第三位是第二脉冲一半的脉冲,以此类推),这样,配置便能够产生第二到第八个功率不同的照明度。在一实施例中,来自DLP的背光的强度可以与DMD的不同脉冲同步变化,从而均衡所产生的子图像的亮度,这是使现有DMD驱动电子装置产生相当高帧率的实际方案。In the configuration described above, this setup is well suited for producing grayscale masking. However, if the DLP drive mechanism is modified to flash the sub-images in the binary pattern, the frame rate can be significantly increased (thousands of frames per second). This allows hundreds to thousands of depth planes to be refreshed at 60 frames per second, which can be exploited to avoid the grayscale interpolation between depth planes described above. The typical pulse-width modulation mechanism used in Texas Instruments DLP systems has an 8-bit command signal (the first bit is the first long pulse of the mirror; the second bit is a pulse half the first long pulse; the third bit is a pulse half the second pulse, and so on), allowing the configuration to produce second through eighth illumination levels of varying power. In one embodiment, the intensity of the backlight from the DLP can be varied in sync with the different pulses of the DMD to equalize the brightness of the generated sub-images, a practical solution for enabling existing DMD drive electronics to produce significantly higher frame rates.
在另一实施例中,可以使用DMD驱动电子装置和软件的直接控制变化来使反射镜始终具有相等的接通时间配置,而非传统的可变接通时间配置,这促进更高帧率。在另一实施例中,DMD驱动电子装置可被配置为以高于高位深度图像但低于二进制帧率的帧率提供低位深度图像,从而允许焦平面之间的某些灰阶混合,同时适度地增加焦平面数。In another embodiment, direct control changes of the DMD drive electronics and software can be used to always have an equal on-time configuration for the mirrors, rather than the traditional variable on-time configuration, which facilitates higher frame rates. In another embodiment, the DMD drive electronics can be configured to provide low bit depth images at a higher frame rate than high bit depth images but lower than the binary frame rate, thereby allowing some grayscale blending between focal planes while modestly increasing the number of focal planes.
在另一实施例中,当限于有限数量的深度平面时(例如,上述实例中的6个深度平面),理想地在功能上移动这6个深度平面,以便最有效地用于将被呈现给用户的场景。例如,如果使用站在房间内,并且将虚拟怪兽放在其增强现实视景中,该虚拟怪兽在Z轴中距离用户的眼睛约2英尺深,则将全部6个深度平面聚集在怪兽的当前位置的周围才有意义(并且动态地移动深度平面,使得看上去就像怪兽相对于用户移动),这样可以为用户提供更丰富的视觉调节线索,并且所有六个深度平面位于怪兽的直接区域中(例如,3个位于怪兽的中心的前方,3个位于怪兽的中心的后方)。这种深度平面分配是内容相关的。In another embodiment, when limited to a limited number of depth planes (e.g., 6 depth planes in the example above), it is ideal to functionally move these 6 depth planes so that they are most effectively used for the scene being presented to the user. For example, if a user is standing in a room and has a virtual monster placed in their augmented reality view that is approximately 2 feet deep from the user's eyes in the Z axis, it makes sense to cluster all 6 depth planes around the monster's current position (and dynamically move the depth planes so that it appears as if the monster is moving relative to the user) so that the user can be provided with richer visual accommodation cues and all six depth planes are located in the monster's immediate area (e.g., 3 in front of the center of the monster and 3 behind the center of the monster). This depth plane allocation is context-sensitive.
例如,在上述场景中,将相同的怪兽置于相同的房间内,同时还向用户呈现虚拟窗框元素,然后呈现虚拟窗框之外的光学无限远虚拟视景,有用的做法是将至少一个深度平面用于光学无限远,将至少一个深度平面用于上面安装虚拟窗框的墙壁,然后可能将剩余的四个深度平面用于房间内的怪兽。如果内容导致虚拟窗户消失,则可以将两个深度平面动态地重新分配给怪兽周围的区域,诸如此类,在给定计算和呈现资源的情况下,基于内容的焦平面资源动态分配为用户提供最丰富的体验。For example, in the scenario described above, the same monster is placed in the same room, while also presenting a virtual window frame element to the user, and then presenting a virtual view of optical infinity outside the virtual window frame. A useful approach is to use at least one depth plane for optical infinity, at least one depth plane for the wall on which the virtual window frame is mounted, and then perhaps the remaining four depth planes for the monster within the room. If the content causes the virtual window to disappear, two depth planes can be dynamically reallocated to the area around the monster, and so on. Dynamic allocation of focus plane resources based on content provides the richest experience for the user, given the computing and rendering resources.
在另一实施例中,可以使用多芯光纤或单芯光纤阵列中的相位延迟产生可变焦光波波前。参考图9A,多芯光纤(300)可以包括多个单独光纤 (302)的聚合;图9B示出多芯组装件的特写视图,该多芯组装件从采取球面波前(304)形式的每个芯发射光。如果这些芯发送连贯光,例如从共享的激光源发射,则这些小型球面波前最终相长或相消地彼此干扰,并且如果它们同相地从多芯光纤射出,则聚合地形成近平面波导(306),如图所示。但是,如果芯之间引发相位延迟(使用传统的相位调制器(诸如使用铌酸锂的调制器)放缓某些芯相对于其它芯的路径),则可能聚合地产生弧形波前或球面波前,以在眼睛/大脑处表示来自比光学无限远更近的点的对象,这表示可以替代上述可变焦元件使用的另一选项。换言之,此类相控多芯配置或相位阵列可被用于从光源产生多个光学聚焦程度。In another embodiment, phase delays in a multi-core fiber or a single-core fiber array can be used to generate variable-focus light wavefronts. Referring to FIG9A , a multi-core fiber (300) can include an aggregation of multiple individual optical fibers (302); FIG9B shows a close-up view of the multi-core assembly, which emits light from each core in the form of a spherical wavefront (304). If the cores send coherent light, such as from a shared laser source, these small spherical wavefronts eventually interfere with each other constructively or destructively, and if they emerge from the multi-core fiber in phase, they collectively form a nearly planar waveguide (306), as shown. However, if phase delays are induced between the cores (using a conventional phase modulator (such as one using lithium niobate) to slow the path of some cores relative to others), it is possible to collectively generate curved or spherical wavefronts to represent objects from points closer than optical infinity at the eye/brain, representing another option that can be used instead of the variable-focus elements described above. In other words, such a phased multi-core configuration or phased array can be used to produce multiple degrees of optical focus from a light source.
在与光纤的使用相关的另一实施例中,可以使用多模光纤或光导棒或光导管的公知的傅里叶变换方面控制从此类光纤输出的波前。光纤一般具有两种形式:单模光纤和多模光纤。多模光纤一般具有较大的芯直径,并且允许光沿着多个角路径,而非仅沿着一个单模光纤传播。已知如果图像被注入多模光纤的一端,则在通过多模光纤传播时,在一定程度上保留被编码到图像内的角度差,并且对于某些配置,来自光纤的输出明显类似于被输入图像的傅里叶变换。In another embodiment related to the use of optical fibers, the well-known Fourier transform aspect of multimode optical fibers or light guides or pipes can be used to control the wavefront output from such optical fibers. Optical fibers generally come in two forms: single-mode and multimode. Multimode fibers generally have larger core diameters and allow light to propagate along multiple angular paths, rather than just along a single-mode fiber. It is known that if an image is injected into one end of a multimode fiber, the angular differences encoded into the image are preserved to some extent as it propagates through the multimode fiber. For certain configurations, the output from the optical fiber can resemble the Fourier transform of the input image.
因此在一实施例中,可以输入波前(诸如表示比光学无限远更靠近用户的焦平面的发散球面波前)的逆傅里叶变换,在穿过光学传递傅里叶变换的光纤之后,输出变为具有所需形状或根据需要聚焦的波前。例如,此类输出端可被全面扫描以用作扫描光纤显示器,或者可被用作扫描反射镜以形成图像的光源。因此,此类配置可被用作又一聚焦调制子系统。其它类型的光图案和波前可被注入多模光纤,以便在输出端上射出特定空间图案。这可被用于实现小波模式的等效功能(在光学中,可以就何谓泽尼克系数来分析光学系统;图像可通过类似的方式进行特征化,并且分解为较小的主分量,或较简单图像分量的加权组合)。因此,如果在输入侧使用主分量将光扫描到眼睛内,则可以在多模光纤的输出端恢复更高分辨率图像。Thus, in one embodiment, an inverse Fourier transform of an input wavefront (such as a diverging spherical wavefront representing a focal plane closer to the user than optical infinity) can be taken, and after passing through an optical fiber that optically transmits the Fourier transform, the output becomes a wavefront with a desired shape or focus as desired. For example, such an output can be fully scanned to function as a scanning fiber display, or can be used as a light source for a scanning mirror to form an image. Thus, such a configuration can be used as yet another focus modulation subsystem. Other types of light patterns and wavefronts can be injected into a multimode fiber to emit a specific spatial pattern at the output. This can be used to achieve the equivalent functionality of wavelet patterns (in optics, optical systems can be analyzed in terms of what are known as Zernike coefficients; images can be characterized in a similar manner and decomposed into smaller principal components, or weighted combinations of simpler image components). Thus, if the principal components are used on the input side to scan light into the eye, a higher resolution image can be recovered at the output of the multimode fiber.
在另一实施例中,可将全息图的傅里叶变换注入多模光纤的输入端以输出可被用于三维聚焦调制和/或分辨率增强的波前。也可以在上述逆傅里叶变换配置中使用特定的单芯光纤、多芯光纤或同轴芯光纤+包层配置。In another embodiment, the Fourier transform of the hologram can be injected into the input of a multimode fiber to output a wavefront that can be used for three-dimensional focus modulation and/or resolution enhancement. Certain single-core fibers, multi-core fibers, or coaxial core fiber + cladding configurations can also be used in the above-mentioned inverse Fourier transform configuration.
在另一实施例中,不是在不关注用户的特定视觉调节状态或眼睛注视的情况下物理地操纵以高帧率接近用户的眼睛的波前,而是可以将系统配置为监视用户的视觉调节而非呈现一组多样的光波波前,在与眼睛的视觉调节状态对应的时间提供单一波前。视觉调节可以直接测量(诸如通过红外自动验光仪或偏心摄影验光法),也可以间接测量(诸如通过测量用户双眼的会聚水平;如上所述,聚散度与视觉调节在神经方面的关联非常紧密,因此可以基于聚散度几何关系做出视觉调节估计)。因此,通过所确定的比如距离用户1米的视觉调节,可以使用上述任意可变焦配置将波前在眼睛处的呈现配置为1米焦距。如果检测到2米聚焦的视觉调节变化,则波前在眼睛处的呈现可被重新配置为2米焦距,以此类推。In another embodiment, rather than physically manipulating a wavefront approaching a user's eye at a high frame rate without regard to the user's specific accommodation state or eye gaze, the system can be configured to monitor the user's accommodation, and instead of presenting a diverse set of light wavefronts, provide a single wavefront at a time corresponding to the accommodation state of the eye. Accommodation can be measured directly (such as by infrared autorefractor or eccentric photo-optormetry) or indirectly (such as by measuring the level of convergence of the user's eyes; as discussed above, vergence and accommodation are very closely neurally linked, so accommodation estimates can be made based on vergence geometry). Thus, with accommodation determined at, for example, 1 meter from the user, the presentation of the wavefront at the eye can be configured to be at a 1 meter focal length using any of the variable focus configurations described above. If an accommodation change to a 2 meter focus is detected, the presentation of the wavefront at the eye can be reconfigured to be at a 2 meter focal length, and so on.
因此,在引入视觉调节跟踪的一实施例中,可以将可变焦元件置于输出组合器(例如,波导或分束器)与用户眼睛之间的光学路径中,以便可以随着眼睛的视觉调节变化更改焦点(即,优选地以相同帧率更改)。可以利用软件效应为不应对准焦距来仿真折射模糊(预期在视网膜处,如果对象位于查看距离)的对象产生可变量模糊(例如,高斯模糊),并且增强眼睛/大脑的三维感知。Therefore, in one embodiment incorporating accommodation tracking, a variable focus element can be placed in the optical path between the output combiner (e.g., a waveguide or beam splitter) and the user's eye so that the focus can be changed as the eye's accommodation changes (i.e., preferably at the same frame rate). Software effects can be used to create a variable amount of blur (e.g., Gaussian blur) for objects that should not be in focus to simulate refractive blur (expected at the retina if the object is at viewing distance) and enhance the eye/brain's 3D perception.
一个简单实施例是其聚焦程度遵从查看者视觉调节水平的单一平面,但如果仅使用不多的几个平面,对视觉调节跟踪系统的性能要求可以放宽。参考图10,在另一实施例中,可以使用大约3个波导(318、320、322) 构成的堆栈(328)来同时创建相当于波前的三个焦平面。在一实施例中,弱透镜(324、326)可以具有静态焦距,可变焦透镜(316)可以遵从眼睛的视觉调节跟踪以使三个波导中的一者(比如中间波导320)的输出被认为是清晰波前,而其它两个波导(322、318)输出+裕度波前和-裕度波前 (即,稍微比检测到的焦距远,稍微比检测到的焦距近),这可以改善三维感知,并且还可以为大脑/眼睛视觉调节控制系统提供足够的差别来感知作为负反馈的某些模糊,这增强了现实感知并且允许在必须物理调整聚焦程度之前的一系列视觉调节。A simple embodiment is a single plane whose focus follows the viewer's level of accommodation, but if only a few planes are used, the performance requirements of the accommodation tracking system can be relaxed. Referring to FIG10 , in another embodiment, a stack (328) of approximately three waveguides (318, 320, 322) can be used to simultaneously create three focal planes equivalent to wavefronts. In one embodiment, the weak lens (324, 326) can have a static focal length, and the variable focus lens (316) can follow the eye's accommodation tracking so that the output of one of the three waveguides (such as the middle waveguide 320) is considered to be the sharp wavefront, while the other two waveguides (322, 318) output a +margin wavefront and a -margin wavefront (i.e., slightly farther than the detected focal length and slightly closer than the detected focal length), which can improve three-dimensional perception and also provide enough differentiation for the brain/eye accommodation control system to perceive some blur as negative feedback, which enhances reality perception and allows a range of accommodation before the focus level must be physically adjusted.
还示出可变焦补偿透镜(314)以确保来自增强现实配置中的真实世界 (144)的光不被堆栈(328)和输出透镜(316)的组合再调焦或放大。如上所述,可通过折射、衍射或反射技术实现这些透镜(316、314)中的变焦。Also shown is a variable focus compensating lens (314) to ensure that light from the real world (144) in an augmented reality configuration is not refocused or magnified by the combination of the stack (328) and the output lens (316). As described above, the zoom in these lenses (316, 314) can be achieved through refraction, diffraction, or reflection techniques.
在另一实施例中,堆栈中的每个波导可以包含自己的变焦功能(例如,通过具有内含的电子可切换DOE),这样,无需像在图10的配置的堆栈 (328)中那样将可变焦元件居中。In another embodiment, each waveguide in the stack can contain its own zoom functionality (e.g., by having an embedded electronically switchable DOE), thus eliminating the need to center the zoom element as in the stack (328) of the configuration of Figure 10.
在另一实施例中,可变焦元件可以交错在堆栈中的波导之间(即,不是图10的实施例中的定焦弱透镜),以消除组合定焦弱透镜与整个堆栈再调焦可变焦元件的需要。In another embodiment, variable focus elements can be interleaved between waveguides in the stack (i.e., rather than fixed focus weak lenses as in the embodiment of Figure 10) to eliminate the need to combine fixed focus weak lenses with the entire stack of refocus variable focus elements.
此类堆叠配置可被用于本文所述的视觉调节跟踪变化,另外可被用于帧序列多焦点显示技术。Such a stacked configuration can be used for the accommodation tracking changes described herein, and can also be used for frame sequential multi-focus display techniques.
在其中光通过小出瞳(诸如1/2mm直径或更小)进入瞳孔的配置中,一种配置具有针孔透镜配置的等效功能,在该配置中,光束始终被眼睛/ 大脑感知为焦距对准—例如,扫描光显示器使用0.5mm直径光束将图像扫描到眼睛。此类配置被称为麦克斯韦视图配置,在一实施例中,可以使用视觉调节跟踪输入针对要被感知为位于通过视觉调节跟踪确定的焦平面后面或前面的焦平面的图像信息,引发使用软件的模糊。换言之,如果从呈现麦克斯韦视图的显示开始,则所有事物理论上都可以是清晰的,并且提供丰富、自然的三维感知,仿真的折射模糊可以通过软件引发,并且可以遵从视觉调节跟踪状态。In configurations where light enters the pupil through a small exit pupil (such as 1/2 mm in diameter or smaller), one configuration has the functional equivalent of a pinhole lens configuration, in which the light beam is always perceived by the eye/brain as being in focus—for example, a scanned light display uses a 0.5 mm diameter beam to scan an image to the eye. This type of configuration is referred to as a Maxwell view configuration, and in one embodiment, accommodation tracking input can be used to induce blurring using software for image information that is perceived as being behind or in front of the focal plane determined by accommodation tracking. In other words, if one starts with a display that presents a Maxwell view, then everything can theoretically be sharp and provide a rich, natural 3D perception, and simulated refractive blur can be induced by software and can follow the accommodation tracking state.
在一实施例中,扫描光纤显示器很适合此类配置,因为它可被配置为仅输出采取麦克斯韦形式的小直径光束。在另一实施例中,可以创建小出瞳阵列以增大系统的功能眼框(同时还减少可能驻留在眼睛玻璃体或角膜内的阻光颗粒的影响),诸如方式为通过一个或多个扫描光纤显示器,或通过诸如参考图8K描述的DOE配置,其中所提供的出瞳的阵列中的间距确保在任意给定时间,只有一个出瞳射到用户的解剖瞳孔(例如,如果平均解剖瞳孔直径为4mm,一个配置可以包括1/2mm出瞳,这些出瞳以大约4mm的间隔隔开)。这些出瞳还可以响应于眼睛位置进行切换,以使得只有眼睛始终一次接收一个而且仅一个活动的小出瞳;从而允许更稠密的出瞳阵列。此类用户将具有大焦深,可以在该焦深上添加基于软件的模糊技术来增强所感知的深度知觉。In one embodiment, a scanning fiber display is well suited for such a configuration because it can be configured to output only a small diameter beam in the form of a Maxwellian beam. In another embodiment, an array of small exit pupils can be created to increase the functional eyebox of the system (while also reducing the impact of light-blocking particles that may reside in the vitreous humor or cornea of the eye), such as by one or more scanning fiber displays, or by a DOE configuration such as that described with reference to FIG8K , wherein the spacing in the array of provided exit pupils ensures that at any given time, only one exit pupil is incident on the user's anatomical pupil (e.g., if the average anatomical pupil diameter is 4 mm, a configuration can include 1/2 mm exit pupils spaced approximately 4 mm apart). These exit pupils can also be switched in response to eye position so that only one and only one small exit pupil is always active at a time; thereby allowing for a denser array of exit pupils. Such users will have a large depth of focus, to which software-based blurring techniques can be added to enhance perceived depth perception.
如上所述,位于光学无限远的对象产生基本平面波前;更近的对象(诸如距离眼睛1m)产生弧形波前(具有大约1m曲率凸半径)。眼睛的光学系统需要具有足够的光学功率来使入站光线弯曲,从而最终聚焦于视网膜 (凸形波前变为凹形波前,然后继续到视网膜上的焦点)。这些是眼睛的基本功能。As mentioned above, objects at optical infinity produce essentially planar wavefronts; closer objects (such as 1 meter from the eye) produce curved wavefronts (with a convex radius of curvature of approximately 1 meter). The eye's optical system needs to have sufficient optical power to bend incoming light rays so that they are ultimately focused on the retina (the convex wavefront becomes a concave wavefront and then continues to a focal point on the retina). These are fundamental functions of the eye.
在上述许多实施例中,被导向眼睛的光已被视为一个连续波前的一部分,其某些子集射到特定眼睛的瞳孔。在另一方法中,被导向眼睛的光可以有效地离散化或被分为多个细光束或单独的射线,每个细光束或射线具有小于约0.5mm的直径,并且作为较大聚合波前的一部分具有唯一的传播途径,可以通过聚合细光束或射线在功能上创建该较大聚合波前。例如,弧形波前可以通过聚合多个离散的相邻准直光束来接近,其中每个准直光束从适当的角度接近眼睛以表示与所需聚合波前的曲率半径中心匹配的原点。In many of the embodiments described above, the light directed to the eye has been considered as being part of a continuous wavefront, with certain subsets impinging on the pupil of a particular eye. In another approach, the light directed to the eye can be effectively discretized or split into a plurality of beamlets or individual rays, each having a diameter less than approximately 0.5 mm and having a unique propagation path as part of a larger aggregate wavefront that can be functionally created by aggregating the beamlets or rays. For example, an arcuate wavefront can be approximated by aggregating multiple discrete adjacent collimated beams, each approaching the eye from an appropriate angle to represent an origin that matches the center of the radius of curvature of the desired aggregate wavefront.
当细光束具有约0.5mm或更小的直径时,可以认为该细光束来自针孔透镜配置,这意味着每个单独的细光束始终在视网膜上相对集中,与眼睛的视觉调节状态无关,但是每个细光束的轨迹受到视觉调节状态的影响。例如,如果细光束平行地接近眼睛,表示离散化准直光聚合波前,则正确地视觉调节到无限远的眼睛使细光束发生偏斜,从而集中于视网膜上的同一共享点,并且将清晰地显示。如果眼睛视觉调节到比如1m,则细光束将聚集到视网膜前方的点,跨多个路径,并且落在视网膜上的多个相邻或局部重叠的点上(即,显示为模糊)。When the beamlets have a diameter of about 0.5 mm or less, the beamlets can be considered to be from a pinhole lens configuration, which means that each individual beamlet is always relatively focused on the retina, regardless of the eye's state of accommodation, but the trajectory of each beamlet is affected by the state of accommodation. For example, if the beamlets approach the eye in parallel, representing a discrete, collimated light convergent wavefront, then an eye that is properly accommodated to infinity will deflect the beamlets so that they focus on the same shared point on the retina, and will appear sharp. If the eye is accommodated to, say, 1 m, the beamlets will converge to a point in front of the retina, span multiple paths, and land on multiple adjacent or partially overlapping points on the retina (i.e., appear blurry).
如果细光束在发散配置中接近眼睛,并且共享原点距离观看者1米,则1m的视觉调节将使光束转向视网膜上的单个点并且清晰地显示;如果查看者视觉调节到无限远,则细光束聚集到视网膜后面的点,并且在视网膜上产生多个相邻或局部重叠的点,从而产生模糊图像。更一般地说,眼睛的视觉调节确定视网膜上点的重叠程度,并且当所有点被导向视网膜上的同一点时,给定像素“清晰”,当各点相互偏移时,给定像素“模糊”。这表示所有直径为0.5mm或更小的细光束始终清晰,它们可以聚合,并且被眼睛/大脑感知为它们基本与连贯波前相同,并且可被用于产生舒适三维虚拟或增强现实感知的配置。If the beamlets approach the eye in a diverging configuration, with their shared origin 1 meter from the viewer, 1 meter of accommodation will cause the beams to steer toward a single point on the retina, resulting in a sharp display. If the viewer accommodates to infinity, the beamlets converge to a point behind the retina, producing multiple adjacent or partially overlapping points on the retina, resulting in a blurred image. More generally, the eye's accommodation determines the degree of overlap of points on the retina, and a given pixel is "sharp" when all points are directed toward the same point on the retina and "blurred" when the points are offset from each other. This means that all beamlets with a diameter of 0.5 mm or less are always sharp, can converge, and are perceived by the eye/brain as being essentially the same as a coherent wavefront, and can be used in configurations that produce comfortable 3D virtual or augmented reality perception.
换言之,可以使用一组多个细光束来模拟较大直径可变焦光束将发生的情况,如果细光束直径被保持为最大约0.5mm,则它们保持相对静态的聚焦程度,并且在需要时产生脱焦知觉,可以选择细光束角轨迹以产生非常像较大脱焦光束的效应(这种脱焦处理可能与用于较大光束的高斯模糊处理不同,但是将产生多模点传播功能,此功能可通过类似于高斯模糊的方式解释)。In other words, a set of multiple beamlets can be used to simulate what would happen with a larger diameter variable focus beam, where if the beamlet diameter is kept to a maximum of about 0.5mm, they maintain a relatively static degree of focus, and when desired, the perception of defocus can be produced, and the beamlet angular trajectories can be selected to produce an effect very much like a larger defocused beam (this defocusing process may be different from the Gaussian blur process used for the larger beam, but will produce a multimode point spread function that can be interpreted in a manner similar to a Gaussian blur).
在一个优选实施例中,细光束不能机械地发生偏斜以形成该聚合聚焦效应,而是眼睛接收大量细光束的超集,该超集同时包括多个入射角和多个细光束与瞳孔的相交位置;以表示给定像素来自特定观看距离,来自包括适当入射角和与瞳孔的交点的超集的细光束的子集(就像它们从空间中的同一共享原点射出)变为具有匹配的颜色和强度以表示聚合波前,而超集中与共享原点不一致的细光束不会变为具有上述颜色和强度(但是它们中的某些可变为具有其它某种颜色和强度级别以表示例如不同的像素)。In a preferred embodiment, the beamlets are not mechanically deflected to create this convergent focusing effect, but rather the eye receives a superset of a large number of beamlets that simultaneously includes multiple angles of incidence and multiple locations of intersection of the beamlets with the pupil; to represent a given pixel from a particular viewing distance, a subset of the beamlets from the superset that include the appropriate angles of incidence and intersections with the pupil (as if they were emitted from the same shared origin in space) become of matching color and intensity to represent the convergent wavefront, while the beamlets in the superset that are not aligned with the shared origin do not become of the aforementioned color and intensity (but some of them may become of some other color and intensity level to represent, for example, different pixels).
参考图11A,在离散化波前显示配置中,多个入站细光束(332)中的每一者穿过相对于眼睛(58)的小出瞳(330)。参考图11B,一组细光束 (332)的子集(334)可以通过匹配的颜色和强度级别驱动以被感知为仿佛是同一较大射线的一部分(结合在一起的子集334可被视为“聚合光束”)。在这种情况下,细光束的子集彼此平行,表示来自光学无限远的准直聚合光束(诸如来自远山的光)。眼睛被视觉调节到无限远,因此,细光束子集被眼睛的角膜和透镜偏移,从而全部基本落在视网膜的同一位置上,并且被感知为包括单一清晰像素。Referring to FIG11A , in a discretized wavefront display configuration, each of a plurality of incoming beamlets (332) passes through a small exit pupil (330) relative to the eye (58). Referring to FIG11B , a subset (334) of a set of beamlets (332) can be driven with matching colors and intensity levels to be perceived as if they were part of the same larger ray (the subsets 334 combined together can be considered "convergent beams"). In this case, the subsets of beamlets are parallel to each other, representing collimated, convergent beams from optical infinity (such as light from a distant mountain). The eye is visually accommodated to infinity, and therefore, the subsets of beamlets are offset by the eye's cornea and lens so that they all fall on substantially the same location on the retina and are perceived as comprising a single, sharp pixel.
图11C示出另一细光束子集,如果从上方以冠状平面视图查看眼睛 (58),则该子集表示来自用户眼睛(58)的视场右侧的聚合准直光束(336)。再次,眼睛被示为被视觉调节到无限远,因此细光束落在视网膜的同一点上,并且像素被感知为清晰。相比之下,如果选择不同的细光束子集(作为发散的射线扇面到达眼睛),则这些细光束不会落在视网膜的同一位置 (并且被感知为清晰),直至眼睛将视觉调节改变到与该射线扇面的几何原点匹配的近点。FIG11C shows another subset of beamlets, which represents a converged collimated beam (336) from the right side of the field of view of the user's eye (58) if the eye (58) is viewed from above in a coronal plane view. Again, the eye is shown as being accommodated to infinity, so that the beamlets fall on the same point on the retina and the pixel is perceived as sharp. In contrast, if a different subset of beamlets is selected (arriving at the eye as a diverging fan of rays), these beamlets will not fall on the same location on the retina (and be perceived as sharp) until the eye changes its accommodation to a near point that matches the geometric origin of the fan of rays.
对于细光束与眼睛的解剖瞳孔的交点的图案(即,出瞳的图案),可以通过以下配置组织:诸如可横切的六方点阵(例如,如图12A所示)或四方点阵或其它二维阵列。进一步地,可以产生三维出瞳阵列,以及时变出瞳阵列。The pattern of intersections of the beamlets with the anatomical pupil of the eye (i.e., the pattern of the exit pupil) can be organized using a configuration such as a cross-sectioned hexagonal lattice (e.g., as shown in FIG12A ) or a tetragonal lattice or other two-dimensional array. Furthermore, a three-dimensional exit pupil array can be generated, as well as a time-varying exit pupil array.
可以使用多种配置创建离散化聚合波前,诸如微显示器或微投光器阵列,该阵列在放置上与光学查看元件的出瞳光学上共轭,微显示器或微投光器阵列与直接视场基片(诸如眼镜透镜)耦合,以便将光直接投射到眼睛,无需额外中间光学查看元件、连续空间光调制阵列技术或波导技术(诸如参考图8K描述的技术)。A variety of configurations can be used to create discrete aggregate wavefronts, such as a microdisplay or microprojector array placed optically conjugate with the exit pupil of an optical viewing element, the microdisplay or microprojector array coupled to a direct field of view substrate (such as a spectacle lens) to project light directly to the eye without the need for additional intermediate optical viewing elements, continuous spatial light modulation array technology, or waveguide technology (such as that described with reference to FIG8K).
参考图12A,在一实施例中,可通过将一组小投光器或显示单元(诸如扫描光显示器)捆绑在一起来产生光场。图12A示出六方点阵投光束 (338),其例如可以产生7mm直径六方阵列,其中每个光纤显示器输出子图像(340)。如果此阵列的前方放置有光学系统(诸如透镜),以使此阵列在放置上与眼睛的入射瞳光学共轭,则会在眼睛的瞳孔处产生阵列图像,如图12B所示,这实质上提供与图11A的实施例相同的光学设置。Referring to FIG12A , in one embodiment, a light field can be generated by bundling together a group of small projectors or display units (such as scanning light displays). FIG12A shows a hexagonal dot-matrix projector beam (338) that can, for example, produce a 7 mm diameter hexagonal array, where each fiber display outputs a sub-image (340). If an optical system (such as a lens) is placed in front of this array so that the array is optically conjugate with the entrance pupil of the eye, an image of the array is produced at the pupil of the eye, as shown in FIG12B , which essentially provides the same optical setup as the embodiment of FIG11A .
该配置的每个小出瞳由投光束(338)中的专用小显示器(诸如扫描光纤显示器)产生。在光学上,就像整个六方阵列(338)被置于解剖瞳孔(45) 内的右侧。这些实施例是用于将不同子图像驱动到眼睛的较大解剖入射瞳 (45)内的不同小出瞳的手段,其中包括具有多个入射角度和与眼瞳相交的多个点的细光束的超集。分离的投光器或显示器中的每一者可以通过稍微不同的图像驱动,以便产生这样的子图像:这些子图像分离出要以不同的光强度和颜色驱动的不同射线集。Each small exit pupil of this configuration is produced by a dedicated small display (such as a scanning fiber display) in the projector beam (338). Optically, it is as if the entire hexagonal array (338) is placed right inside the anatomical pupil (45). These embodiments are a means for driving different sub-images into different small exit pupils within the larger anatomical entrance pupil (45) of the eye, including a superset of beamlets with multiple angles of incidence and multiple points of intersection with the pupil. Each of the separate projectors or displays can be driven with a slightly different image to produce sub-images that separate different sets of rays to be driven with different light intensities and colors.
在一变型中,可以产生严格的图像共轭,就像在图12B的实施例中那样,其中阵列(338)与瞳孔(45)之间存在直接的一对一映射。在另一变型中,可以更改阵列中的显示器与光学系统(图12B中的透镜342)之间的间距,以便不获取阵列与眼瞳的共轭映射,而是眼瞳可以捕获来自位于其它某一距离的阵列的射线。通过此类配置,仍可以获取光束的角度分集,通过这些光束,可以产生离散化聚合波前表示,但是有关如何驱动射线以及驱动射线的功率和强度的数学运算可能变得更复杂(另一方面,尽管从查看光学元件的角度而言,此类配置可被视为较简单)。可针对这些计算利用光场图像捕获中涉及的数学运算。In one variation, strict image conjugation can be produced, as in the embodiment of FIG12B , where there is a direct one-to-one mapping between the array ( 338 ) and the pupil ( 45 ). In another variation, the spacing between the displays in the array and the optical system ( lens 342 in FIG12B ) can be changed so that rather than obtaining a conjugate mapping of the array to the pupil, the pupil can capture rays from an array located at some other distance. With such a configuration, one can still obtain an angular diversity of beams from which a discretized aggregate wavefront representation can be produced, but the mathematics of how to drive the rays and with what power and intensity may become more complex (although, on the other hand, such a configuration may be considered simpler from the perspective of viewing the optics). The mathematics involved in light field image capture can be utilized for these calculations.
参考图13A,其中示出另一光场产生实施例,在该实施例中,微显示器或微投光器阵列(346)可以与框架(344,诸如眼镜架)耦合,以便置于眼睛(58)前方。所示配置是非共轭布置,其中没有大型光学元件插在阵列(346)的显示器(例如,扫描光显示器)与眼睛(58)之间。可以设想一副眼镜,并且有多个显示器(诸如扫描光纤引擎)与这些眼镜耦合,其位置与眼镜表面正交,并且朝内倾斜以指向用户的瞳孔。每个显示器可被配置为产生表示细光束超集的不同元素的一组射线。Referring to FIG13A , another light field generation embodiment is shown in which an array of microdisplays or microlight projectors (346) can be coupled to a frame (344, such as a spectacle frame) for placement in front of the eye (58). The configuration shown is a non-conjugate arrangement in which no large optical elements are interposed between the display (e.g., a scanning light display) of the array (346) and the eye (58). One can imagine a pair of glasses with multiple displays (such as scanning fiber engines) coupled to the glasses, positioned orthogonally to the surface of the glasses and angled inwardly to point toward the user's pupil. Each display can be configured to generate a set of rays representing a different element of a superset of beamlets.
通过此类配置,用户的解剖瞳孔(45)将接收与在参考图11A介绍的实施例中接收的结果类似的结果,在参考图11A介绍的实施例中,用户的瞳孔的每个点接收来自不同显示器的具有多个入射角度和多个交点的射线。图13B示出与图13A类似的非共轭配置,只是图13B的实施例具有反射面(348),该反射面促进将显示器阵列(346)移动得远离眼睛(58) 的视场,同时还允许通过反射面(348)显示真实世界(144)的视景。With such a configuration, the user's anatomical pupil (45) will receive results similar to those received in the embodiment described with reference to FIG11A, where each point of the user's pupil receives rays from different displays having multiple angles of incidence and multiple intersection points. FIG13B illustrates a non-conjugate configuration similar to FIG13A, except that the embodiment of FIG13B has a reflective surface (348) that facilitates moving the display array (346) away from the field of view of the eye (58), while also allowing a view of the real world (144) to be displayed through the reflective surface (348).
提供了用于产生离散化聚合波前显示所需的角度发散的另一配置。为了优化此配置,显示器的尺寸可被最大程度上减小。可被用做显示器的扫描光纤显示器可以具有1mm范围内的基线直径,但是外壳和投射透镜的减小可能将此类显示器的直径减少至约0.5mm或更小,这对用户的影响不大。在光纤扫描显示器阵列的情况下,另一精简几何优化可以通过直接将准直透镜(例如可以包括梯度反射率,或“GRIN”、透镜、传统曲面透镜或衍射透镜)耦合到扫描光纤本身的尖端来实现。例如,参考图13D, GRIN透镜(354)被示为熔接到单模光纤的端部。致动器(350:诸如压电致动器)与光纤(352)耦合,并且可被用于扫描光纤尖端。Another configuration is provided for producing the angular divergence required for a discretized aggregate wavefront display. To optimize this configuration, the size of the display can be minimized. A scanning fiber display that can be used as a display can have a baseline diameter in the range of 1 mm, but reduction in the housing and projection lens may reduce the diameter of such a display to about 0.5 mm or less, which has little impact on the user. In the case of a fiber scanning display array, another streamlined geometric optimization can be achieved by directly coupling a collimating lens (which can, for example, include a gradient reflectivity, or "GRIN", lens, a conventional curved lens, or a diffractive lens) to the tip of the scanning fiber itself. For example, referring to Figure 13D, a GRIN lens (354) is shown as being fused to the end of a single mode optical fiber. An actuator (350: such as a piezoelectric actuator) is coupled to the optical fiber (352) and can be used to scan the optical fiber tip.
在另一实施例中,可以使用光纤的曲面抛光处理将光纤的端部成形为半球状以产生透镜效应。在另一实施例中,可以使用粘合剂将标准折射透镜耦合到每个光纤的端部。在另一实施例中,可以通过少量透射聚合材料或玻璃(诸如环氧树脂)构建透镜。在另一实施例中,可以熔化光纤的尖端以产生用于实现透镜效应的曲面。In another embodiment, the ends of the optical fibers can be shaped into a hemispherical shape using a curved polishing process to produce a lens effect. In another embodiment, a standard refractive lens can be coupled to the end of each optical fiber using an adhesive. In another embodiment, a lens can be constructed using a small amount of transmissive polymeric material or glass (such as epoxy). In another embodiment, the tips of the optical fibers can be melted to produce a curved surface for achieving a lens effect.
图13C-2示出其中诸如图13D所示的显示器配置(即,带GRIN透镜的扫描光显示器;在图13C-1的特写视图中示出)可以通过单个透明基片 (356)连接在一起的实施例,该透明基片优先地具有与光纤(352)的包层紧密匹配的折射率,以便对于跨所示组装件的外部世界视景而言光纤本身并不十分可见(如果精确地实现包层折射率匹配,则较大的包层/外壳变得透明,而且只有细芯(直径优选地为大约3微米)将妨碍视景)。在一实施例中,显示器矩阵(358)可以全部朝内倾斜,以便面向用户的解剖瞳孔(在另一实施例中,它们相互平行,但是此类配置不太有效)。FIG13C-2 shows an embodiment in which a display configuration such as that shown in FIG13D (i.e., a scanned light display with GRIN lenses; shown in close-up view in FIG13C-1) can be connected together by a single transparent substrate (356) that preferably has a refractive index closely matched to the cladding of the optical fiber (352) so that the optical fiber itself is not very visible to the outside world view across the shown assembly (if the cladding refractive index matching is achieved accurately, the larger cladding/shell becomes transparent and only the thin core (preferably about 3 microns in diameter) will obstruct the view). In one embodiment, the display matrix (358) can all be tilted inward so as to face the user's anatomical pupil (in another embodiment, they are parallel to each other, but such a configuration is less effective).
参考图13E,其中示出另一实施例,在该实施例中,不是使用圆形光纤来循环地移动,而是一系列薄平面波导(358)被配置为相对于较大基片结构(356)悬挂。在一变型中,基片(356)可被移动以产生平面波导相对于基片结构的循环运动(即,以悬挂件358的共振频率运动)。在另一变型中,可使用压电致动器或其它致动器相对于基片致动悬挂的波导部(358)。图像照明信息例如可以从基片结构的右侧(360)注入以耦合到悬挂的波导部(358)。在一实施例中,基片(356)可以包括被配置(诸如通过上述集成DOE配置)为沿着其长度全内反射入站光(360)并且将光重定向到悬挂的波导部(358)的波导。当用户注视悬挂的波导部(358) 并且看到位于后面的真实世界(144)时,平面波导被配置为通过其平面形状因子最小化任何分散和/或聚焦变化。Referring to FIG13E , another embodiment is shown in which, rather than using a circular optical fiber to move cyclically, a series of thin planar waveguides (358) are configured to be suspended relative to a larger substrate structure (356). In one variation, the substrate (356) can be moved to produce cyclic motion of the planar waveguide relative to the substrate structure (i.e., motion at the resonant frequency of the suspension member 358). In another variation, a piezoelectric actuator or other actuator can be used to actuate the suspended waveguide portion (358) relative to the substrate. Image illumination information can be injected from the right side (360) of the substrate structure to couple to the suspended waveguide portion (358), for example. In one embodiment, the substrate (356) can include a waveguide configured (such as by the integrated DOE configuration described above) to totally internally reflect incoming light (360) along its length and redirect the light to the suspended waveguide portion (358). When a user looks at the suspended waveguide portion (358) and sees the real world (144) behind it, the planar waveguide is configured to minimize any dispersion and/or focus changes through its planar form factor.
在介绍离散化聚合波前显示的上下文中,针对眼睛的出瞳中的每个点产生某种角度多样性非常有价值。换言之,理想地使多个入站光束表示所显示图像中的每个像素。参考图13F-1和13F-2,一种获取进一步的角度和空间多样性的方式是使用多芯光纤并且将诸如GRIN透镜之类的透镜置于出瞳处,以使得出射光束通过单一节点(366)发生偏斜,该节点然后可以在扫描光纤型设置中被来回扫描(诸如通过压电致动器368)。如果视网膜共轭被置于在GRIN透镜的端部定义的平面,则可以创建在功能上等同于上述一般情况离散化聚合波前配置的显示器。In the context of introducing a discretized aggregate wavefront display, it is very valuable to generate some angular diversity for each point in the exit pupil of the eye. In other words, it is ideal to have multiple incoming beams represent each pixel in the displayed image. Referring to Figures 13F-1 and 13F-2, one way to obtain further angular and spatial diversity is to use a multi-core fiber and place a lens such as a GRIN lens at the exit pupil so that the outgoing beam is deflected through a single node (366) that can then be scanned back and forth in a scanning fiber type setup (such as by a piezoelectric actuator 368). If the retinal conjugate is placed in a plane defined by the end of the GRIN lens, a display can be created that is functionally equivalent to the general case discretized aggregate wavefront configuration described above.
参考图13G,不通过使用透镜,而是通过扫描位于光学系统(372) 的正确共轭上的多芯系统的面来实现类似效应,目标是产生光束的更高角度和空间多样性。换言之,不是如在上述图12A的捆绑实例中那样具有一束单独扫描的光线显示器,可以通过使用多个芯产生该必要的角度和空间多样性的一部分,从而创建可由波导中继的平面。参考图13H,可以扫描 (诸如通过压电致动器368)多芯光纤(362)以产生具有多个入射角度和多个交点的一组细光束,这些细光束可通过波导(370)被中继到眼睛(58)。因此在一实施例中,可以将准直光场图像注入波导,并且没有任何附加的再调焦元件,该光场显示可被直接转换到人眼。Referring to FIG13G , a similar effect is achieved not by using a lens, but by scanning a facet of a multicore system located at the correct conjugate of the optical system (372), with the goal of producing a higher angular and spatial diversity of the light beam. In other words, rather than having a single individually scanned light display as in the bundled example of FIG12A above, a portion of the necessary angular and spatial diversity can be produced by using multiple cores, thereby creating a plane that can be relayed by a waveguide. Referring to FIG13H , a multicore optical fiber (362) can be scanned (such as by a piezoelectric actuator 368) to produce a set of beamlets with multiple angles of incidence and multiple intersection points, which can be relayed to the eye (58) via a waveguide (370). Thus, in one embodiment, a collimated light field image can be injected into the waveguide, and without any additional refocusing elements, the light field display can be directly translated to the human eye.
图13I-13L示出某些可购买到的多芯光纤(362)配置(由日本 Mitsubishi CableIndustries,Ltd之类的供应商提供),其中包括一个具有矩形剖面的变型(363),以及具有扁平出射面(372)和倾斜出射面(374) 的变型。Figures 13I-13L show some commercially available multi-core optical fiber (362) configurations (from suppliers such as Mitsubishi Cable Industries, Ltd. of Japan), including a variant with a rectangular cross-section (363), as well as variants with a flat exit face (372) and an inclined exit face (374).
参考图13M,可以通过将诸如将扫描光纤显示器之类的线性显示器阵列(378)馈给波导(376)来产生某一附加的角度多样性。Referring to FIG. 13M , some additional angular diversity can be generated by feeding a linear display array ( 378 ), such as a scanning fiber display, to the waveguide ( 376 ).
参考图14A-14F,其中描述用于产生固定视点光场显示的另一组配置。返回参考图11A,如果所产生的二维平面与来自左侧的所有细光束相交,则每个细光束将具有与该平面的特定交点。如果在距离左侧不同的位置处产生另一平面,则所有细光束将在不同的位置与该平面相交。然后返回图 14A,如果两个或更多个平面中每一者上的各个位置可被允许选择性地透射或阻挡穿过其中的光辐射,则可以使用此类多平面配置,通过独立地调制个体细光束来选择性地产生光场。Reference is made to Figures 14A-14F , which illustrate another set of configurations for generating a fixed-viewpoint lightfield display. Referring back to Figure 11A , if a two-dimensional plane is generated that intersects all beamlets from the left, each beamlet will have a specific intersection point with that plane. If another plane is generated at a different distance from the left, all beamlets will intersect that plane at different locations. Returning to Figure 14A , if individual locations on each of two or more planes can be allowed to selectively transmit or block optical radiation passing therethrough, such a multi-plane configuration can be used to selectively generate a lightfield by independently modulating individual beamlets.
图14A的基本实施例示出两个空间光调制器,诸如液晶显示面板(380、 382;在其它实施例,它们可以是MEMS百叶窗显示器或DLP DMD阵列),这些空间光调制器可被独立地控制以基于高分辨率阻挡或透射不同的射线。例如,参考图14A,如果第二面板(382)在点“a”(384)处阻挡或衰减射线透射,则阻挡所有所示的射线;但是如果仅第一面板(380)在点“b”(386)处阻挡或衰减射线透射,则仅阻挡/衰减下部入站射线(388),同时将其它射线透射到瞳孔(45)。可控面板或平面中的每一者可被视为“空间光调制器”或“fatte”。每个穿过一系列SLM的透射光束的强度依赖于各SLM阵列中的各个像素的透明度组合。因此,在没有任何种类透镜元件的情况下,可以使用多个堆叠的SLM产生具有多个角度和交点 (或“光场”)的一组细光束。超过两个的更多数量SLM提供更多控制选择性地衰减哪些光束的机会。The basic embodiment of FIG14A shows two spatial light modulators, such as liquid crystal display panels (380, 382; in other embodiments, they can be MEMS shutter displays or DLP DMD arrays), which can be independently controlled to block or transmit different rays based on high resolution. For example, referring to FIG14A, if the second panel (382) blocks or attenuates ray transmission at point "a" (384), then all of the rays shown are blocked; but if only the first panel (380) blocks or attenuates ray transmission at point "b" (386), then only the lower incoming ray (388) is blocked/attenuated, while the other rays are transmitted to the pupil (45). Each of the controllable panels or planes can be considered a "spatial light modulator" or "fatte". The intensity of each transmitted beam passing through a series of SLMs depends on the combination of the transparency of the individual pixels in the array of SLMs. Therefore, without any kind of lens elements, a set of thin beams with multiple angles and intersections (or "light fields") can be produced using multiple stacked SLMs. A greater number of SLMs than two provides more opportunities to control which light beams are selectively attenuated.
如上简单所述,除了使用堆叠的液晶显示器作为SLM之外,也可堆叠DLP系统中的DMD设备面板来用作SLM,并且可能优于液晶系统作为SLM,因为它们具有更有效的传光性(通过处于第一状态的反射镜元件,可以非常有效地在达到眼睛的途中反射到下一元件;通过处于第二状态的反射镜元件,该反射镜角度例如可以移动诸如12度以将光导出前往眼睛的路径)。参考图14B,在一DMD实施例中,两个DMD(390、390)可以通过潜望镜型配置与一对透镜(394、396)串联地使用以保持从真实世界 (144)到用户的眼睛(58)的大量光透射。图14C的实施例提供六个不同的DMD(402、404、406、408、410、412)平面机会以在光束被路由到眼睛(58)时介入SLM功能;以及提供两个透镜(398、400)以实现光束控制。As briefly described above, in addition to using stacked liquid crystal displays as SLMs, DMD device panels in DLP systems can also be stacked to be used as SLMs, and may be superior to liquid crystal systems as SLMs because they have more efficient light transmission (with a mirror element in a first state, it can be very efficiently reflected to the next element on the way to the eye; with a mirror element in a second state, the mirror angle can be moved, for example, by 12 degrees to direct the light out of the path to the eye). Referring to Figure 14B, in one DMD embodiment, two DMDs (390, 390) can be used in series with a pair of lenses (394, 396) in a periscope-type configuration to maintain a large amount of light transmission from the real world (144) to the user's eye (58). The embodiment of Figure 14C provides six different DMD (402, 404, 406, 408, 410, 412) planes to intervene in the SLM function when the light beam is routed to the eye (58); and provides two lenses (398, 400) to achieve beam steering.
图14D示出更复杂的潜望镜型布置,其中具有多达四个用于SLM功能的DMD(422、424、426、428)以及四个透镜(414、420、416、418);该配置被设计为确保图像在传输到眼睛(58)时不会上下翻转。图14E示出这样的实施例:其中光可以在两个不同的DMD设备(430、432)之间反射,并且没有中间透镜(上述设计中的透镜在此类配置中可用于集成来自真实世界的图像信息),还示出“镜厅”布置,其中显示器可通过“镜厅”查看,并且以基本类似于图14A所示的方式工作。图14F示出这样的实施例:其中两个相对DMD芯片(434、436)的非显示部分可以被反射层覆盖以将光传播到DMD芯片的活动显示区域(438、440)以及传播来自该区域的光。在其它实施例中,作为用于SLM功能的DMD的替代,滑动MEMS百叶窗阵列(例如,如Qualcomm,Inc.子公司Pixtronics之类的供应商提供的那些MEMS百叶窗)可被用于传输或阻挡光。在另一实施例中,离开原来位置以提供透光孔的小百叶窗阵列可以被类似地聚合以实现SLM功能。FIG14D shows a more complex periscope-type arrangement with up to four DMDs (422, 424, 426, 428) for SLM functionality and four lenses (414, 420, 416, 418); this configuration is designed to ensure that the image does not flip upside down when transmitted to the eye (58). FIG14E shows an embodiment in which light can be reflected between two different DMD devices (430, 432) without an intermediate lens (the lenses in the above designs can be used to integrate image information from the real world in such a configuration), and also shows a "hall of mirrors" arrangement in which the display can be viewed through a "hall of mirrors" and operates in a manner substantially similar to that shown in FIG14A. FIG14F shows an embodiment in which the non-display portions of two opposing DMD chips (434, 436) can be covered by a reflective layer to transmit light to and from the active display area (438, 440) of the DMD chip. In other embodiments, instead of a DMD for SLM functionality, an array of sliding MEMS shutters (e.g., those available from suppliers such as Pixtronics, a subsidiary of Qualcomm, Inc.) can be used to transmit or block light. In another embodiment, an array of small shutters that are moved out of position to provide light-transmitting apertures can be similarly aggregated to implement SLM functionality.
大量细光束(即,直径小于约0.5mm)的光场可被注入并且通过波导或其它光学系统传播。例如,传统的“birdbath(鸟巢)”型光学系统适合传输光场输入的光,或下面描述的自由形状光学元件设计,或任意数量的波导配置。图15A-15C示出楔形波导(442)以及多个光源的使用,作为用于创建光场的另一配置。参考图15A,光可以从两个不同的位置/显示器(444、446)注入楔形波导(442),并且基于注入波导的点,根据不同角度(448)处的楔形波导的全内反射性质而出现。A light field of numerous thin beams (i.e., less than about 0.5 mm in diameter) can be injected and propagated through a waveguide or other optical system. For example, a conventional "birdbath" type optical system is suitable for transmitting light for a light field input, or a free-form optical element design described below, or any number of waveguide configurations. Figures 15A-15C illustrate the use of a wedge-shaped waveguide (442) and multiple light sources as another configuration for creating a light field. Referring to Figure 15A, light can be injected into the wedge-shaped waveguide (442) from two different locations/displays (444, 446) and emerge according to the total internal reflection properties of the wedge-shaped waveguide at different angles (448) based on the point of injection into the waveguide.
参考图15B,如果创建如图所示投射到波导端部的线性显示器(诸如扫描光纤显示器)阵列(450),则大量具有多样角度的光束(452)将沿一个维度从波导射出,如图15C所示。实际上,如果构想添加注入波导端部的另一线性显示器阵列,但是角度稍有不同,则可以产生角度多样的光束,这些光束以类似于图15C所示的扇形出射模式射出,但是在垂直轴上射出;这些光束可以一起被用于产生从波导的每个位置射出的二维扇形射线。因此,提供另一配置来产生角度多样性以形成使用一个或多个扫描光纤显示器阵列(或者备选地,使用满足空间要求的其它显示器,例如微型 DLP投影配置)的光场显示。Referring to FIG15B , if an array of linear displays (such as scanning fiber displays) is created (450) projected onto the end of a waveguide as shown, a large number of beams (452) with diverse angles will emerge from the waveguide along one dimension, as shown in FIG15C . In fact, if another array of linear displays is envisioned that is injected into the end of the waveguide, but at slightly different angles, a plurality of beams with diverse angles can be generated that emerge in a fan-shaped pattern similar to that shown in FIG15C , but on a vertical axis; these beams can be used together to generate a two-dimensional fan of rays emerging from each position in the waveguide. Thus, another configuration is provided for generating angular diversity to form a light field display using one or more arrays of scanning fiber displays (or alternatively, using other displays that meet the spatial requirements, such as a micro DLP projection configuration).
备选地,作为此处所示的楔形波导的输入端,可以利用SLM设备堆栈,在这种情况下,可以使用从SLM配置输出的光场作为诸如图15C所示的配置的输出,而不是使用上述SLM输出的直接视图。本文的一个重要概念是,尽管传统波导最适于成功地中继准直光束,但是对于小直径准直光束的光场,因为光束大小/校准的原因,传统的波导技术可被用于进一步操纵此类被注入波导(注入楔形波导)一侧的光场系统的输出。Alternatively, a stack of SLM devices can be utilized as the input to the wedge-shaped waveguides shown here, in which case the light field output from the SLM configuration can be used as the output of a configuration such as that shown in FIG15C , rather than using a direct view of the SLM output as described above. An important concept of this paper is that while conventional waveguides are best suited for successfully relaying collimated beams, for light fields of small diameter collimated beams, conventional waveguide technology can be used to further manipulate the output of such light field systems that are injected into one side of the waveguide (into the wedge waveguide) for beam size/collimation reasons.
在另一相关实施例中,不使用多个单独的显示器进行投射,而是可以使用多芯光纤分离光场并将其注入波导。进一步地,可以使用时变光场作为输入,以便不产生来自光场的细光束的静态分布,可以具有一些能够系统地更改一组光束的路径的动态元件。可以使用诸如带有嵌入式DOE(例如,上面参考图8B-8N描述的DOE,或参考图7B描述的液晶层)的波导之类的组件实现此目的,其中产生两个光学路径(一个较小的全内反射路径,在该路径中,液晶层被置于第一电压状态,以具有与其它基片材料不匹配的折射率,该其它基片材料导致全内反射仅沿着其波导进行;一个较大的全内反射光学路径,在该路径中,液晶层被置于第二电压状态,以具有与其它基片材料匹配的折射率,从而使得光通过包括液晶部分和其它基片部分两者的复合波导进行全内反射)。类似地,楔形波导可被配置为具有双模全内反射范式(例如,在一变型中,楔形元件可被配置为使得在液晶部分被激活时,不仅间距变化,光束反射的角度也会变化)。In another related embodiment, rather than using multiple separate displays for projection, a light field can be separated and injected into a waveguide using a multi-core optical fiber. Further, a time-varying light field can be used as input so that instead of producing a static distribution of beamlets from the light field, there can be some dynamic element that can systematically change the path of a group of beams. This can be achieved using a component such as a waveguide with an embedded DOE (e.g., the DOE described above with reference to Figures 8B-8N, or the liquid crystal layer described with reference to Figure 7B), where two optical paths are generated (a smaller total internal reflection path in which the liquid crystal layer is placed in a first voltage state to have a refractive index that does not match the other substrate materials, which causes total internal reflection to occur only along its waveguide; and a larger total internal reflection optical path in which the liquid crystal layer is placed in a second voltage state to have a refractive index that matches the other substrate materials, causing light to be totally internally reflected through a composite waveguide that includes both the liquid crystal portion and the other substrate portion). Similarly, a wedge-shaped waveguide can be configured to have a dual-mode total internal reflection paradigm (e.g., in one variation, the wedge-shaped element can be configured so that when the liquid crystal portion is activated, not only does the pitch change, but the angle at which the beam is reflected also changes).
扫描光显示器的一实施例可被简单地表征为扫描光纤显示器,其中在扫描光纤的端部具有透镜。许多透镜种类都适合,诸如GRIN透镜,该透镜可被用于校准光或使光聚焦于这样一个点:该点小于光纤的模场直径,从而提供产生数值孔径(或“NA”)增加和包围与光斑大小负相关的光学不变量的优势。从显示角度来看,光斑大小较小一般促进通常优选的较高分辨率机会。在一实施例中,GRIN透镜可以相对于光纤足够长,使得其可以包括振动元件(即,并非常见的扫描光纤显示器的光纤末端振动),这被称为“扫描GRIN透镜显示”配置。One embodiment of a scanned light display can be simply characterized as a scanned fiber display with a lens at the end of a scanned fiber. Many lens types are suitable, such as a GRIN lens, which can be used to collimate or focus light to a point that is smaller than the mode field diameter of the fiber, thereby providing the advantages of increasing the numerical aperture (or "NA") and enclosing an optical invariant that is negatively correlated with the spot size. From a display perspective, a smaller spot size generally facilitates higher resolution opportunities, which is generally preferred. In one embodiment, the GRIN lens can be sufficiently long relative to the fiber so that it can include a vibrating element (i.e., rather than the fiber end vibrating as in conventional scanned fiber displays), which is referred to as a "scanned GRIN lens display" configuration.
在另一实施例中,可以在扫描光纤显示器的出射端利用衍射透镜(即,图案化到光纤上)。在另一实施例中,可以将曲面反射镜置于以反射配置工作的光纤的端部。本质上,可以在扫描光纤的端部使用已知能够校准和聚焦光束的任何配置,以产生适当的扫描光显示器。In another embodiment, a diffractive lens (i.e., patterned onto the fiber) can be utilized at the exit end of a scanning fiber display. In another embodiment, a curved mirror can be placed at the end of a fiber operating in a reflective configuration. Essentially, any configuration known to be capable of collimating and focusing a light beam can be used at the end of a scanning fiber to produce a suitable scanned light display.
使透镜与扫描光纤的端部耦合或者包括扫描光纤的端部(即,与以下配置相比:即,其中未耦合的透镜可被用于引导从光纤射出的光)的两个重要效用是:a)出射光可以被校准以避免使用其它外部光学元件执行此操作;b)NA,或者从单模光纤芯的端部射出光的锥体的角度可以增大,从而减小光纤的关联光斑大小以及增大显示器的可用分辨率。Two important effects of coupling a lens to or including the end of a scanning fiber (i.e., compared to a configuration in which an uncoupled lens can be used to direct light exiting the fiber) are: a) the exiting light can be collimated to avoid the use of other external optical elements to do this; and b) the NA, or angle of the cone of light exiting the end of the single-mode fiber core, can be increased, thereby reducing the fiber's associated spot size and increasing the usable resolution of the display.
如上所述,诸如GRIN透镜之类的透镜可被熔接或以其它方式耦合到光纤的端部,或者使用诸如抛光之类的技术形成光纤的端部的一部分。在一实施例中,具有约0.13或0.14NA的典型光纤可以具有约3微米的光斑大小(也称为给定NA的光纤的“模场直径”)。在给定行业标准显示器分辨率范例(例如,LCD或有机发光二极管之类的典型微显示器技术,或者“OLED”具有约5微米的光斑大小)的情况下,这提供相对高分辨率的显示器可能性。这样,上述扫描光显示器可以为传统显示器具有的最小像素间距的3/5;进一步地,通过在光纤的端部使用透镜,上述配置可以产生1-2微米范围内的光斑大小。As described above, a lens such as a GRIN lens can be fused or otherwise coupled to the end of an optical fiber, or formed as part of the end of an optical fiber using techniques such as polishing. In one embodiment, a typical optical fiber having an NA of approximately 0.13 or 0.14 can have a spot size of approximately 3 microns (also known as the "mode field diameter" of the optical fiber at a given NA). Given industry-standard display resolution paradigms (e.g., typical microdisplay technologies such as LCDs or organic light-emitting diodes, or "OLEDs" have a spot size of approximately 5 microns), this provides the potential for relatively high-resolution displays. As such, the above-described scanning light display can have a minimum pixel pitch of 3/5 that of conventional displays; further, by using a lens at the end of the optical fiber, the above-described configuration can produce a spot size in the range of 1-2 microns.
在另一实施例中,不使用扫描圆柱形光纤,而是可以将波导(诸如使用掩模和蚀刻之类的微加工工艺而非绘制微光纤技术创建的波导)的悬挂部置于扫描振荡运动中,并且可以与出射端的透镜配合。In another embodiment, instead of using a scanning cylindrical fiber, a suspended portion of a waveguide (such as a waveguide created using micromachining processes such as masking and etching rather than drawn microfiber technology) can be placed in a scanning oscillating motion and can be coordinated with a lens at the output end.
在另一实施例中,待扫描光纤的增大的数值孔径可使用覆盖光纤出射端的漫射器(即,被配置为散射光并创建大NA的漫射器)创建。在一变型中,漫射器可通过蚀刻光纤的端部以产生散射光的少量地带来产生;在另一变型中,可以使用焊珠或喷砂技术,或直接打磨/胶合技术产生散射地带。在另一变型中,可以产生与衍射元件类似的工程化后的漫射器以保持具有理想NA(其接合在使用上述衍射透镜的意图中)的干净光斑大小。In another embodiment, the increased numerical aperture of the optical fiber to be scanned can be created using a diffuser (i.e., a diffuser configured to scatter light and create a large NA) covering the optical fiber's exit end. In one variation, the diffuser can be created by etching the end of the optical fiber to create a small band that scatters light; in another variation, the scattering band can be created using welding or sandblasting techniques, or direct grinding/gluing techniques. In yet another variation, an engineered diffuser similar to a diffractive element can be created to maintain a clean spot size with a desired NA (which is incorporated into the intention of using the diffractive lens described above).
参考图16A,光纤阵列(454)被示为与耦合器(456)耦合,该耦合器被配置为将这些光纤平行地保持在一起,以使光纤的端部被研磨和抛光为具有这样的输出边:该输出边与输入光纤的纵轴形成临界角(458;例如对于多数玻璃为45度),以使得从斜面射出的光就像已经穿过棱镜那样射出,并且弯曲且变得几乎与抛光面的表面平行。从光纤束中的光纤(454) 射出的光束将变得重叠,但由于路径长度不同(参考图16B,例如,对于可见的不同芯,从出射斜面到聚焦透镜的路径长度不同),不会在纵向上异相。Referring to FIG16A , an optical fiber array (454) is shown coupled to a coupler (456) configured to hold the optical fibers together in parallel so that the ends of the optical fibers are ground and polished to have output edges that form a critical angle (458; for example, 45 degrees for most glasses) with the longitudinal axis of the input optical fibers so that light exiting the bevel exits as if it had passed through a prism and is bent and becomes almost parallel to the surface of the polished face. The light beams exiting the optical fibers (454) in the bundle will overlap but will not be out of phase in the longitudinal direction due to different path lengths (for example, for different cores, the path lengths from the exit bevel to the focusing lens are different for different cores as shown in FIG16B ).
从倾斜面射出之前光纤束中的X轴分离将变为Z轴分离,该事实有助于通过此类配置产生多焦光源。在另一实施例中,不使用成束/耦合的多个单模光纤,可以对诸如日本Mitsubishi Cable Industries,Ltd制造的多芯光纤进行角抛光。The fact that the X-axis separation in the fiber bundle before exiting the inclined surface will become the Z-axis separation facilitates the generation of a multi-focus light source with this configuration. In another embodiment, instead of using multiple single-mode fibers bundled/coupled, a multi-core optical fiber such as that manufactured by Mitsubishi Cable Industries, Ltd. of Japan can be angle polished.
在一实施例中,如果将光纤抛光45度角,然后用反射元件(诸如反射镜涂层)覆盖,则出射光可以从抛光面反射并且从光纤的侧面(在一实施例中,位于这样的位置:在该位置处,已经在光纤的该侧面产生平抛的出射窗)出现,这样,当光纤在一般称为X-Y笛卡尔坐标系轴中被扫描时,该光纤在功能上执行等效的X-Z扫描,其中距离在扫描过程中变化。此类配置也可以被有利地用于更改显示器的焦点。In one embodiment, if an optical fiber is polished at a 45-degree angle and then covered with a reflective element (such as a mirror coating), the exit light can be reflected from the polished surface and emerge from the side of the optical fiber (in one embodiment, at a location where a flat-polished exit window has been created on the side of the optical fiber). In this way, when the optical fiber is scanned in what is generally referred to as an X-Y Cartesian coordinate system, the optical fiber functionally performs an equivalent X-Z scan, where the distance varies during the scan. This type of configuration can also be used to advantage to change the focus of a display.
多芯光纤可被配置为在显示器分辨率增强(即,更高分辨率)过程中发挥作用。例如,在一实施例中,如果单独的像素数据被发送到多芯光纤中紧束缚在一起的19个芯,并且以稀疏螺旋模式全面扫描该簇,而且螺旋间距约等于多芯的直径,则来回扫描会有效地产生大约为类似地被全面扫描的单芯光纤的分辨率19倍的显示分辨率。实际上,更有效的做法是使光纤更稀疏地彼此定位,如图16C的配置那样,该配置具有7个簇(464;7 仅用于说明的目的,因为它是有效的平铺/六方点阵模式;也可以使用其它模式或数量;例如,19个簇,并且配置可以放大或缩小),每个簇具有3 个分别容纳在导管(462)中的光纤。Multi-core fibers can be configured to play a role in display resolution enhancement (i.e., higher resolution). For example, in one embodiment, if individual pixel data is sent to 19 cores tightly bundled together in a multi-core fiber, and the cluster is scanned across in a sparse spiral pattern with a spiral pitch approximately equal to the diameter of the multi-core, then the back-and-forth scanning effectively produces a display resolution that is approximately 19 times the resolution of a similarly scanned single-core fiber. In practice, it is more efficient to position the fibers more sparsely relative to each other, as in the configuration of FIG16C , which has 7 clusters (464; 7 is for illustrative purposes only, as it is an effective tiled/hexagonal lattice pattern; other patterns or numbers may be used; for example, 19 clusters, and the configuration may be larger or smaller), each cluster having 3 fibers housed in conduits (462).
通过图16C所示的稀疏配置,多芯扫描将分别扫描每个芯的本地区域,这与将芯全部紧束在一起进行扫描的配置(其中芯在扫描时重叠,如果芯彼此太近,其NA就不会足够大,紧束的芯在某种程度上界限模糊,且不会产生用于显示的可分辨光斑)相反。因此,为增加分辨率,优选地具有稀疏平铺而非极稠密平铺,尽管这两者均有效。With the sparse configuration shown in FIG16C , multi-core scanning will scan the local area of each core separately, as opposed to a configuration where the cores are all tightly packed together for scanning (where the cores overlap during scanning, and if the cores are too close together, their NA will not be large enough, and the tightly packed cores will be somewhat blurred and will not produce a resolvable spot for display). Therefore, to increase resolution, it is preferable to have a sparse tiling rather than a very dense tiling, although both are effective.
紧束被扫描芯能够在显示器处产生模糊的想法在一实施例中可以被用作优点,在该实施例中,可以将多个芯(即,承载红色、绿色和蓝色光的三个芯)密集地紧束在一起,以使每三个芯形成以红色、绿色和蓝色光为特征的三个重叠光斑。通过此类配置,可以具有这样的RGB显示器:该显示器不必将红色、绿色和蓝色组合到单模芯中,这是优点,因为用于将多个(诸如三个)小光波组合到单芯中的传统装置会损耗大量光能。参考图16C,在一实施例中,由3个光纤芯构成的每个紧束簇包含一个中继红光的芯、一个中继绿光的芯,和一个中继蓝光的芯,其中这三个光纤芯足够近,它们的位置差不会被后续中继光学元件分辨出,从而形成有效的重叠RGB像素;因此,7个簇的稀疏平铺产生分辨率增加,而簇内的3个芯紧束在一起促进无缝颜色混合,而无需利用平滑的RGB光纤合束器(例如,使用波分复用或消散波耦合技术的合束器)。The idea that tightly bundled scanned cores can produce blur at the display can be used to advantage in one embodiment by densely bundling multiple cores (i.e., three cores carrying red, green, and blue light) so that each three cores form three overlapping light spots characterized by red, green, and blue light. This configuration allows for an RGB display that does not require combining red, green, and blue into a single-mode core, an advantage since conventional approaches for combining multiple (e.g., three) small lightwaves into a single core lose significant optical energy. Referring to FIG16C , in one embodiment, each tightly bundled cluster of three fiber cores contains one core relaying red light, one core relaying green light, and one core relaying blue light, where the three cores are close enough together that their positional differences are not discernible by subsequent relay optics, thereby forming effectively overlapping RGB pixels. Thus, the sparse tiling of the seven clusters yields increased resolution, while the tight bundling of the three cores within the cluster facilitates seamless color mixing without the need for smooth RGB fiber combiners (e.g., those using wavelength division multiplexing or evanescent wave coupling).
返回参考图16D,在另一更简单的变型中,可以仅具有一个容纳在导管(468)中的簇(464),该簇比如说用于红色/绿色/蓝色(在另一实施例中,可以针对眼睛跟踪之类的应用添加用于红外线的另一芯)。在另一实施例中,可以将附加的芯置于承载附加光波长的紧束簇中以包括多主显示器来增加色饱和度。参考图16E,在另一实施例中,可以使用单芯(470) 的稀疏阵列;在一变型中,可以使用组合在一起的红色、绿色和蓝色,它们均位于导管(466)内;此类配置可行,虽然对于分辨率增加的作用不大,但是并不最适合红色/绿色/蓝色组合。Referring back to FIG16D , in another simpler variation, there may be only one cluster (464) housed in a conduit (468), for example, red/green/blue (in another embodiment, another core for infrared may be added for applications such as eye tracking). In another embodiment, additional cores may be placed in a tight cluster carrying additional wavelengths of light to include a multi-master display to increase color saturation. Referring to FIG16E , in another embodiment, a sparse array of single cores (470) may be used; in a variation, a combined red, green, and blue color may be used, all within the conduit (466); such a configuration may work, although it does not provide much in the way of resolution gain, but is not optimal for the red/green/blue combination.
多芯光纤也可被用于产生光场显示。实际上,不使芯彼此相距太远,以致芯不在显示面板的每个其它本地区域上扫描,如以上在使用光场显示器产生扫描光显示的上下文中描述的那样,理想的是来回扫描密集打包的多个光纤,因为所产生的每个光束表示光场的一个特定部分。如果光纤具有小NA,则从成束的光纤尖端射出的光能够相对较窄;光场配置可以利用此特性并且具有其中在解剖瞳孔处接收来自阵列的多个稍微不同的光束的布置。因此存在这样的光学配置:该配置扫描在功能上等同于单扫描光纤模块阵列的多芯,从而通过扫描多芯而非扫描一组单模光纤来产生光场。Multi-core optical fibers can also be used to generate lightfield displays. In practice, rather than spacing the cores so far apart that they are not scanned over every other local area of the display panel, as described above in the context of using lightfield displays to generate scanned light displays, it is desirable to scan multiple fibers densely packed back and forth, since each beam generated represents a specific portion of the lightfield. If the optical fibers have a small NA, the light emitted from the bundled fiber tips can be relatively narrow; a lightfield configuration can exploit this property and have an arrangement in which multiple slightly different beams are received from the array at the anatomical pupil. Thus, there are optical configurations that scan multiple cores that are functionally equivalent to an array of single scanning fiber modules, thereby generating a lightfield by scanning multiple cores rather than a set of single-mode optical fibers.
在一实施例中,可以使用多芯相控阵列技术创建大出瞳可变波前配置以促进三维感知。上面描述了具有相位调制器的单激光器配置。在一个多芯实施例中,相位延迟可被引入多芯光纤的不同通道,以使得单个激光器的光被注入多芯配置的全部芯中,从而产生互相干性。In one embodiment, multi-core phased array technology can be used to create a large exit pupil variable wavefront configuration to facilitate three-dimensional perception. A single laser configuration with a phase modulator is described above. In a multi-core embodiment, phase delays can be introduced into different channels of a multi-core fiber so that light from a single laser is injected into all cores of the multi-core configuration, thereby generating mutual coherence.
在一实施例中,多芯光纤可以与诸如GRIN透镜之类的透镜组合。此类透镜例如可以是折射透镜、衍射透镜或用作透镜的抛光面。透镜可以是单一光学表面,或者可以包括多个堆叠的光学表面。实际上,除了具有延伸多芯直径的单一透镜之外,例如理想地还可以在多芯中的各个芯的光出射点处设置小透镜阵列。图16F示出其中多芯光纤(470)将多个光束射入诸如GRIN透镜之类的透镜(472)的一个实施例。透镜将光束收集到位于透镜前方空间中的焦点(474)。在许多传统配置中,光束将在发散时从多芯光纤射出。例如,GRIN或其它透镜被配置为将光束导向单个点并且校准光束,从而针对光场显示来回扫描校准结果。In one embodiment, a multi-core optical fiber can be combined with a lens such as a GRIN lens. Such a lens can be, for example, a refractive lens, a diffractive lens, or a polished surface used as a lens. The lens can be a single optical surface, or can include multiple stacked optical surfaces. In fact, in addition to a single lens having an extended multi-core diameter, it is ideal to also provide a small lens array at the light exit point of each core in the multi-core, for example. Figure 16F shows an embodiment in which a multi-core optical fiber (470) injects multiple light beams into a lens (472) such as a GRIN lens. The lens collects the light beams to a focal point (474) located in the space in front of the lens. In many conventional configurations, the light beams will be emitted from the multi-core optical fiber when diverging. For example, a GRIN or other lens is configured to direct the light beam to a single point and calibrate the light beam, thereby scanning the calibration results back and forth for the light field display.
参考图16G,可以将小透镜(478)置于多芯(476)配置中的每个芯的前方,并且这些透镜可被用于校准;然后可以将共享透镜(480)配置为将准直光聚焦于针对所有三个光斑对齐的衍射限制光斑(482)。此类配置的净结果:如图所示,通过将三个准直窄光束与窄NA组合在一起,有效地将所有三个光束组合成大得多的发射角,该发射角例如在头戴式光学显示系统中转换为较小的光斑大小,该光学显示系统在到用户的光传递链中处于下一位置。Referring to FIG16G , a small lens (478) can be placed in front of each core in a multi-core (476) configuration, and these lenses can be used for calibration; the shared lens (480) can then be configured to focus the collimated light onto a diffraction-limited spot (482) aligned for all three spots. The net result of such a configuration is that, as shown, by combining three collimated narrow beams with narrow NA, all three beams are effectively combined into a much larger emission angle, which translates to a smaller spot size, for example, in a head-mounted optical display system that is next in the light delivery chain to the user.
参考图16H,一实施例的特征是具有包括小透镜(478)阵列的多芯光纤(476),该小透镜阵列将光馈入小棱镜阵列(484),该棱镜阵列使各个芯产生的光束偏转到公共点。备选地,可以使小透镜阵列相对于芯偏移,以使光发生偏斜并且聚焦于单个点。此类配置可被用于增大数值孔径。Referring to FIG16H , one embodiment features a multi-core optical fiber (476) having an array of lenslets (478) that feeds light into an array of prisms (484) that deflects the light beams produced by the individual cores to a common point. Alternatively, the lenslet array can be offset relative to the cores to deflect and focus the light to a single point. Such a configuration can be used to increase numerical aperture.
参考图16I,双步骤配置被示出为带有捕获来自多芯光纤(476)的光的小透镜(478)阵列,随后跟着一个共享透镜(486),该透镜将光束聚焦于单个点(488)。此类配置可被用于增大数值孔径。如上所述,较大 NA对应于较小的像素大小和较高的可能显示分辨率。Referring to FIG16I , a dual-step configuration is shown with an array of lenslets (478) capturing light from a multi-core fiber (476), followed by a shared lens (486) that focuses the beam to a single point (488). This type of configuration can be used to increase the numerical aperture. As mentioned above, a larger NA corresponds to a smaller pixel size and a higher possible display resolution.
参考图16J,可以使用反射设备(494;诸如DLP系统的DMD模块) 扫描能够与诸如上述耦合器(456)保持在一起的斜面光纤阵列。通过耦合到阵列内的多个单芯光纤(454)或相反地通过多芯光纤,叠加的光可被引导穿过一个或多个聚焦透镜(490、492)以产生多焦光束;通过阵列的叠加和成角,不同源与聚焦透镜具有不同距离,这样,当光束从透镜(492)中射出并且被导向用户眼睛(58)的视网膜(54)时,在这些光束中产生不同的聚焦程度。例如,最远的光学路线/光束可被设置为表示光学无限远聚焦位置的准直光束。较近的路线/光束可以与较近的聚焦位置的发散球面波前关联。Referring to FIG16J , a reflective device (494; such as a DMD module of a DLP system) can be used to scan an array of angled optical fibers that can be held together with a coupler (456) such as described above. By coupling to multiple single-core optical fibers (454) within the array, or conversely through multi-core optical fibers, the superimposed light can be directed through one or more focusing lenses (490, 492) to produce multifocal beams; by superimposing and angling the array, different sources are at different distances from the focusing lens, so that when the beams are emitted from the lens (492) and directed to the retina (54) of the user's eye (58), different degrees of focus are produced in these beams. For example, the farthest optical path/beam can be set as a collimated beam representing an optically infinite focus position. The closer paths/beams can be associated with diverging spherical wavefronts at closer focus positions.
多焦光束可被传送到扫描镜内,该扫描镜可被配置为产生多焦光束的光栅扫描(或者,例如利萨如曲线扫描图案或螺旋扫描图案),该多焦光束可以穿过一系列聚焦透镜,然后到达眼睛的角膜和晶状体。从透镜射出的多个光束产生具有叠加的可变焦距的不同像素或体素(voxel)。The multifocal beam can be delivered to a scanning mirror that can be configured to produce a raster scan (or, for example, a Lissajous or spiral scan pattern) of the multifocal beam, which can then pass through a series of focusing lenses before reaching the cornea and lens of the eye. The multiple beams emerging from the lenses produce distinct pixels or voxels with superimposed, variable focal lengths.
在一实施例中,可以将不同的数据写入位于前端的光调制通道中的每一者,从而产生通过一个或多个聚焦元件被投射到眼睛的图像。通过更改晶状体的焦距(即,通过视觉调节),用户能够将不同的入站像素带入和带出焦点,如图16K和16L所示,在这两个图中,晶状体位于不同的Z 轴位置。在另一实施例中,光纤阵列可以被压电致动器致动/移动。在另一实施例中,当激活压电致动器时,相对薄的带状阵列可以沿着垂直于阵列光纤布置的轴线(即,在条带的薄方向上)以悬挂形式共振。在一变型中,可以利用单独的压电致动器在垂直的长轴中程数振动扫描。在另一实施例中,可以在光纤带共振的同时,采用单镜轴扫描沿着长轴执行缓慢扫描。In one embodiment, different data can be written to each of the optical modulation channels located at the front end, thereby generating an image that is projected into the eye through one or more focusing elements. By changing the focal length of the lens (i.e., through visual accommodation), the user can bring different incoming pixels into and out of focus, as shown in Figures 16K and 16L, in which the lens is at different Z-axis positions. In another embodiment, the fiber array can be actuated/moved by a piezoelectric actuator. In another embodiment, when the piezoelectric actuator is activated, a relatively thin ribbon array can be resonated in a suspended form along an axis perpendicular to the array fiber arrangement (i.e., in the thin direction of the ribbon). In a variation, a single piezoelectric actuator can be used to vibrate and scan in a perpendicular long axis. In another embodiment, a slow scan can be performed along the long axis using single mirror axis scanning while the fiber ribbon resonates.
参考图16M,可以有利地束缚/平铺扫描光纤显示器(498)的阵列(496) 以实现有效的分辨率增加,目的是通过此类配置,光纤束中的每个扫描光纤被配置为写入图像平面(550)的不同部分,例如如图16N所示,其中图像平面的每个部分由来自至少一个光纤束的发射寻址。在其它实施例中,可以使用这些光学配置以允许光束在从光纤射出时稍微放大,从而在六方点阵或其它点阵图案中稍有重叠,并且射入显示平面,因此具有较好的填充率,同时还在图像平面中保持足够小的光斑大小,并且理解图像平面中具有细微放大。Referring to FIG16M, an array (496) of scanning fiber displays (498) can be advantageously bundled/tiled to achieve an effective resolution increase, with the goal that with such a configuration, each scanning fiber in the bundle is configured to write to a different portion of the image plane (550), such as shown in FIG16N, where each portion of the image plane is addressed by emission from at least one fiber bundle. In other embodiments, these optical configurations can be used to allow the beams to be slightly magnified as they exit the fibers, thereby slightly overlapping in a hexagonal or other dot pattern, and incident upon the display plane, thereby having a good fill factor, while also maintaining a sufficiently small spot size in the image plane and understanding that there is a slight magnification in the image plane.
不使各个透镜位于每个扫描光纤外壳的端部,在一实施例中,可利用单片小透镜阵列,以使得这些小透镜被尽可能紧地打包在一起,这样允许图像平面中具有更小的光斑大小,因为可以在光学系统中使用较低的放大倍数。因此,可以使用光纤扫描显示器阵列增加显示器的分辨率,或者换言之,可以使用它们增大显示器的视场,因为每个引擎被用于扫描视场的不同部分。Rather than having individual lenses located at the end of each scanning fiber housing, in one embodiment, a monolithic lenslet array can be utilized so that the lenslets are packed as tightly together as possible. This allows for a smaller spot size in the image plane because a lower magnification can be used in the optical system. Thus, fiber scanning display arrays can be used to increase the resolution of the display, or in other words, they can be used to increase the field of view of the display because each engine is used to scan a different portion of the field of view.
对于光场配置,发射可以更理想地在图像平面上重叠。在一实施例中,可以使用多个在空间中被扫描的小直径光纤产生光场显示。例如,不是像上面所述的那样使所有光纤寻址图像平面的不同部分,而是将更多重叠、更多光纤向内倾斜等,或者更改透镜的光焦度,以使小光斑大小不与平铺的图像平面配置共轭。此类配置可被用于产生光场显示以来回扫描在同一物理空间中被拦截的大量小直径射线。For light field configurations, the emissions can ideally overlap in the image plane. In one embodiment, a light field display can be generated using multiple small-diameter optical fibers that are scanned in space. For example, rather than having all fibers address different portions of the image plane as described above, there can be more overlap, more fibers can be tilted inward, or the lens power can be modified so that the small spot size is not conjugate to the tiled image plane configuration. Such a configuration can be used to generate a light field display by scanning a large number of small-diameter rays back and forth, intercepted in the same physical space.
返回参考图12B,其中介绍了产生光场显示的一种方式是使位于左侧的元件的输出通过窄光束校准,然后使投射阵列与位于右侧的眼瞳共轭。Referring back to FIG. 12B , one way to create a light field display is to collimate the output of the elements on the left side through a narrow beam and then conjugate the projection array to the pupil on the right side.
参考图16O,对于公共基片块(502),可以使用单个致动器统一地一起致动多个光纤(506)。类似的配置在上面参考图13C-1和13C-2介绍。实际可能难以使所有光纤保持相同的共振频率,按照理想的相互相位关系振动,或者具有来自基片块的相同悬挂尺寸。为了应对该挑战,光纤的尖端可以与点阵或片(504)(诸如,非常薄、非常轻但是具有刚性的石墨烯片)机械耦合。通过此类耦合,整个阵列可以类似地振动,并且具有相同的相位关系。在另一实施例中,可以利用碳纳米管矩阵耦合光纤,或者可以将极薄的平面玻璃(诸如在产生液晶显示面板时使用的种类)耦合到光纤端部。进一步地,可以使用激光器或其它精密切割设备将所有关联的光纤切割为相同的悬挂长度。Referring to Figure 16O, for a common substrate block (502), a single actuator can be used to uniformly actuate multiple optical fibers (506) together. Similar configurations are described above with reference to Figures 13C-1 and 13C-2. In practice, it may be difficult to keep all optical fibers at the same resonant frequency, vibrate in an ideal phase relationship with each other, or have the same hanging size from the substrate block. To meet this challenge, the tips of the optical fibers can be mechanically coupled to a matrix or sheet (504) (such as a very thin, very light but rigid graphene sheet). Through this type of coupling, the entire array can vibrate similarly and have the same phase relationship. In another embodiment, a carbon nanotube matrix can be used to couple the optical fibers, or extremely thin flat glass (such as the type used in the production of liquid crystal display panels) can be coupled to the ends of the optical fibers. Further, a laser or other precision cutting equipment can be used to cut all associated optical fibers to the same hanging length.
参考图17,在一实施例中,理想地具有直接与角膜对接的接触镜,并且该接触镜被配置为促进眼睛聚焦于非常近(例如,角膜与眼镜镜片之间的典型距离)的显示器上。不将光学透镜布置为接触镜,在一变型中,透镜可以包括选择性滤波器。图7示出可被视为“陷波滤波器”的绘图(508),由于其被设计为仅阻挡特定波段,诸如450nm(蓝色峰值)、530nm(绿色)和650nm,并且一般传递或透射其它波段。在一实施例中,可以聚合多个介电涂层以提供陷波过滤功能。Referring to FIG17 , in one embodiment, it is desirable to have a contact lens that interfaces directly with the cornea and is configured to facilitate focusing of the eye on a display that is very close (e.g., the typical distance between the cornea and a spectacle lens). Rather than arranging the optical lens as a contact lens, in one variation, the lens can include a selective filter. FIG7 shows a drawing (508) of what can be considered a “notch filter” in that it is designed to block only specific wavelength bands, such as 450 nm (blue peak), 530 nm (green), and 650 nm, and generally pass or transmit other wavelength bands. In one embodiment, multiple dielectric coatings can be polymerized to provide the notch filtering function.
此类滤波配置可以与扫描光纤显示器耦合,扫描光纤显示器针对红色、绿色和蓝色产生极窄波段照明,并且具有陷波滤波功能的接触镜将阻挡来自显示器(例如,OLED显示器之类的微型显示器,其安装在一般被眼镜镜片占据的位置)的除透射波长之外的所有光。可以在接触镜滤波层/膜的中间产生窄针孔,以使得小孔(即,直径小于约1.5mm)允许被以其它方式阻挡的波长通过。因此,所产生的针孔透镜配置以针孔方式针对红色、绿色和蓝色工作,仅摄取来自微型显示器的图像,而来自真实世界的光(一般为宽带照明)相对畅通地穿过接触镜。因而,们可以组装和操作大焦深虚拟现实配置。在另一实施例中,由于大焦深针孔配置,从波导射出的准直图像将在视网膜处可见。Such a filtering configuration can be coupled with a scanning fiber display that produces very narrow band illumination for red, green, and blue, and a contact lens with notch filtering will block all light from the display (e.g., a microdisplay such as an OLED display, mounted in the space typically occupied by a spectacle lens) except for the transmitted wavelength. A narrow pinhole can be created in the middle of the contact lens filter layer/film so that the small hole (i.e., less than about 1.5 mm in diameter) allows the passage of wavelengths that would otherwise be blocked. Thus, the resulting pinhole lens configuration operates in a pinhole manner for red, green, and blue, capturing only the image from the microdisplay while light from the real world (typically broadband illumination) passes relatively unimpeded through the contact lens. Thus, a large depth of focus virtual reality configuration can be assembled and operated. In another embodiment, due to the large depth of focus pinhole configuration, a collimated image emitted from the waveguide will be visible at the retina.
创建能够随时间改变焦深的显示器非常有用。例如,在一实施例中,显示器可被配置为具有能够由操作员选择(优选地根据操作员的指令在两个模式之间快速切换)的不同显示模式,诸如组合极大焦深与小出瞳直径的第一模式(即,使得每项内容始终清晰),以及以更大出瞳和更窄焦深为特征的第二模式。在操作中,如果用户玩三维视频游戏,并且该游戏包括在大量景深处感知的对象,则操作员可以选择第一模式;备选地,如果用户使用二维字处理显示配置键入长散文(即,在较长时间内),则更理想地切换到第二模式以利用较大出瞳和更清晰的图像。Creating a display that can change its depth of focus over time is very useful. For example, in one embodiment, a display can be configured to have different display modes that can be selected by an operator (preferably quickly switched between the two modes upon the operator's command), such as a first mode that combines a very large depth of focus with a small exit pupil diameter (i.e., so that everything is always sharp), and a second mode characterized by a larger exit pupil and a narrower depth of focus. In operation, if a user is playing a three-dimensional video game that includes objects perceived at a large depth of field, the operator may select the first mode; alternatively, if the user is typing long prose (i.e., over an extended period of time) using a two-dimensional word processing display configuration, it may be more desirable to switch to the second mode to take advantage of the larger exit pupil and sharper image.
在另一实施例中,可以理想地具有多焦深显示器配置,在该配置中,某些子图像以大焦深呈现,而其它子图像以小焦深呈现。例如,一个配置可以具有红色波长和蓝色波长通道,这两个通道配备极小出瞳以使其始终清晰。然后,绿色通道仅具有配备多个深度平面的大出瞳配置(即,因为人类视觉调节系统优先指向绿色波长来优化聚焦程度)。因此,为了削减与具有太多通过全部红色、绿色和蓝色深度平面表示的元素关联的成本,绿色波长可被优先化并且以各种不同的波前水平表示。红色和蓝色可被降级为通过更加麦克斯韦式的方法表示(例如,如上面参考麦克斯韦显示所述,可以利用软件来引入高斯级模糊)。此显示将同时呈现多个焦深。In another embodiment, it may be desirable to have a multi-depth of focus display configuration in which certain sub-images are presented with a large depth of focus, while other sub-images are presented with a small depth of focus. For example, one configuration may have red and blue wavelength channels, both of which are configured with very small exit pupils so that they are always in focus. The green channel then has only a large exit pupil configuration with multiple depth planes (i.e., because the human visual accommodation system preferentially targets the green wavelength to optimize focus). Therefore, in order to reduce the cost associated with having too many elements represented by all red, green, and blue depth planes, the green wavelength can be prioritized and represented at various different wavefront levels. The red and blue can be relegated to being represented by a more Maxwellian approach (e.g., software can be used to introduce Gaussian-level blur, as described above with reference to the Maxwell display). This display will present multiple depths of focus simultaneously.
如上所述,存在多个具有较高光传感器密度的视网膜部分。小凹部分例如一般以每可视化度大约120个锥体填充。过去已经创建使用眼睛或注视跟踪作为输入的显示系统,该系统通过仅针对用户当时注视的位置产生真实的高分辨率渲染,同时为视网膜的其余部分呈现低分辨率渲染来节省计算资源,在此类配置中,高分辨率部分以及低分辨率部分的位置可以动态地随着所跟踪的注视位置变化,这可以称之为“小凹显示(foveateddisplay)”。As mentioned above, there are multiple parts of the retina with a higher density of light sensors. The fovea, for example, is typically populated with approximately 120 cones per degree of visibility. In the past, display systems have been created that use eye or gaze tracking as input. These systems save computing resources by only generating a true high-resolution rendering for the location where the user is looking at the moment, while rendering a low-resolution rendering for the rest of the retina. In such a configuration, the positions of the high-resolution and low-resolution portions can dynamically change with the tracked gaze position, which can be called a "foveated display."
对此类配置的改进可以包括具有能够动态地遵从所跟踪的眼睛注视的图案间距的扫描光纤显示器。例如,当典型的扫描光纤显示器在螺旋模式下工作时,如图18所示(作为比较,图18中最左侧的图像部分510示出被扫描的多芯光纤514的螺旋运动模式,图18中最右侧的图像部分512 示出被扫描的单一光纤516的螺旋运动模式),固定的图案间距提供均匀的显示器分辨率。Improvements to this type of configuration can include a scanning fiber display with a pattern spacing that can dynamically follow the tracked eye gaze. For example, when a typical scanning fiber display is operated in a spiral mode, as shown in FIG18 (for comparison, the leftmost image portion 510 in FIG18 shows the spiral motion pattern of a scanned multi-core optical fiber 514, and the rightmost image portion 512 in FIG18 shows the spiral motion pattern of a scanned single optical fiber 516), a fixed pattern spacing provides uniform display resolution.
在小凹显示配置中,可以利用不均匀的扫描间距,其中较小/较紧的间距(因此分辨率较高)动态地遵从检测到的注视位置。例如,如果检测到用户的注视正在朝着显示屏的边缘移动,则可以在该位置上更密集地聚集螺旋,这样将针对高分辨率部分创建环形扫描图案,并且显示器的其余部分处于低分辨率模式。在其中可以在处于低分辨率模式的显示器部分中产生间隙的配置中,刻意动态地产生模糊以平滑扫描之间的过渡,以及从高分辨率到低分辨率扫描间距的过渡。In a foveated display configuration, a non-uniform scan spacing can be utilized, where smaller/tighter spacing (and therefore higher resolution) dynamically follows the detected gaze location. For example, if the user's gaze is detected moving toward the edge of the display screen, the spiral can be more densely packed at that location, creating a circular scan pattern for the high-resolution portion, with the remainder of the display in low-resolution mode. In configurations where gaps can be created in the portion of the display in low-resolution mode, blur is intentionally dynamically generated to smooth the transition between scans, as well as the transition from high-resolution to low-resolution scan spacing.
术语“光场”可被用于描述从对象传输到查看者眼睛的光的3D表示体。但是,穿透式光学显示器只能将光反射到眼睛,而不是没有光,来自真实世界的环境光被添加到表示虚拟对象的任何光。也就是说,如果被呈现给眼睛的虚拟对象包含黑色或极暗的部分,则来自真实世界的环境光可以穿过该暗部并且遮挡原本要变暗的部分。The term "lightfield" can be used to describe a 3D representation of light transmitted from an object to the viewer's eye. However, a transmissive optical display only reflects light to the eye, not the absence of light. Ambient light from the real world is added to any light representing the virtual object. In other words, if the virtual object presented to the eye contains black or extremely dark portions, ambient light from the real world can pass through this dark portion and obscure the portion that would otherwise be dark.
总之,需要能够在亮的真实背景上呈现暗的虚拟对象,并且暗虚拟对象在所需查看距离处显示为占据一体积;即,创建暗虚拟对象的“暗场”表示很有用,在该表示中,光的缺失被感知为位于空间中的特定点。相对于遮蔽元素以及将信息呈现给用户的眼睛以使他或她感知到虚拟对象的暗场方面,即使在光线充足的实际环境中,上述空间光调制器或“SLM”配置的某些方面也是相关的。如上所述,对于诸如眼睛之类的感光系统,一种获取暗场的选择性感知的方式是选择性地衰减来自显示器的这些部分的光,因为主显示系统涉及光的操纵和呈现;换言之,暗场不能专门投射—照明缺失可被感知为暗场,因此,已经开发出用于选择性照明衰减的配置。In summary, there is a need to be able to present dark virtual objects against a light, real-world background, with the dark virtual objects appearing to occupy a volume at a desired viewing distance; that is, it is useful to create a "darkfield" representation of the dark virtual object, in which the absence of light is perceived as being located at a specific point in space. Certain aspects of the spatial light modulator or "SLM" configuration described above are relevant even in well-lit, real-world environments, with respect to masking elements and presenting information to the user's eye so that he or she perceives the virtual object's darkfield. As described above, for a light-sensitive system such as the eye, one way to achieve selective perception of a darkfield is to selectively attenuate light from those portions of the display, since the primary display system involves the manipulation and presentation of light; in other words, a darkfield cannot be exclusively projected—an absence of illumination can be perceived as a darkfield, and therefore, configurations for selective illumination attenuation have been developed.
返回参考SLM配置的介绍,一种选择性地衰减暗场感知的方式是阻挡所有来自一个角度的光,同时允许来自其它角度的光传输。可以通过多个SLM平面完成此操作,SML平面包括诸如液晶(由于在透射状态下的透明度相对低,因此不是最佳元件)之类的元件、DLP系统的DMD元件 (在处于此模式下具有相对高的透射/反射率),以及MEMS阵列或百叶窗,其被配置为像上述那样可控地遮挡光辐射或者允许光辐射通过。Referring back to the introduction to the SLM configuration, one way to selectively attenuate dark field perception is to block all light from one angle while allowing light from other angles to pass. This can be accomplished using multiple SLM planes, which include elements such as liquid crystals (which are not optimal due to their relatively low transparency in the transmissive state), DMD elements of DLP systems (which have relatively high transmission/reflectivity in this mode), and MEMS arrays or shutters configured to controllably block or allow light radiation to pass, as described above.
对于适当的液晶显示器(“LCD”)配置,可以利用胆甾相LCD阵列作为可控遮蔽/阻挡阵列。与其中偏振状态随着电压变化的传统LCD范例相反,对于胆甾相LCD配置,液晶分子上粘合了颜料,然后分子响应于所施加的电压物理地平铺。此类配置可以被设计为,当处于透射模式下时,实现比传统LCD更大的透明度,并且不像传统LCD那样需要偏振膜堆栈。For appropriate liquid crystal display ("LCD") configurations, cholesteric LCD arrays can be utilized as controllable shielding/blocking arrays. In contrast to the conventional LCD paradigm, where the polarization state changes with voltage, for cholesteric LCD configurations, pigments are bonded to the liquid crystal molecules, which then physically tile in response to an applied voltage. Such configurations can be designed to achieve greater transparency than conventional LCDs when in transmissive mode, without the need for polarizing film stacks as with conventional LCDs.
在另一实施例中,可以利用多个可控中断图案层,借助莫尔效应可控地阻挡选定的光呈现。例如,在一配置中,可以在足够近的距离处向用户的眼睛呈现两个衰减图案阵列,每个阵列例如可以包括印刷或绘制在透明的平面材料(诸如玻璃基片)上的精确定距的正弦波,这样,当查看者单独查看任一图案时,视图基本透明,但是当查看者同时查看两个按顺序排成一行的图案时,即使这两个衰减图案距离眼睛相对近地按次序放置,查看者也只能看到空间拍频莫尔衰减图案。In another embodiment, multiple layers of controllably interrupted patterns can be utilized to controllably block selected light presentations via the moiré effect. For example, in one configuration, two attenuation pattern arrays can be presented to a user's eye at a sufficiently close distance. Each array can, for example, comprise precisely spaced sine waves printed or painted on a transparent planar material (such as a glass substrate). Thus, when a viewer views either pattern individually, the view is substantially transparent. However, when the viewer views both patterns simultaneously, even if the attenuation patterns are sequentially positioned relatively close to the eye, the viewer sees only a spatial beat-frequency moiré attenuation pattern.
拍频依赖于两个衰减平面上的图案间距,因此在一实施例中,用于针对暗场感知选择性阻挡特定光透射的衰减图案可以使用两个顺序的图案来产生,每个图案以其它方式针对用户透明,但是连在一起产生被选定为根据增强现实系统中所需的暗场感知衰减的空间拍频莫尔衰减图案。The beat frequency depends on the pattern spacing on the two attenuation planes, so in one embodiment, the attenuation pattern for selectively blocking specific light transmission for dark field perception can be generated using two sequential patterns, each of which is otherwise transparent to the user, but together produce a spatial beat frequency moiré attenuation pattern selected as the attenuation for dark field perception desired in the augmented reality system.
在另一实施例中,可以使用多视图显示样式的遮光板创建实现暗场效应的可控遮蔽范例。例如,一种配置可以包括一个针孔层,除了小孔和针孔之外,该针孔层完全遮光,同时还包括串联的选择性衰减层,该衰减层可以包括LCD、DLP系统或诸如上面描述的其它选择性衰减层配置。在一案例中,针孔层被置于距离角膜大约30mm的典型眼镜镜片距离处,并且选择性衰减板位于眼睛一侧并与针孔阵列相对,这能够产生从空间中感知到清晰的机械边缘。实质上,如果配置允许特定角度的光通过,而阻挡或遮蔽其它光,则可以产生极清晰图案(诸如清晰的边缘投影)的感知。在另一相关实施例中,针孔阵列层可以被第二动态衰减层取代以提供稍微类似的配置,但是该配置具有比静态针孔阵列层(静态针孔层可被仿真,但是无需这样做)更多的控制。In another embodiment, a multi-view display-style masking plate can be used to create a controllable masking paradigm for achieving a dark field effect. For example, one configuration can include a pinhole layer that completely blocks light except for the apertures and pinholes, along with a selective attenuation layer in series. This attenuation layer can include an LCD, DLP system, or other selective attenuation layer configurations such as those described above. In one case, the pinhole layer is placed at a typical eyeglass lens distance of approximately 30 mm from the cornea, with the selective attenuation plate positioned on the side of the eye opposite the pinhole array. This can produce a sharp mechanical edge perceived in space. Essentially, if the configuration allows light at certain angles to pass while blocking or shielding other light, the perception of an extremely sharp pattern (such as a sharp edge projection) can be produced. In another related embodiment, the pinhole array layer can be replaced by a second dynamic attenuation layer to provide a somewhat similar configuration, but with more control than a static pinhole array layer (which can be simulated, but need not be).
在另一相关实施例中,针孔可以被圆柱形透镜取代。可以获得针孔阵列层配置中的相同图案,但是通过圆柱形透镜实现,该阵列不限于极细小的针孔几何形状。当查看真实世界时,为了避免眼睛看到透镜产生的失真,可以在与眼睛最接近的一侧相反的针孔或透镜阵列侧添加第二透镜阵列来执行补偿,并且提供具有基本零功率望远镜配置的查看照明。In another related embodiment, the pinholes can be replaced by cylindrical lenses. The same pattern in the pinhole array layer configuration can be achieved, but with cylindrical lenses, and the array is not limited to extremely small pinhole geometries. To avoid the distortion caused by the lens seen by the eye when viewing the real world, a second lens array can be added on the side of the pinhole or lens array opposite the side closest to the eye to perform compensation and provide viewing illumination with a substantially zero-power telescope configuration.
在另一实施例中,并不物理地阻挡用于遮蔽和产生暗场感知的光,光可以弯曲或反射,或者如果利用液晶层,则可以更改光的偏振。例如,在一变型中,每个液晶层可以用作偏振旋转器,以便如果图案化偏振材料集成在面板的一个面上,则来自真实世界的各个射线的偏振可被选择性地操纵,从而捕获图案化偏振器的一部分。存在本领域中公知的偏振器,这些偏振器具有棋盘图案,在这些图案中,一半“棋盘格”具有垂直偏振,另一半具有水平偏振。此外,如果使用诸如液晶之类其中可以选择性地操纵偏振的材料,则可以通过此材料选择性地衰减光。In another embodiment, rather than physically blocking the light used to shade and create a dark field perception, the light can be bent or reflected, or, if a liquid crystal layer is utilized, the polarization of the light can be altered. For example, in one variation, each liquid crystal layer can act as a polarization rotator so that, if a patterned polarizing material is integrated on one side of the panel, the polarization of individual rays from the real world can be selectively manipulated, thereby capturing a portion of the patterned polarizer. There are polarizers known in the art that have a checkerboard pattern where half of the "checkerboard" has vertical polarization and the other half has horizontal polarization. Furthermore, if a material such as liquid crystal is used in which polarization can be selectively manipulated, light can be selectively attenuated by this material.
如上所述,选择性反射器可以提供比LCD更大的传输效率。在一实施例中,如果透镜系统的放置使得它能够吸收来自真实世界的光,并且将来自真实世界的平面聚焦于图像平面,并且如果DMD(即,DLP技术) 被置于该图像平面,以在处于“接通”状态时将光反射到另一组将光传输到眼睛的透镜,则这些透镜也在其焦距上具有DMD,该DMD可产生眼睛眼上去清晰的衰减图案。换言之,在零放大望远镜配置中,DMD可被用于选择性反射器平面,如图19A所示,以可控地进行遮蔽并促进产生暗场感知。As mentioned above, a selective reflector can provide greater transmission efficiency than an LCD. In one embodiment, if the lens system is positioned so that it absorbs light from the real world and focuses a plane from the real world onto an image plane, and if a DMD (i.e., DLP technology) is placed at this image plane to reflect light to another set of lenses that transmit light to the eye when in the "on" state, and these lenses also have DMDs at their focal lengths, the DMD can produce an attenuation pattern that is not clearly visible to the eye. In other words, in a zero-magnification telescope configuration, the DMD can be used with the selective reflector plane, as shown in FIG19A, to controllably mask and promote the perception of a dark field.
如图19A所示,透镜(518)吸收来自真实世界(144)的光并且使其聚焦于图像平面(520);如果DMD(或其它空间衰减设备)(522)被置于透镜的焦距处(即,图像平面520处),则透镜(518)将吸收来自光学无限远的所有光并且将其聚焦于图像平面(520)。然后,可以使用空间衰减器(522)选择性地阻挡将被衰减的光。图19A示出处于透射模式的衰减器DMD,在该模式下,这些衰减设备跨设备传输所示的光束。图像然后被置于第二透镜(524)的焦距处。优选地,两个透镜(518、524)具有相同的光学功率,因此它们为零功率望远镜或“中继器”,并且不放大真实世界(144)的视景。此类配置可被用于呈现不放大的世界视景,同时还允许选择性地阻挡/衰减特定像素。As shown in FIG19A , a lens (518) absorbs light from the real world (144) and focuses it on an image plane (520); if a DMD (or other spatial attenuation device) (522) is placed at the focal length of the lens (i.e., at the image plane 520), the lens (518) will absorb all light from optical infinity and focus it on the image plane (520). The spatial attenuator (522) can then be used to selectively block the light to be attenuated. FIG19A shows an attenuator DMD in transmission mode, in which these attenuation devices transmit the light beam shown across the device. The image is then placed at the focal length of a second lens (524). Preferably, the two lenses (518, 524) have the same optical power so that they are zero-power telescopes or "repeaters" and do not magnify the view of the real world (144). Such a configuration can be used to present an unmagnified view of the world while also allowing for the selective blocking/attenuation of specific pixels.
在另一实施例中,如图19B和19C所示,可以添加附加的DMD以使光在传输到眼睛之前从四个DMD(526、528、530、530)中的每一者反射。图19B示出具有两个透镜的实施例,这两个透镜优选地具有相同光焦度(焦距“F”),并且以2F关系彼此定位(第一透镜的焦距与第二透镜的焦距共轭)以具有零功率望远镜效应;图19C示出没有透镜的实施例。为了便于例示,图19B和19C的所示实施例中的四个反射板(526、528、 530、532)的取向角度被示为大约45度,但是需要具体的相对取向(例如,典型的DMD以大约12度角反射)。In another embodiment, as shown in Figures 19B and 19C, additional DMDs can be added to reflect light from each of the four DMDs (526, 528, 530, 530) before being transmitted to the eye. Figure 19B shows an embodiment with two lenses, which preferably have the same optical power (focal length "F") and are positioned with a 2F relationship to each other (the focal length of the first lens is conjugate with the focal length of the second lens) to have a zero-power telescope effect; Figure 19C shows an embodiment without lenses. For ease of illustration, the orientation angle of the four reflective plates (526, 528, 530, 532) in the illustrated embodiments of Figures 19B and 19C is shown as approximately 45 degrees, but a specific relative orientation is required (e.g., typical DMDs reflect at an angle of approximately 12 degrees).
在另一实施例中,反射板可以是铁电反射板,也可以是其它任何种类的反射或选择性衰减器板或阵列。在与图19B和19C所示的实施例类似的一实施例中,三个反射器阵列中的一者可以是简单的反射镜,从而使得其它三个为选择性衰减器,从而仍提供三个独立的板以可控地遮蔽入站照明的多个部分,从而促成暗场感知。通过使多个动态反射衰减器串联,可以产生相对于真实世界的不同焦距处的遮蔽。In another embodiment, the reflective plate can be a ferroelectric reflective plate, or any other type of reflective or selective attenuator plate or array. In an embodiment similar to that shown in Figures 19B and 19C, one of the three reflector arrays can be a simple mirror, allowing the other three to be selective attenuators, thereby still providing three independent plates to controllably block various portions of the incoming illumination, thereby facilitating darkfield perception. By connecting multiple dynamic reflective attenuators in series, it is possible to generate blockage at different focal lengths relative to the real world.
备选地,返回参考图19C,可以创建这样的配置:在该配置中,一个或多个DMD被置于不带任何透镜的反射潜望镜配置中。此类配置可以通过光场算法驱动以选择性地衰减特定射线,同时让其它射线通过。Alternatively, referring back to Figure 19C, a configuration can be created in which one or more DMDs are placed in a reflective periscope configuration without any lenses. Such a configuration can be driven by a light field algorithm to selectively attenuate specific rays while letting other rays pass.
在另一实施例中,可以在与总体不透明的基片相对的基片上创建 DMD或类似可控移动设备矩阵,以用于诸如虚拟现实之类的透射配置。In another embodiment, a DMD or similar matrix of controllable mobile devices can be created on a substrate opposite a generally opaque substrate for use in transmissive configurations such as virtual reality.
在另一实施例中,可以使用两个LCD板作为光场遮光板。在一变型中,由于具备上述衰减功能,它们可被视为衰减器;备选地,它们可被视为具有共享偏振器堆栈的偏振旋转器。适当的LCD可以包括诸如蓝色相位液晶、胆甾相液晶、铁电液晶和/或扭曲向列液晶之类的组件。In another embodiment, two LCD panels can be used as light field shields. In one variation, they can be considered attenuators due to their aforementioned attenuation function; alternatively, they can be considered polarization rotators with a shared polarizer stack. Suitable LCDs can include components such as blue-phase liquid crystal, cholesteric liquid crystal, ferroelectric liquid crystal, and/or twisted nematic liquid crystal.
一实施例可以包括方向选择性遮光元件阵列,诸如MEMS设备,该设备的特点是具有一组可以改变旋转,以使来自特定角度的多数光通过,但是针对来自另一角度的光提供更多宽面的一组百叶窗(有点类似于将农场百叶窗用于典型的人性化窗口的方式)。MEMS/百叶窗配置可被置于光学透明的基片上,其中百叶窗基本不透明。理想地,此类配置的百叶窗间距细密得足以可选择地逐像素遮光。在另一实施例中,可以组合两个或多个百叶窗层或百叶窗堆栈以提供更进一步的控制。在另一实施例中,百叶窗可以是被配置为可控地更改光的偏振状态的偏振器,而非选择性地阻挡光。One embodiment may include an array of directionally selective shading elements, such as a MEMS device, that features a set of shutters that can be rotated to allow most light from a particular angle to pass through, but provide a wider surface for light from another angle (somewhat similar to how farm shutters are used for typical human-friendly windows). The MEMS/shutter configuration can be placed on an optically transparent substrate, where the shutters are essentially opaque. Ideally, the shutters of such a configuration are spaced finely enough to selectively block light on a pixel-by-pixel basis. In another embodiment, two or more shutter layers or shutter stacks can be combined to provide even further control. In another embodiment, the shutters can be polarizers configured to controllably change the polarization state of light, rather than selectively blocking light.
如上所述,用于选择性遮光的另一实施例可以包括MEMS设备中的滑板阵列,以使滑板被可控地打开(即,通过按照平面方式从第一位置滑动到第二位置;或者通过从第一取向旋转到第二取向;或者,例如通过组合的再取向和放置),从而通过小框架或小孔传输光,以及被可控地关闭以遮蔽框架或孔并阻止传输。该阵列可以被配置为打开或遮蔽各种框架或孔,以使它们最大程度上衰减将被衰减的射线,并且仅最小程度上衰减要被传输的射线。As described above, another embodiment for selectively blocking light can include an array of sliders in a MEMS device, such that the sliders can be controllably opened (i.e., by sliding in a planar manner from a first position to a second position; or by rotating from a first orientation to a second orientation; or, for example, by a combination of reorientation and placement) to transmit light through a small frame or aperture, and controllably closed to block the frame or aperture and prevent transmission. The array can be configured to open or block various frames or apertures so that they maximally attenuate the radiation to be attenuated and only minimally attenuate the radiation to be transmitted.
在其中固定数量的滑板可以占据遮蔽第一孔以及打开第二孔的第一位置,或占据遮蔽第二孔以及打开第一孔的第二位置的实施例中,始终具有相同的整体传输光量(因为对于此类配置,50%的孔被遮蔽,另外50%孔被打开),但是百叶窗或门的本地位置变化可以产生定向的莫尔效应或其它效应,以通过各种滑板的动态定位实现暗场感知。在一实施例中,滑板可以包括滑动偏振器,如果与其它动态或动态的偏振元件成堆叠配置,该滑动偏振器可以被用于选择性地衰减。In embodiments where a fixed number of slides can occupy a first position that blocks a first aperture and opens a second aperture, or a second position that blocks a second aperture and opens a first aperture, the same overall amount of light is always transmitted (because for such a configuration, 50% of the apertures are blocked and 50% are open), but local positional variations of the shutters or doors can create directional moiré or other effects to achieve darkfield perception through dynamic positioning of the various slides. In one embodiment, the slides can include sliding polarizers that can be used to selectively attenuate light if stacked with other dynamic or dynamic polarization elements.
参考图19D,其中示出提供选择性反射机会(诸如,经由DMD式反射器阵列(534))的另一配置,从而能够使用两个波导(536、538)构成的堆叠组以及一对聚焦元件(540、542)和反射器(534;诸如DMD)捕获通过入口反射器(544)传入的光的一部分。反射光可以沿着第一波导 (536)的长度被全内反射到聚焦元件(540),以使光聚焦于反射器(534) (诸如DMD阵列),此后DMD可以选择性地衰减光的一部分并通过聚焦透镜(542;该透镜被配置为促进将光注回第二波导)将其反射回第二波导(538),以便接着将光全内反射到出射反射器(546),该出射反射器被配置为将光射出波导并且射向眼睛(58)。Referring to FIG19D , another configuration is shown that provides an opportunity for selective reflection (such as via a DMD-style reflector array (534)), enabling the use of a stack of two waveguides (536, 538) and a pair of focusing elements (540, 542) and a reflector (534; such as a DMD) to capture a portion of the light entering through an entrance reflector (544). The reflected light can be totally internally reflected along the length of the first waveguide (536) to the focusing element (540) to focus the light on the reflector (534) (such as a DMD array), after which the DMD can selectively attenuate a portion of the light and reflect it back to the second waveguide (538) through a focusing lens (542; the lens is configured to facilitate injection of the light back into the second waveguide) for subsequent total internal reflection to an exit reflector (546), which is configured to direct the light out of the waveguide and toward the eye (58).
此类配置可以具有相对薄的形状因子,并且被设计为允许来自真实世界(144)的光被选择性地衰减。由于波导最适合准直光,因此此类配置非常适合其中焦距处于光学无限远范围的虚拟现实配置。对于更近的焦距,可以使用光场显示器作为位于通过上述选择性衰减/暗场配置产生的侧影顶部的层,从而为用户的眼睛提供表示光来自另一焦距的其它线索。遮罩可能脱焦,尽管这种情况并不是期望的,因此,在一实施例中,位于掩蔽层顶部的光场可被用于隐藏暗场可能位于错误的焦距处的事实。Such a configuration can have a relatively thin form factor and be designed to allow light from the real world (144) to be selectively attenuated. Since waveguides are best suited for collimated light, such a configuration is well suited for virtual reality configurations where the focal length is in the optical infinity range. For closer focal lengths, a light field display can be used as a layer on top of the silhouette created by the selective attenuation/dark field configuration described above, providing the user's eye with additional cues that the light is coming from another focal distance. The mask may be out of focus, although this is not desirable, so in one embodiment, a light field on top of the masking layer can be used to hide the fact that the dark field may be at the wrong focal distance.
参考图19E,其中示出的实施例的特点是具有两个波导(552、554),为了便于例示,每个波导具有两个大约45度角倾斜的反射器(558、544; 556、546);在实际配置中,角度可能取决于反射面、波导的反射/折射性质等而不同,这两个反射器沿着第一波导的每一侧(或沿着两个独立的波导,如果顶层不是单片结构)引导来自真实世界的光的一部分,以使光射到位于每个端部的反射器(548、550),诸如DMD,其可被用于选择性衰减,此后反射光可被注回第二波导(或者注回两个单独的波导,如果底层不是单片结构)并且返回两个倾斜反射器(再次地,它们不需要按照所示那样成45度)以朝着眼睛(58)射出。Referring to FIG. 19E , an embodiment is shown featuring two waveguides ( 552 , 554 ), each having two reflectors ( 558 , 544 ; 556 , 546 ) tilted at approximately 45 degree angles for ease of illustration; in actual configurations, the angles may be different depending on the reflective surface, the reflective/refractive properties of the waveguides, etc., the two reflectors directing a portion of the light from the real world along each side of the first waveguide (or along two separate waveguides if the top layer is not a monolithic structure) so that the light strikes a reflector ( 548 , 550 ) at each end, such as a DMD, which can be used for selective attenuation, after which the reflected light can be injected back into the second waveguide (or back into two separate waveguides if the bottom layer is not a monolithic structure) and back into the two tilted reflectors (again, they do not need to be at 45 degrees as shown) to be emitted toward the eye ( 58 ).
聚焦透明也可被置于每个端部处的反射器与波导之间。在另一实施例中,每个端部处的反射器(548、550)可以包括标准的镜(诸如镀铝镜)。进一步地,反射器可以是波长选择性反射器,诸如二向色镜或薄膜干涉滤波器。进一步地,反射器可以是被配置为反射传入光的衍射元件。A focusing transparency may also be placed between the reflector at each end and the waveguide. In another embodiment, the reflector (548, 550) at each end may comprise a standard mirror (such as an aluminized mirror). Further, the reflector may be a wavelength selective reflector, such as a dichroic mirror or a thin film interference filter. Further, the reflector may be a diffractive element configured to reflect incoming light.
图19F示出这样的配置:在该配置中,采取金字塔型配置的四个反射面被用于引导光通过两个波导(560、562),其中来自真实世界的传入光可被分割并反射到四个不同的轴。金字塔形反射器(564)可以具有四个以上的面,并且可以位于基片棱镜内,就像图19E的配置中的反射器一样。图19F的配置是图19E的配置的扩展。FIG19F shows a configuration in which four reflective surfaces in a pyramidal configuration are used to guide light through two waveguides (560, 562), where incoming light from the real world can be split and reflected onto four different axes. The pyramidal reflector (564) can have more than four faces and can be located within the substrate prism, just like the reflector in the configuration of FIG19E. The configuration of FIG19F is an extension of the configuration of FIG19E.
参考图19G,单波导(566)可被用于借助一个或多个反射面(574、 576、578、580、582)捕获来自世界(144)的光,并将其中继(570)到选择性衰减器(568;诸如DMD阵列),然后将其再次耦合回同一波导,以使其继续传播(572)并且遇到一个或多个其它反射面(584、586、588、 590、592),这些其它反射面导致光至少部分地从波导射出(594)并射向用户的眼睛(58)。优选地,波导包括选择性反射器,以使得一组反射面 (574、576、578、580、582)能够被切换到接通状态,以捕获传入光并将其导向选择性衰减器,而单独的另一组反射面(584、586、588、590、592) 可被切换到接通状态以将从选择性衰减器返回的光射向眼睛(58)。19G , a single waveguide (566) can be used to capture light from the world (144) via one or more reflective surfaces (574, 576, 578, 580, 582) and relay it (570) to a selective attenuator (568; such as a DMD array), and then couple it back into the same waveguide again so that it continues to propagate (572) and encounters one or more other reflective surfaces (584, 586, 588, 590, 592) that cause the light to at least partially exit the waveguide (594) and toward the user's eye (58). Preferably, the waveguide includes a selective reflector such that one set of reflective surfaces (574, 576, 578, 580, 582) can be switched on to capture incoming light and direct it toward the selective attenuator, while a separate set of reflective surfaces (584, 586, 588, 590, 592) can be switched on to direct light returning from the selective attenuator toward the eye (58).
为简单起见,选择性衰减器被示为基本垂直于波导定向;在其它实施例中,可以使用诸如折射或反射光学元件之类的各种光学组件使得选择性衰减器相对于波导位于另一不同并更紧凑的方位。For simplicity, the selective attenuator is shown as being oriented substantially perpendicular to the waveguide; in other embodiments, various optical components such as refractive or reflective optical elements may be used to position the selective attenuator in a different and more compact orientation relative to the waveguide.
参考图19H,其中示出参考图19D描述的配置的变型。该配置有些类似于上面参考图5B介绍的配置,其中可切换的反射器阵列可以嵌入一对波导(602、604)中的每一者。参考图19H,控制器可以被配置为依次接通和关断反射器(2598、600),以使多个发射器按帧序列工作;然后DMD 或其它选择性衰减器(594)可以与其它反射镜被接通和关断同步地依次被驱动。Referring to FIG19H , a variation of the configuration described with reference to FIG19D is shown. This configuration is somewhat similar to the configuration described above with reference to FIG5B , in which a switchable reflector array can be embedded in each of a pair of waveguides (602, 604). Referring to FIG19H , a controller can be configured to sequentially turn reflectors (2598, 600) on and off to operate multiple emitters in a frame sequence; then the DMD or other selective attenuator (594) can be driven sequentially in synchronization with the other reflectors being turned on and off.
参考图19I,其中通过侧视图或剖面图示出与上述波导(例如,参考图15A-15C描述的波导)类似的一对楔形波导,以例示每个楔形波导(610、 612)的两个长表面不共面。可以在楔形波导的一个或多个表面上使用“转向膜”(606、608;诸如3M公司制造的转向膜,商标名为“TRAF”,其本质上包括微棱镜阵列),以使传入射线转动一定角度以便由全内反射捕获,或者在传出射线从波导射出并射向眼睛或其它目标时转向。传入射线被沿着第一楔形波导导向选择性衰减器(614),诸如DMD、LCD(诸如铁电LCD)或充当遮罩的LCD堆栈。Referring to FIG19I , a pair of wedge-shaped waveguides similar to those described above (e.g., as described with reference to FIG15A-15C ) are shown in side view or cross-section to illustrate that the two long surfaces of each wedge-shaped waveguide (610, 612) are not coplanar. A "turning film" (606, 608; such as that manufactured by 3M under the trade name "TRAF," which essentially comprises an array of microprisms) can be used on one or more surfaces of the wedge-shaped waveguides to either turn incoming rays to an angle for capture by total internal reflection or to turn outgoing rays as they exit the waveguides toward the eye or other target. The incoming rays are directed along the first wedge-shaped waveguide to a selective attenuator (614), such as a DMD, an LCD (such as a ferroelectric LCD), or an LCD stack that acts as a mask.
在选择性衰减器(614)之后,反射光被耦合回第二楔形波导,该波导然后通过全内反射沿着楔形中继光。楔形波导的性质刻意使得光的每次反射导致角度变化;这样的点变为楔形波导的出射点:在该点处,角度变化得足以成为脱离全内反射的临界角。通常,将以倾斜角度射出光,因此,另一转向膜层可被用于将出射光“转向”诸如眼睛(58)之类的定向目标。After the selective attenuator (614), the reflected light is coupled back into the second wedge-shaped waveguide, which then relays the light along the wedge by total internal reflection. The nature of the wedge-shaped waveguide is such that each reflection of the light results in a change in angle; this point becomes the exit point of the wedge-shaped waveguide: at this point, the angle has changed enough to become the critical angle for escape from total internal reflection. Typically, the light will exit at an oblique angle, so another turning film layer can be used to "turn" the exiting light toward a directional target such as the eye (58).
参考图19J,数个拱形小透镜阵列(616、620、622)相对于眼睛放置,并且被配置为使得空间衰减器阵列(618)位于焦平面/图像平面,以便与眼睛(58)的焦点对准。第一(618)和第二(620)阵列被配置为在聚合中,从真实世界传递到眼睛的光基本上穿过零功率望远镜。图19J的实施例示出第三小透镜阵列(622),该阵列可被用于改善光学补偿,但是一般情况下不需要这样的第三层。如上所述,具备直径为查看光学元件的望远镜可以产生过大的形状因数(有点类似于在眼睛前面放置一堆小型双筒望远镜装置)。Referring to FIG19J , several arched lenslet arrays (616, 620, 622) are positioned relative to the eye and configured so that the spatial attenuator array (618) is located at the focal plane/image plane so as to be aligned with the focus of the eye (58). The first (618) and second (620) arrays are configured so that, in convergence, light passing from the real world to the eye passes essentially through a zero-power telescope. The embodiment of FIG19J shows a third lenslet array (622) that can be used to improve optical compensation, but such a third layer is generally not required. As described above, a telescope with a diameter of the viewing optics can produce an excessively large form factor (somewhat similar to placing a stack of small binoculars in front of the eyes).
一种优化整体几何结构的方式是通过将透镜分割为更小的小透镜来减小透镜直径,如图19J所示(即,透镜阵列,而非一个单一的大透镜)。小透镜阵列(616、620、622)被示为在眼睛(58)周围通过径向或拱形方式卷绕,以确保进入瞳孔的光束通过适当的小透镜对齐(否则,系统可能遭受光学问题,诸如色散、重叠和/或聚焦不良)。因此,所有透镜被定向为“向前内倾”并且指向眼睛(58)的瞳孔,系统促进避免这样的情况:其中通过非预期的透镜组将射线传播到瞳孔。One way to optimize the overall geometry is to reduce the lens diameter by dividing the lens into smaller lenslets, as shown in FIG19J (i.e., an array of lenses, rather than a single large lens). The lenslet array (616, 620, 622) is shown wrapped in a radial or arcuate manner around the eye (58) to ensure that the light beams entering the pupil are aligned through the appropriate lenslets (otherwise, the system may suffer from optical problems such as dispersion, overlap, and/or poor focus). Thus, all lenses are oriented to be "front-in" and pointed toward the pupil of the eye (58), and the system facilitates avoiding situations where rays are propagated to the pupil through unintended lens groups.
参考图19K-19N,可以使用各种软件技术帮助在虚拟或增强现实置换案例中呈现暗场。参考图19K,其中示出用于增强现实的典型挑战性情景 (632),该情景具有花式地毯(624)和不均匀背景架构特征(626),这两者均为轻度着色。所示的黑框(628)指示其中一个或多个增强现实特征将被呈现给用户进行三维感知的区域,在该黑框中,呈现机器人生物(630),该生物可以是用户参与的增强现实游戏的一部分。在所示的实例中,机器人生物(630)被重度着色,这有助于在三维感知中实现具有挑战性的呈现,尤其是对于针对该实例情景选定的背景。19K-19N , various software techniques can be used to assist in rendering dark scenes in virtual or augmented reality replacement cases. Referring to FIG19K , a typical challenging scenario (632) for augmented reality is shown, which has a patterned carpet (624) and uneven background architectural features (626), both of which are lightly colored. The black box (628) shown indicates the area where one or more augmented reality features will be presented to the user for three-dimensional perception, and within this black box, a robotic creature (630) is presented, which may be part of an augmented reality game in which the user participates. In the example shown, the robotic creature (630) is heavily colored, which helps achieve a challenging rendering in three-dimensional perception, especially for the background selected for this example scenario.
如上文简单所述,呈现暗场增强现实对象的主要挑战在于系统一般无法添加“黑暗”或在“黑暗”中绘画;一般情况下,显示器被配置为添加光亮。因此,参考图19L,没有任何专门的软件处理来增强暗场感知,增强现实视景中的机器人人物的呈现导致这样的场景:其中在呈现中基本为哑黑色的机器人人物的各部分不可见,具有些许亮光的机器人物的各部分 (诸如机器人物在肩上扛的枪的外盖轻度着色)只是稍微可见(634),它们看上去就像正常背景图像的轻度灰阶中断。As briefly mentioned above, the main challenge in rendering dark-field augmented reality objects is that systems generally cannot add "darkness" or paint in "darkness"; displays are typically configured to add light. Thus, referring to FIG19L , without any specialized software processing to enhance dark-field perception, the rendering of a robotic figure in an augmented reality scene results in a scene in which parts of the robotic figure that are essentially matte black in the rendering are invisible, and parts of the robotic figure that have some light (such as the light tinting of the outer cover of the gun slung over the robotic figure's shoulder) are only slightly visible (634), appearing as slight grayscale interruptions to the normal background image.
参考图19M,使用基于软件的全域衰减处理(类似于以数字方式戴上一副太阳镜)提供机器人人物的增强可视性,因为几乎为黑色的机器人人物的亮度相对于空间的其它部分有效增加,现在显得更黑(640)。图19M 还示出数字添加的光环(636),可以添加该光环以增强目前更可见的机器人人物形状(638)并将其与背景相区分。通过光环处理,即使将被呈现为哑黑色的机器人人物的各部分也通过与白色光环的对比变得可见,或者在机器人人物周围通过“光环”的形式呈现。Referring to FIG19M , the use of a software-based global attenuation process (similar to digitally putting on a pair of sunglasses) provides enhanced visibility of the robotic figure, as the brightness of the nearly black robotic figure is effectively increased relative to the rest of the space, now appearing darker (640). FIG19M also shows a digitally added halo (636) that can be added to enhance the now more visible shape of the robotic figure (638) and distinguish it from the background. Through the halo process, even parts of the robotic figure that would otherwise appear matte black are made visible by contrast with the white halo, or by a "halo" around the robotic figure.
优选地,可以通过所感知的焦距将光环呈现给用户,该焦距在三维空间中位于机器人人物的焦距之后。在其中使用诸如上述技术之类的单板遮蔽技术呈现暗场的配置中,亮晕可以以强度梯度呈现以便与伴随遮蔽的暗晕匹配,从而最小化任一暗场效应的可见度。进一步地,可以通过模糊到所呈现的光环后面的背景来呈现光环以实现进一步的区分效应。更细微的光环或晕轮效应可以通过至少部分地匹配较轻度着色背景的颜色和/或亮度来产生。Preferably, the halo can be presented to the user at a perceived focal length that is behind the focal length of the robotic figure in three-dimensional space. In configurations where a dark field is presented using a single-panel shading technique, such as that described above, the bright halo can be presented with an intensity gradient to match the dark halo accompanying the shading, thereby minimizing the visibility of any dark field effect. Furthermore, the halo can be presented with a background blurred behind the presented halo to achieve a further distinguishing effect. More subtle halo or ring effects can be produced by at least partially matching the color and/or brightness of a lighter-colored background.
参考图19N,机器人人物的部分或全部黑色调可以被更改为较深的酷蓝色以提供相对于背景的进一步区分效应,以及提供相对良好的机器人可视化(642)。19N , some or all of the black tones of the robot figure may be changed to a darker cool blue to provide further distinction from the background, as well as provide relatively good robot visualization ( 642 ).
上面已经例如参考图15A-15C 以及图19I描述了楔形波导。通过楔形波导,每当射线反弹出其中一个非共面表面时,便会使角度改变,这最终导致当射线到所述表面之一的接近角超过临界角时,该射线退出全内反射。转向膜可被用于重定向出射光,以使出射光束通过或多或少与出射面垂直的轨迹离开,具体取决于当时的几何学和人体工学问题。Wedge-shaped waveguides have been described above, for example, with reference to Figures 15A-15C and 19I. With a wedge-shaped waveguide, each time a ray bounces off one of the non-coplanar surfaces, it experiences a change in angle, ultimately leading to total internal reflection when the ray's angle of approach to one of the surfaces exceeds the critical angle. Turning films can be used to redirect the outgoing light so that the outgoing beam exits along a trajectory that is more or less perpendicular to the exit surface, depending on the geometry and ergonomic considerations at hand.
通过将图像信息注入楔形波导的显示器系列或阵列(如图15C所示),例如,楔形波导可被配置为创建从楔形射出的角度偏斜射线的细间隔阵列。有点类似地,上面已经介绍了光场显示器或产生波导的可变波前两者可产生多个细光束或光束以表示空间中的单个像素,这样,无论眼睛位于何处,特定于位于显示面板前面的该特定眼睛位置的多个不同细光束或光束会射入眼睛。By injecting image information into a series or array of displays of wedge-shaped waveguides (as shown in FIG15C ), for example, the wedge-shaped waveguides can be configured to create a finely spaced array of angularly deflected rays exiting the wedges. Somewhat similarly, as described above, light field displays or variable wavefronts generating waveguides can both generate multiple beamlets or beams to represent a single pixel in space, such that no matter where the eye is located, multiple different beamlets or beams specific to that particular eye position in front of the display panel will be emitted into the eye.
就像上面在光场显示上下文中进一步介绍的那样,可以在给定瞳孔内创建多个查看区域,每个区域可被用于不同的焦距,其中聚合产生以下感知:即,该感知类似于产生波导的可变波前的感知,或类似于所查看对象的现实的实际光学物理特征是真实的。因此,可以使用具有多个显示的楔形波导产生光场。在类似于图15C的实施例(带有注入图像信息的显示器线性阵列)的一个实施例中,针对每个像素产生出射射线扇面。此概念可以在其中堆叠多个线性阵列以全部将图像信息注入楔形波导的实施例(在一变型中,一个阵列可以通过一个相对于楔形波导面的角度注入,而第二阵列可以通过第二相对于楔形波导面的角度注入)中扩展,在这种情况下,出射光束以两个不同的轴从楔形波导中扇出。As further described above in the context of light field displays, multiple viewing zones can be created within a given pupil, each of which can be used for a different focal length, where the aggregate produces a perception that is similar to the perception of a variable wavefront generated by a waveguide, or to the actual optical and physical characteristics of the reality of the viewed object being real. Thus, a light field can be generated using a wedge-shaped waveguide with multiple displays. In one embodiment similar to that of FIG15C (with a linear array of displays injected with image information), an exit ray fan is generated for each pixel. This concept can be extended to embodiments in which multiple linear arrays are stacked to all inject image information into a wedge-shaped waveguide (in a variation, one array can inject at one angle relative to the wedge waveguide face, while a second array can inject at a second angle relative to the wedge waveguide face), in which case the exit beams fan out from the wedge waveguide along two different axes.
因此,此类配置可用于产生以多个不同的角度射出的多个光束,并且每个光束可被单独地驱动,因为实际上在此配置下,每个光束被使用单独的显示器驱动。在另一实施例中,一个或多个阵列或显示器可被配置为通过图15C所示的楔形波导的侧面或面以外的侧面或面将图像信息注入楔形波导,例如通过使用衍射光学元件使所注入的图像信息弯曲到相对于楔形波导的全内反射配置中。Thus, such a configuration can be used to generate multiple light beams emitted at multiple different angles, and each light beam can be driven individually, as in effect, each light beam is driven using a separate display in this configuration. In another embodiment, one or more arrays or displays can be configured to inject image information into the wedge waveguide through a side or face other than the side or face of the wedge waveguide shown in FIG15C , such as by using a diffractive optical element to bend the injected image information into a total internal reflection configuration relative to the wedge waveguide.
与此类楔形波导实施例一致地,还可以使用各种反射器或反射面从楔形波导解耦光并管理这些光。在一实施例中,楔形波导的入口孔,或者通过图15C所示的面以外的面注入图像信息可被用于促进不同显示器和阵列的交错(几何交错和/或时间交错),从而产生Z轴差作为将三维信息注入楔形波导的手段。对于大于三维阵列的配置,各种显示器可被配置为在不同的边处进入楔形波导,这些边交错地堆叠以获取更高的维度配置。Consistent with such wedge-shaped waveguide embodiments, various reflectors or reflective surfaces can also be used to decouple light from the wedge-shaped waveguide and manage such light. In one embodiment, the entrance aperture of the wedge-shaped waveguide, or the injection of image information through surfaces other than those shown in FIG. 15C , can be used to facilitate the interleaving (geometric and/or temporal) of different displays and arrays, thereby creating a Z-axis difference as a means of injecting three-dimensional information into the wedge-shaped waveguide. For configurations larger than a three-dimensional array, various displays can be configured to enter the wedge-shaped waveguide at different edges, with these edges stacked in an interleaved manner to achieve higher dimensional configurations.
现在参考图20A,其中示出类似于图8H所示的配置的配置,在该配置中,波导(646)具有夹在中间(备选地,如上所述,衍射光学元件可以位于在所示波导的前方或背面上)的衍射光学元件(648;或上述“DOE”)。射线可以从投光器或显示器(644)进入波导(646)。一旦进入波导(646),每当射线与DOE(648)相交时,其一部分从波导(646)射出。如上所述, DOE可以被设计为使得跨波导(646)的长度的出射照明有些均匀(例如,第一此类DOE相交可被配置为使大约10%的光射出;然后第二DOE相交可被配置为使剩余光的大约10%射出,因此81%继续传输,以此类推;在另一实施例中,DOE可以被设计为沿其长度具有可变衍射效率(诸如线性减小衍射效率),以便跨波导的长度射出更均匀的出射照明)。Referring now to FIG. 20A , there is shown a configuration similar to that shown in FIG. 8H , in which a waveguide (646) has a diffractive optical element (648; or "DOE" as described above) sandwiched therebetween (alternatively, as described above, the diffractive optical element can be located on the front or back of the waveguide shown). Rays can enter the waveguide (646) from a light projector or display (644). Once in the waveguide (646), each time a ray intersects the DOE (648), a portion of the ray exits the waveguide (646). As described above, the DOEs can be designed so that the exit illumination is somewhat uniform across the length of the waveguide (646) (e.g., a first such DOE intersection can be configured to exit approximately 10% of the light; then a second DOE intersection can be configured to exit approximately 10% of the remaining light, so that 81% continues to be transmitted, and so on; in another embodiment, the DOEs can be designed to have variable diffraction efficiency along their length (such as a linearly decreasing diffraction efficiency) so as to exit more uniform exit illumination across the length of the waveguide).
为了进一步分布到达端部的剩余光(在一实施例中,允许选择相对低的衍射效率DOE,从视景-世界透明性的角度来看,这是有利的),可以包括位于一端或两端的反射元件(650)。进一步地,参考图20B的实施例,如图所示,通过跨波导的长度包括细长型反射器(652)(例如,包括具有波长选择性的薄膜二向色涂层),实现额外分布和保留;优选地,此反射器将阻挡意外地向上反射的光(返回真实世界44以通过查看者不能利用的方式射出)。在某些实施例中,此类细长型反射器有利于用户感知到幻影效应。To further distribute the remaining light that reaches the ends (in one embodiment, allowing the selection of a relatively low diffraction efficiency DOE, which is advantageous from a view-world transparency perspective), a reflective element (650) may be included at one or both ends. Further, referring to the embodiment of FIG20B , additional distribution and retention is achieved by including an elongated reflector (652) (e.g., comprising a thin-film dichroic coating with wavelength selectivity) across the length of the waveguide as shown; preferably, this reflector will block light that is accidentally reflected upward (back toward the real world 44 to be emitted in a manner that is unavailable to the viewer). In certain embodiments, such an elongated reflector facilitates the user's perception of a phantom effect.
在一实施例中,该幻影效应可通过配备双波导(646、654)循环反射配置来消除,诸如图20C所示的配置,该配置被设计为使光保持四周移动,直至跨波导组装件的长度以优选地基本均匀分布的方式朝着眼睛(58)射出。参考图20C,光可以通过投光器或显示器(644)注入,并且跨第一波导(654)的DOE(656)行进,其将优选地基本均匀的光图案射向眼睛(58);留在第一波导中的光被第一反射器组装件(660)反射到第二波导(646) 内。在一实施例中,第二波导(646)可被配置为没有DOE,从而只是使用第二发射器组装件将剩余光传输或再循环回第一波导。In one embodiment, this ghosting effect can be eliminated by providing a dual waveguide (646, 654) recirculating reflective configuration, such as that shown in FIG20C, which is designed to keep the light moving around until it is emitted toward the eye (58) in a preferably substantially uniform distribution across the length of the waveguide assembly. Referring to FIG20C, light can be injected through a light projector or display (644) and travel across the DOE (656) of the first waveguide (654), which projects a preferably substantially uniform light pattern toward the eye (58); the light remaining in the first waveguide is reflected by the first reflector assembly (660) into the second waveguide (646). In one embodiment, the second waveguide (646) can be configured without a DOE, thereby simply transmitting or recycling the remaining light back to the first waveguide using the second emitter assembly.
在另一实施例中(如图20C所示),第二波导(646)也可以具有DOE (648),该DOE被配置为均匀地射出正在行进的光的一部分,以提供用于实现三维感知的第二焦平面。与图20A和20B的配置不同,图20C的配置被设计为使得光沿一个方向穿过波导,这避免了上述幻影问题(与让光返回穿过具有DOE的波导相关)。参考图20D,可以使用更小的回射器阵列(662)或回射材料,而不是在波导的端部设置镜状或盒状反射器组装件(660)来循环光。In another embodiment (as shown in FIG20C ), the second waveguide (646) may also have a DOE (648) configured to uniformly emit a portion of the traveling light to provide a second focal plane for achieving three-dimensional perception. Unlike the configurations of FIG20A and 20B , the configuration of FIG20C is designed so that light travels through the waveguide in one direction, which avoids the ghosting problem described above (associated with having light travel back through a waveguide with a DOE). Referring to FIG20D , a smaller retroreflector array (662) or retroreflective material may be used instead of having a mirror-like or box-like reflector assembly (660) at the end of the waveguide to recycle light.
参考图20E,其中示出这样的实施例:该实施例利用图20C的实施例的某些光循环配置使得光在通过显示器或投光器(644)注入之后,迂回穿过具有被夹在中间的DOE(648)的波导(646),这样便可在到达底部之前多次来回横跨波导(646),在到达底部时,光可以循环回顶层以进一步循环。此类配置不仅循环光和促进使用较低衍射效率的DOE元件将光射向眼睛(58),而且还分布光以提供与参考图8K描述的配置类似的大出瞳配置。Referring to FIG20E , there is shown an embodiment that utilizes certain light recycling configurations of the embodiment of FIG20C such that light, after being injected through a display or light projector (644), meanders through a waveguide (646) having a DOE (648) sandwiched therein, such that it traverses the waveguide (646) multiple times before reaching the bottom, where it can be recycled back to the top layer for further recycling. Such a configuration not only recycles light and facilitates the use of less diffraction-efficient DOE elements to direct light toward the eye (58), but also distributes the light to provide a large exit pupil configuration similar to the configuration described with reference to FIG8K .
参考图20F,其中示出与图5A的配置类似的示例性配置,其中传入光沿着传统的棱镜或分束器基片(104)注入反射器(102)并且不执行全内射(即,未将棱镜视为波导),因为输入投影(106)、扫描或其它操作保持在棱镜的范围内—这意味着此类棱镜的几何形状成为重要约束。在另一实施例中,可以利用波导替代图20F的简单棱镜,这促进使用全内射提供更多的几何结构灵活性。Referring to FIG20F , there is shown an exemplary configuration similar to that of FIG5A , in which the incoming light is injected into the reflector (102) along a conventional prism or beam splitter substrate (104) and no total internal reflection is performed (i.e., the prism is not treated as a waveguide) because the input projection (106), scanning, or other operations remain within the confines of the prism—which means that the geometry of such a prism becomes an important constraint. In another embodiment, a waveguide can be utilized instead of the simple prism of FIG20F , which facilitates the use of total internal reflection to provide more geometric flexibility.
上述其它配置被配置为从包含波导以实现类似的光操纵中获益。例如,返回参考图7A,其中所示的一般概念是被注入波导的准直光可以在朝着眼睛传出之前被重调焦距,此配置还被设计为促进查看来自真实世界的光。可以使用衍射光学元件来替代图7A所示的折射透镜作为可变焦元件。Other configurations described above are also configured to benefit from the inclusion of waveguides to achieve similar light manipulation. For example, referring back to FIG7A , the general concept illustrated therein is that collimated light injected into the waveguide can be refocused before exiting toward the eye, a configuration also designed to facilitate viewing of light from the real world. Instead of the refractive lens shown in FIG7A , a diffractive optical element can be used as the variable focus element.
返回参考图7B,在具有多个彼此堆叠的层的上下文中示出另一波导配置,其中具有小路径(通过波导进行全内反射)与大路径(通过包括原始波导和液晶隔离区的混合波导进行全内反射,其中液晶被切换到主波导与辅助波导之间的折射率基本匹配的模式)之间的可控存取切换功能,这样,控制器能够逐帧调谐被采用的路径。诸如铌酸锂之类的高速切换电活性材料促进路径通过此类配置以千兆赫速率改变,这允许逐像素更改光路。Referring back to FIG7B , another waveguide configuration is shown in the context of multiple layers stacked on top of each other, with controllable access switching between a small path (through total internal reflection in the waveguide) and a large path (through total internal reflection in a hybrid waveguide comprising the original waveguide and a liquid crystal isolation region, where the liquid crystal is switched to a mode where the refractive index between the primary and auxiliary waveguides is substantially matched). This allows a controller to tune the path taken on a frame-by-frame basis. High-speed switching electroactive materials such as lithium niobate facilitate path changes at gigahertz rates through such a configuration, allowing the optical path to be altered pixel by pixel.
返回参考图8A,其中示出与弱透镜配对的波导堆栈以展示其中透镜和波导元件可以为静态元件的多焦点配置。每对波导和透镜可以在功能上被具有嵌入式DOE元件(可以是静态元件(与图8A的配置极为类似),也可以是动态元件)的波导替代,例如参考图8I所述。Referring back to FIG8A , which shows a waveguide stack paired with a weak lens to demonstrate a multifocal configuration in which the lens and waveguide elements can be static elements, each waveguide and lens pair can be functionally replaced by a waveguide with an embedded DOE element (which can be a static element (much like the configuration of FIG8A ) or a dynamic element), such as described with reference to FIG8I .
参考图20G,如果在潜望镜型配置中使用透明的棱镜或块(104;即,不是波导)支撑反射镜或反射器(102)以从其它组件(诸如透镜(662) 和投光器或显示器(644))接收光,则视场受该反射器(102;反射器越大,视场越宽)的大小限制。因此,为了在此类配置中具有更大视场,需要更厚的基片来支撑较大的反射器;否则可以使用聚合的多个反射器的功能来增加功能性视场,如参考图8O、8P以及8Q所述。参考图20H,可以使用平面波导(666)的堆栈(664)朝着较大单个反射器的功能聚合,每个平面波导都通过显示器或投光器(644;或者在另一实施例中,通过单个显示器的多路传输)馈入光并且具有出射反射器(668)。在某些情况下,各个出射反射器可以位于同一角度,在另一些情况下,它们可以位于不同角度,具体取决于眼睛(58)相对于组装件的定位。Referring to FIG20G , if a transparent prism or block (104; i.e., not a waveguide) is used in a periscope-type configuration to support a mirror or reflector (102) to receive light from other components (such as a lens (662) and a light projector or display (644)), the field of view is limited by the size of the reflector (102; the larger the reflector, the wider the field of view). Therefore, to have a larger field of view in such a configuration, a thicker substrate is required to support a larger reflector; otherwise, the functional field of view can be increased by using the functionality of multiple reflectors aggregated, as described with reference to FIG8O , 8P , and 8Q . Referring to FIG20H , a stack (664) of planar waveguides (666) can be used to aggregate toward the functionality of a larger single reflector, each fed with light through a display or light projector (644; or, in another embodiment, multiplexed through a single display) and having an exit reflector (668). In some cases, the exit reflectors may be located at the same angle, and in other cases they may be located at different angles, depending on the positioning of the eye (58) relative to the assembly.
图20l示出相关配置,其中平面波导(670、672、674、676、678)中的每一者内的反射器(680、682、684、686、688)已经彼此偏离,并且其中每个波导吸收来自投光器或显示器(644)的光,这些光通过透镜(690) 发送,最终借助平面波导(670、672、674、676、678)中的每一者内的反射器(680、682、684、686、688)将这些光发射到眼睛(58)的瞳孔(45)。如果可以产生被期望在场景中看到的所有角度的全范围(即,优选地在关键视场中没有盲点),则已经实现有用的视场。如上所述,眼睛(58)至少部分地基于光线进入眼睛的角度工作,并且可以仿真此动作。射线无需穿过瞳孔空间中的同一点—而是,光线仅需穿过瞳孔并且被视网膜感知到即可。图20K示出一变型,其中光学组装件的阴影部可被用作补偿透镜,以在功能上使来自真实世界(144)的光穿过该组装件,就像穿过零功率望远镜那样。FIG201 shows a related configuration in which the reflectors (680, 682, 684, 686, 688) within each of the planar waveguides (670, 672, 674, 676, 678) have been offset from one another, and in which each waveguide absorbs light from a projector or display (644), which is sent through a lens (690) and ultimately emitted to the pupil (45) of the eye (58) by means of the reflectors (680, 682, 684, 686, 688) within each of the planar waveguides (670, 672, 674, 676, 678). A useful field of view has been achieved if the full range of all angles desired to be seen in a scene can be produced (i.e., preferably with no blind spots in the critical field of view). As described above, the eye (58) operates at least in part based on the angle at which light enters the eye, and this action can be simulated. The rays do not need to pass through the same point in pupil space - rather, the rays only need to pass through the pupil and be perceived by the retina. Figure 20K shows a variation in which the shaded portion of the optical assembly can be used as a compensating lens to functionally allow light from the real world (144) to pass through the assembly as if through a zero-power telescope.
参考图20J,每个上述射线也是相对宽的光束,它借助全内反射,通过相关波导(670、672)反射。反射器(680、682)面大小决定出射光束的宽度。20J, each of the above rays is also a relatively wide beam, which is reflected by the associated waveguide (670, 672) by total internal reflection. The size of the reflector (680, 682) determines the width of the outgoing beam.
参考图20L,其中示出反射器的进一步离散化,其中多个小型直角反射器可以通过波导或波导堆栈(696)聚合地形成大致为抛物线的反射面 (694)。来自显示器(644;或者例如单个多路复用显示器)的光(诸如通过透镜(690))全部被导向眼睛(58)的瞳孔(45)上的同一共享焦点。Referring to FIG20L , a further discretization of the reflector is shown, wherein a plurality of small right-angle reflectors can be aggregated to form a roughly parabolic reflective surface (694) via a waveguide or waveguide stack (696). Light from a display (644; or, for example, a single multiplexed display) (such as through a lens (690)) is all directed to the same shared focal point on the pupil (45) of the eye (58).
返回参考图13M,线性显示器阵列(378)将光注入共享波导(376)。在另一实施例中,单个显示器可以多路传输到一系列入口透镜以提供与图 13M的实施例类似的功能,其中入口透镜产生穿过波导的平行射线路径。Referring back to Figure 13M, a linear array of displays (378) injects light into a shared waveguide (376). In another embodiment, a single display can be multiplexed to a series of entrance lenses to provide similar functionality to the embodiment of Figure 13M, where the entrance lenses generate parallel ray paths through the waveguide.
在其中全内反射依赖于光传播的传统波导技术中,视场受到限制,因为只有特定角度范围的射线穿过波导传播(其它可能逸出)。在一实施例中,如果红色/绿色/蓝色(或“RGB”)激光线反射器被置于平面上的一端或全部两端(类似于仅针对特定波长具有高度反射性,但是对于其它波长反射性较差的薄膜干涉滤波器),则可以在功能上增大光传播的角度范围。可以设置不带涂层的窗口以允许光在预定位置上射出。进一步地,涂层可被选择为具有方向选择性(有点类似于仅针对特定入射角度具有高度反射性的反射元件)。此类涂层与较大的波导平面/侧面最相关。In conventional waveguide technology, where total internal reflection is relied upon for light propagation, the field of view is limited because only rays within a certain angular range propagate through the waveguide (others may escape). In one embodiment, if red/green/blue (or "RGB") laser line reflectors are placed on one or both ends of the plane (similar to thin-film interference filters that are highly reflective only for certain wavelengths but less reflective for other wavelengths), the angular range of light propagation can be functionally increased. Uncoated windows can be provided to allow light to exit at predetermined locations. Furthermore, the coating can be chosen to be directionally selective (somewhat similar to a reflective element that is highly reflective only for certain angles of incidence). Such coatings are most relevant for larger waveguide planes/sides.
返回参考图13E,其中介绍了扫描光纤显示器的一个变型,该变型被视为扫描薄波导配置,以使得多个极薄平面波导(358)被校准或振动,这样,如果多个注入光束通过全内反射射出,则该配置将在功能上提供离开振动元件(358)的边缘的光束的线性阵列。所示配置具有大约5个外部投影的平面波导部分(358),这些部分位于透明的主介质或基片(356)内,但是主介质或基片优选地具有不同的折射率,以使得光处于每个固定在基片上的小波导内的全内反射中,这些小波导最终馈送外部投影的平面波导部分(358)(在所示的实施例中,每个路径中存在一个90度转向,在该点处,平面反射器、弧形反射器或其它反射器可被用于使光朝外反射)。Referring back to FIG13E , a variation of a scanning fiber display is described which is viewed as a scanning thin waveguide configuration such that a plurality of very thin planar waveguides (358) are collimated or vibrated such that if a plurality of injected beams are emitted by total internal reflection, the configuration will functionally provide a linear array of beams exiting the edge of the vibrating element (358). The configuration shown has approximately five externally projected planar waveguide sections (358) located within a transparent host medium or substrate (356), but the host medium or substrate preferably has a different refractive index so that the light is in total internal reflection within each of the small waveguides affixed to the substrate, which ultimately feed the externally projected planar waveguide sections (358) (in the embodiment shown, there is a 90 degree turn in each path at which point a planar reflector, curved reflector, or other reflector may be used to reflect the light outward).
外部投影的平面波导部分(358)可被单独振动,或者作为一个组随着基片(356)的振荡运动而振动。此类扫描运动可以提供水平扫描,并且针对垂直扫描,可以使用组装件的输入(360)方面(即,诸如在垂直轴线中扫描的一个或多个扫描光纤显示器)。因此提供扫描光纤显示器的一个变型。The externally projected planar waveguide portions (358) can be vibrated individually or as a group in response to the oscillatory motion of the substrate (356). Such scanning motion can provide horizontal scanning, and for vertical scanning, aspects of the input (360) of the assembly can be used (i.e., such as one or more scanning fiber displays that scan in the vertical axis). Thus, a variation of a scanning fiber display is provided.
返回参考图13H,可以使用波导(370)创建光场。根据从感知角度来看,波导最适合可能与光学无限远关联的准直光束,所有焦距对准的光束可能导致感知不适(即,根据视觉调节,眼睛不会区分折射模糊的差异;换言之,窄直径(诸如0.5mm或更小)准直细光束可以开环控制眼睛的视觉调节/辐辏系统,从而导致不适)。Referring back to FIG13H , a light field can be created using a waveguide (370). From a perceptual perspective, waveguides are best suited for collimated beams that may be associated with optical infinity, as all beams in focus may cause perceptual discomfort (i.e., the eye does not distinguish differences in refractive blur based on accommodation; in other words, narrow diameter (such as 0.5 mm or less) collimated beamlets may open-loop control the eye's accommodation/convergence system, causing discomfort).
在一实施例中,单个光束可通过传出的多个锥体形细光束馈入,但是如果进入光束的引入向量变化(即,相对于波导横向移动投光器/显示器的光束注入位置),则可以控制光束在被导向眼睛时离开波导的位置。因此可以使用波导,通过产生一束窄直径准直光束来创建光场,并且此类配置不依赖于与眼睛的期望感知关联的光波前的真实变化。In one embodiment, a single beam can be fed through multiple outgoing cone-shaped beamlets, but if the incoming beam's introduction vector is varied (i.e., the beam injection location of the projector/display is moved laterally relative to the waveguide), the position of the beam exiting the waveguide as it is directed toward the eye can be controlled. Thus, a waveguide can be used to create a light field by producing a narrow diameter collimated beam, and such a configuration does not rely on actual variations in the light wavefront associated with the eye's desired perception.
如果将一组在角度和横向上多样的细光束注入波导(例如,通过使用多芯光纤并且单独驱动每个芯;另一配置可以使用来自不同角度的多个光纤扫描器;另一配置可以使用顶部具有小透镜阵列的高分辨率面板显示器),则可以在不同的出射角度和出射位置处产生多个出射细光束。由于波导可以扰乱光场,所以优选地预先确定解码。If a set of angularly and laterally diverse beamlets is injected into the waveguide (e.g., by using a multi-core fiber and driving each core individually; another configuration could use multiple fiber scanners from different angles; another configuration could use a high-resolution panel display with a lenslet array on top), multiple exit beamlets can be generated at different exit angles and exit positions. Because the waveguide can scramble the light field, the decoding is preferably predetermined.
参考图20M和20N,波导(646)组装件(696)被示为包括在垂直轴或水平轴上堆叠的波导组件。这些实施例的目的不是具有一个单片结构平面波导,而是堆叠多个彼此紧密相邻的小波导(646),以使被引入一个波导并且通过全内反射继续沿着该波导传播(即,通过+X,-X中的全内射,沿着Z轴传播)的光同时也在垂直轴(+Y,-Y)中进行全内反射,这样光不会溢出到其它区域内。换言之,如果全内反射是从左到右并且在Z轴传播期间返回,则建立全内反射同时射入顶侧或底侧的任何光的配置;每个层可以在不受其它层干扰的情况下被单独驱动。如上所述,对于预定焦距 (如图20M所示,处于0.5米到光学无限远的范围)配置,每个波导可以具有DOE(648),该DOE是内嵌元件并且被配置为沿着波导的长度,通过预定的分布使光离开。Referring to Figures 20M and 20N, the waveguide (646) assembly (696) is shown as including waveguide components stacked on the vertical axis or the horizontal axis. The purpose of these embodiments is not to have a monolithic structure planar waveguide, but to stack multiple small waveguides (646) closely adjacent to each other so that light introduced into a waveguide and continues to propagate along the waveguide by total internal reflection (i.e., propagating along the Z axis by total internal reflection in +X, -X) is also totally internally reflected in the vertical axis (+Y, -Y) so that the light does not overflow into other areas. In other words, if the total internal reflection is from left to right and returns during the Z axis propagation, a configuration is established in which any light that is injected into the top or bottom side is totally internally reflected at the same time; each layer can be driven separately without interference from other layers. As described above, for a predetermined focal length configuration (as shown in Figure 20M, in the range of 0.5 meters to optical infinity), each waveguide can have a DOE (648) that is an embedded element and is configured to cause light to exit with a predetermined distribution along the length of the waveguide.
在另一变型中,可以制造具有内嵌DOE的波导的极密集堆栈,以使该堆栈跨眼睛的解剖瞳孔的大小(即,要求复合波导的多个层698跨出瞳,如图20N所示)。通过此类配置,可以针对一个波长馈送准直图像,然后位于下一毫米的部分产生发散波前,该波前表示对象来自比如说15米远的焦距等,目的是说明作为DOE和通过波导且跨DOE的全内反射的结果,出瞳来自多个不同的波导。因此,此类配置不是创建一个统一的出瞳,而是创建多个条带,这些条带通过聚合促进眼睛/大脑感知不同的焦深。In another variation, a very dense stack of waveguides with embedded DOEs can be made so that the stack spans the size of the eye's anatomical pupil (i.e., requiring multiple layers 698 of composite waveguides to span the exit pupil, as shown in FIG20N ). With such a configuration, a collimated image can be fed for one wavelength, and then the next millimeter produces a diverging wavefront that represents an object from, say, 15 meters away at a focal distance, etc., to illustrate that the exit pupil comes from multiple different waveguides as a result of the DOEs and total internal reflection through the waveguides and across the DOEs. Thus, rather than creating a unified exit pupil, such a configuration creates multiple strips that, through convergence, contribute to the eye/brain perceiving different depths of focus.
此概念可以扩展到包括具有可切换/可控的内嵌DOE(即,可切换到不同焦距)的波导的配置,例如参考图8B-8N描述的配置,此配置允许在跨每个波导的轴中更有效地捕获光。多个显示器可以被连接到每个层,并且每个具有DOE的波导可以沿其长度发射射线。在另一实施例中,不依赖于全内反射,而是可以使用激光线反射器增大角度范围。在复合波导的层之间,可以使用完全反射的金属化涂层(诸如镀铝层)来确保全反射,或者备选地,可以使用二向色样式的反射器或窄带反射器。This concept can be extended to configurations including waveguides with switchable/controllable embedded DOEs (i.e., switchable to different focal lengths), such as the configurations described with reference to Figures 8B-8N, which allow for more efficient capture of light in the axis across each waveguide. Multiple displays can be connected to each layer, and each waveguide with a DOE can emit rays along its length. In another embodiment, rather than relying on total internal reflection, laser line reflectors can be used to increase the angular range. Between the layers of the composite waveguide, a fully reflective metallized coating (such as aluminized layers) can be used to ensure total reflection, or alternatively, a dichroic style reflector or narrow band reflector can be used.
参考图20O,整个复合波导组装件(696)可以朝着眼睛(58)呈弧形内凹,以使每个个体波导都指向瞳孔。换言之,此配置可被设计为更有效地将光导向瞳孔可能所处的位置。此类配置也可被用于增加视场。Referring to FIG20O , the entire composite waveguide assembly (696) can be curved and concave toward the eye (58) so that each individual waveguide is directed toward the pupil. In other words, this configuration can be designed to more efficiently direct light toward where the pupil is likely to be located. Such a configuration can also be used to increase the field of view.
如上参考图8L、8M和8N所述,可变的衍射配置允许在一个轴中扫描,有点类似于扫描光显示器。图21A示出具有内嵌(即,夹在其中)DOE (700)的波导(698),该DOE具有可被更改以改变来自波导的出射光 (702)的出射角度的线性光栅项,如图所示。可以使用诸如铌酸锂之类的高频率切换DOE材料。在一实施例中,此类扫描配置可被用作在一个轴中扫描光束的唯一机制;在另一实施例中,扫描配置可以与其它扫描轴结合,并且可被用于创建更大的视场(即,如果正常视场为40度,则通过更改线性衍射间距,可以继续再转向40度,系统的有效可用视场变为80度)。As described above with reference to Figures 8L, 8M, and 8N, a variable diffraction configuration allows scanning in one axis, somewhat similar to a scanning light display. Figure 21A shows a waveguide (698) with an embedded (i.e., sandwiched therein) DOE (700) having a linear grating term that can be altered to change the exit angle of the exit light (702) from the waveguide, as shown. High frequency switching DOE materials such as lithium niobate can be used. In one embodiment, such a scanning configuration can be used as the sole mechanism for scanning the beam in one axis; in another embodiment, the scanning configuration can be combined with other scanning axes and can be used to create a larger field of view (i.e., if the normal field of view is 40 degrees, then by changing the linear diffraction pitch, it can be turned another 40 degrees, and the effective usable field of view of the system becomes 80 degrees).
参考图21B,在传统配置中,波导(708)可以垂直于显示面板(704) (诸如LCD或OLED面板)放置,以使得光束可以通过透镜(706)从波导(708)注入,然后进入处于扫描配置的面板(704)以提供电视或其它装置的可视显示器。因此,在此类配置中,波导可被用作扫描图像源,这点与参考图21A描述的配置形成对比,在后一种配置中,单个光束可被扫描光纤或其它元件操纵以扫过不同的角度位置,此外,可以使用高频衍射光学元件扫描另一方向。Referring to FIG21B , in a conventional configuration, a waveguide (708) can be positioned perpendicular to a display panel (704) (such as an LCD or OLED panel) so that a light beam can be injected from the waveguide (708) through a lens (706) and then enter the panel (704) in a scanning configuration to provide a visual display for a television or other device. Thus, in such a configuration, the waveguide can be used as a scanning image source, in contrast to the configuration described with reference to FIG21A , in which a single light beam can be steered by a scanning fiber or other element to scan through different angular positions, and in addition, a high-frequency diffractive optical element can be used to scan in another direction.
在另一实施例中,可以使用单轴扫描光纤显示器(比如扫描快行扫描,因为扫描光纤具有较高频率)将快行扫描注入波导,然后可以使用相对缓慢的DOE切换(即,处于100Hz范围)在另一轴中扫描行以形成图像。In another embodiment, a single axis scanning fiber display can be used (such as scanning fast scan because the scanning fiber has a higher frequency) to inject a fast scan into the waveguide, and then relatively slow DOE switching (i.e., in the 100 Hz range) can be used to scan the lines in the other axis to form an image.
在另一实施例中,具有固定间距光栅的DOE可以与具有动态折射率的电活性材料(诸如液晶)的相邻层结合,以便在不同角度将光重定向到光栅。这是上面参考图7B描述的基本多路径配置的应用,其中包括诸如液晶或铌酸锂之类的电活性材料的电活性层可以更改其折射率,以便更改射线离开波导的角度。线性衍射光栅可被添加到图7B的配置(在一实施例中,夹在包括较大的下部波导的玻璃或其它材料内),以使得衍射光栅可以保持在固定间距,但是光在射入光栅前发生偏斜。In another embodiment, a DOE with a fixed-pitch grating can be combined with an adjacent layer of an electroactive material (such as liquid crystal) with a dynamic refractive index to redirect light to the grating at different angles. This is an application of the basic multipath configuration described above with reference to FIG7B , in which an electroactive layer including an electroactive material such as liquid crystal or lithium niobate can change its refractive index to change the angle at which rays exit the waveguide. A linear diffraction grating can be added to the configuration of FIG7B (in one embodiment, sandwiched within the glass or other material comprising the larger lower waveguide) so that the diffraction grating can be maintained at a fixed pitch, but the light is deflected before entering the grating.
图21C示出另一实施例,该实施例的特点是具有两个楔形波导元件 (710、712),这两个元件中的一个或多个可以是电活性元件,从而可以更改相关折射率。这些元件可被配置为:当楔形具有匹配的折射率时,光通过该波导元件对(这两个波导元件聚合地执行操作,类似于具有两个匹配楔形的平面波导)进行全内反射,而楔形接口不起作用。然后,如果其中一个折射率被更改以产生不匹配,则导致楔形接口(714)处的光束偏斜,并且产生从该表面返回到关联楔形的全内反射。然后,可以将具有线性光栅的可控DOE(716)沿着楔形的一个长边耦合以允许光通过所需的出射角射出并到达眼睛。FIG21C shows another embodiment featuring two wedge-shaped waveguide elements (710, 712), one or more of which can be electro-active, thereby modifying the relative refractive indices. These elements can be configured so that when the wedges have matching refractive indices, light undergoes total internal reflection through the waveguide element pair (the two waveguide elements collectively perform similarly to a planar waveguide with two matching wedges), with the wedge interface inactive. However, if one of the refractive indices is modified to create a mismatch, the light beam at the wedge interface (714) is deflected, resulting in total internal reflection from that surface back into the associated wedge. A controllable DOE (716) with a linear grating can then be coupled along one of the long sides of the wedge to allow light to exit at the desired exit angle and reach the eye.
在另一实施例中,诸如布拉格(Bragg)光栅之类的DOE可被配置为更改间距与时间,例如通过光栅的机械拉伸(例如,如果光栅位于弹性材料上或者包括弹性材料)、两个不同平面上的两个光栅之间的莫尔拍频波形图(光栅可以具有相同或不同的间距)、光栅或电活性光栅的Z轴运动 (即,靠近眼睛,或远离眼睛)(在功能上类似于光栅拉伸),该电活性光栅可被接通或关断(例如,使用聚合物分散液晶方法创建的电活性光栅,在此技术中,液晶微滴被可控地激活以更改折射率,从而变为活性光栅,以及关断电压并允许切换回与主介质匹配的折射率匹配的折射率)。In another embodiment, a DOE such as a Bragg grating can be configured to change the pitch versus time, for example, by mechanical stretching of the grating (e.g., if the grating is on or includes an elastic material), a moiré beat pattern between two gratings in two different planes (the gratings can have the same or different pitches), Z-axis motion of the grating (i.e., toward the eye, or away from the eye) or an electro-active grating (functionally similar to grating stretching) that can be switched on or off (e.g., electro-active gratings created using a polymer dispersed liquid crystal approach, in which liquid crystal droplets are controllably activated to change the refractive index, thereby becoming an active grating, and turning off the voltage and allowing switching back to index matching that of the host medium).
在另一实施例中,可以使用时变光栅,通过平铺显示配置扩展视场。进一步地,可以使用时变光栅修正色差(无法在同一焦点上聚焦所有颜色/ 波长)。衍射光栅的一个特性是能够根据入射角度和波长使光束发生偏斜 (即,DOE将使不同的波长偏斜不同的角度,有点类似于其中简单棱镜将光束分为其多个波长分量的方式)。In another embodiment, a time-varying grating can be used to extend the field of view using a tiled display configuration. Furthermore, a time-varying grating can be used to correct for chromatic aberration (the inability to focus all colors/wavelengths at the same focal point). One property of a diffraction grating is its ability to deflect a light beam depending on the angle of incidence and wavelength (i.e., a DOE will deflect different wavelengths by different angles, somewhat similar to how a simple prism splits a light beam into its multiple wavelength components).
除了视场扩展之外,可以使用时变光栅控制来补偿色差。因此,例如在上述具有内嵌DOE的波导的配置中,DOE可被配置为将红色波长驱动到稍微与绿色和蓝色波长不同的位置,以解决不期望的色差。DOE可以通过具有接通和关断的元件堆栈进行时变(即,得到以类似的方式朝外衍射的红色、绿色和蓝色)。In addition to field of view expansion, time-varying grating control can be used to compensate for chromatic aberration. Thus, for example, in the configuration described above with a waveguide embedded with a DOE, the DOE can be configured to drive the red wavelength to a slightly different position than the green and blue wavelengths to account for undesirable chromatic aberration. The DOE can be time-varying (i.e., resulting in red, green, and blue colors diffracting outward in a similar manner) by having a stack of elements that switch on and off.
在另一实施例中,时变光栅可被用于出瞳扩展。例如,参考图21D,可以相对于目标瞳孔定位具有内嵌DOE(720)的波导(718),以使得在基线模式下出射的光束无一实际进入目标瞳孔(45),从而使得用户错失相关像素。时变配置可被用于通过以下方式填充出射图案中的间隙:即,横向移动出射图案(以虚线/点线示出)以有效地扫描五个出射光束中的每一者,从而确保其中一者射入眼睛的瞳孔。换言之,扩展显示系统的功能性出瞳。In another embodiment, a time-varying grating can be used for exit pupil expansion. For example, referring to FIG21D , a waveguide (718) with an embedded DOE (720) can be positioned relative to the target pupil so that none of the beams emitted in baseline mode actually enter the target pupil (45), causing the user to miss the relevant pixels. A time-varying configuration can be used to fill in the gaps in the exit pattern by laterally shifting the exit pattern (shown in dashed/dotted lines) to effectively scan each of the five exit beams, ensuring that one of them enters the pupil of the eye. In other words, expanding the functional exit pupil of the display system.
在另一实施例中,可以将时变光栅与波导一起使用以进行一、二或三轴光扫描。在类似于参考图21A描述的方式中,可以使用在垂直轴中扫描光束的光栅以及在水平轴中执行扫描的光栅中的项。进一步地,如果结合了光栅的径向元件,如参考图8B-8N描述的那样,则可以在Z轴中扫描光束(即,朝着眼睛/远离眼睛),所有这些扫描均可以是时序扫描。In another embodiment, a time-varying grating can be used with a waveguide to perform one, two, or three-axis optical scanning. In a manner similar to that described with reference to FIG21A, a grating can be used to scan the beam in the vertical axis and an element in the grating can be used to perform scanning in the horizontal axis. Further, if radial elements of the grating are incorporated, as described with reference to FIG8B-8N, the beam can be scanned in the Z axis (i.e., toward/away from the eye), all of which can be time-sequential scans.
尽管此处的介绍涉及一般与波导结合的SOE的专门处理和使用,但是无论DOE是否嵌入波导,DOE的许多这些用法都可用。例如,波导的输出可以使用DOE单独地操纵;或者,光束可以在注入波导之前被DOE操纵;进一步地,诸如时变DOE之类的一个或多个DOE可被用作自由形状光学元件配置的输入端,如下面描述的那样。Although the description here deals specifically with the treatment and use of SOEs in combination with waveguides, many of these uses of DOEs are applicable regardless of whether the DOE is embedded in a waveguide. For example, the output of a waveguide can be manipulated independently using a DOE; alternatively, a beam can be manipulated by a DOE before being injected into a waveguide; further, one or more DOEs, such as a time-varying DOE, can be used as the input to a freeform optical element configuration, as described below.
如上参考图8B-8N所述,DOE元件可以具有圆形对称项,该项可以与线性项相加以创建可控出射图案(即,如上所述,解耦光的同一DOE 也可以对其进行聚焦)。在另一实施例中,DOE衍射光栅的圆形项可以改变,以便调制表示那些相关像素的光束的聚焦。此外,一个配置可以具有第二/单独的圆形DOE,从而消除在DOE中包含线性项的需要。As described above with reference to Figures 8B-8N, a DOE element can have a circularly symmetric term that can be added to a linear term to create a controllable output pattern (i.e., the same DOE that decouples light can also focus it, as described above). In another embodiment, the circular term of the DOE diffraction grating can be varied to modulate the focus of the beam representing those pixels of interest. Additionally, a configuration can have a second/separate circular DOE, eliminating the need to include a linear term in the DOE.
参考图21E,可以具有未内嵌DOE元件的输出准直光的波导(722),以及具有可以在多个配置之间切换的圆形对称DOE的第二波导—在一实施例中,通过具有可以接通/关断的此类DOE元件的堆栈(724)(图21F 示出另一配置,其中如上所述,DOE元件的功能性堆栈728可以包括聚合物分散液晶元件726的堆栈,其中在不施加电压的情况下,主介质折射率与分散的液晶分子的折射率匹配;在另一实施例中,可以分散铌酸锂的分子以实现更快响应时间;在施加电压的情况下,诸如通过主介质任一侧上的透明铟锡氧化物,分散的分子更改折射率并且在主介质内功能性地形成衍射图案)。21E , there can be a waveguide (722) that outputs collimated light without an embedded DOE element, and a second waveguide with a circularly symmetric DOE that can be switched between multiple configurations—in one embodiment, by having a stack (724) of such DOE elements that can be switched on/off ( FIG. 21F shows another configuration in which, as described above, a functional stack 728 of DOE elements can include a stack of polymer dispersed liquid crystal elements 726 in which, in the absence of an applied voltage, the host medium refractive index matches that of the dispersed liquid crystal molecules; in another embodiment, molecules of lithium niobate can be dispersed to achieve faster response times; in the presence of an applied voltage, such as through transparent indium tin oxide on either side of the host medium, the dispersed molecules change the refractive index and functionally form a diffraction pattern within the host medium).
在另一实施例中,圆形DOE可以在波导前面分层以进行调焦。参考图21G,波导(722)输出准直光,该准直光将被感知为与光学无限远的焦深关联,除非以其他方式被修改。来自波导的准直光可被输入被用于动态调焦(即,可以接通或关断不同的圆形DOE图案以将各种不同的焦点赋予出射光)的衍射光学元件(730)。在一个相关实施例中,可以使用静态DOE将从波导射出的准直光聚焦到对于特定用户应用有用的单个焦深。In another embodiment, a circular DOE can be layered in front of the waveguide for focusing. Referring to FIG21G , the waveguide (722) outputs collimated light that will be perceived as associated with a depth of focus at optical infinity unless otherwise modified. The collimated light from the waveguide can be input to a diffractive optical element (730) that is used for dynamic focusing (i.e., different circular DOE patterns can be turned on or off to impart a variety of focal points to the outgoing light). In a related embodiment, a static DOE can be used to focus the collimated light exiting the waveguide to a single focal depth useful for a particular user application.
在另一实施例中,可以通过较小数量的可切换DOE层,使用多个堆叠的圆形DOE增加功率和大量聚焦水平。换言之,三个不同的DOE层可以在各种组合中相对于彼此接通,被接通的DOE的光学功率可以增加。在其中需要最多4个屈光度范围的一实施例中,例如,第一DOE可被配置为提供所需的总屈光度范围的一半(在该实例中,焦点变化2个屈光度);第二DOE可被配置为引起1个屈光度的焦点变化;然后第三DOE可被配置为引起1/2个屈光度的焦点变化。这三个DOE可以被混合并匹配以提供 1/2、1、1.5、2、2.5、3和3.5个屈光度的焦点变化。因此,不需要超大数量的DOE来获取相对宽的控制范围。In another embodiment, multiple stacked circular DOEs can be used to increase power and a wide range of focus levels with a smaller number of switchable DOE layers. In other words, three different DOE layers can be switched on relative to each other in various combinations, and the optical power of the switched-on DOEs can be increased. In an embodiment where a range of up to four diopters is desired, for example, a first DOE can be configured to provide half of the desired total diopter range (in this example, a 2-diopter focus change); a second DOE can be configured to cause a 1-diopter focus change; and a third DOE can be configured to cause a 1/2-diopter focus change. These three DOEs can be mixed and matched to provide focus changes of 1/2, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, and 3.5 diopters. Thus, an extremely large number of DOEs is not required to achieve a relatively wide control range.
在一实施例中,可切换DOE元件矩阵可以用于扫描、视场扩展和/或出瞳扩展。通常在上面的DOE讨论中,已假设典型DOE全部接通或全部关断。在一种变型中,可以将DOE(732)细分为多个功能子部分(例如,在图21H中标记为元件734的一个子部分),每个子部分优选地可唯一控制为接通或关断(例如,参考图21H,每个子部分可以通过它自己的一组铟锡氧化物、或者其它控制导线材料、返回到中央控制器的电压施加导线 736来操作)。如果给出对DOE范例的这种级别控制,则促进其它配置。In one embodiment, a matrix of switchable DOE elements can be used for scanning, field of view expansion, and/or pupil expansion. Generally in the above DOE discussions, it has been assumed that a typical DOE is either all on or all off. In one variation, the DOE (732) can be subdivided into multiple functional subsections (e.g., a subsection labeled as element 734 in Figure 21H), each of which is preferably uniquely controllable to be on or off (e.g., referring to Figure 21H, each subsection can be operated by its own set of indium tin oxide, or other control wire material, voltage application wires 736 returning to a central controller). Given this level of control over the DOE paradigm, other configurations are facilitated.
参考图21I,通过位于波导前面的用户的眼睛自上而下查看具有嵌入式DOE(740)的波导(738)。给定像素可以表示为光束,该光束进入波导中并且一起全内反射,直至它可以通过衍射图案出射以便作为一组光束离开从波导。取决于衍射配置,光束可平行/并行离开(为了方便起见如图 21I所示),或者以发散扇面配置离开(如果表示比光学无限远更近的焦距)。Referring to FIG21I , a waveguide (738) with an embedded DOE (740) is viewed from above through the eyes of a user positioned in front of the waveguide. A given pixel can be represented as a beam of light that enters the waveguide and is totally internally reflected together until it can exit the waveguide as a group of light beams through a diffraction pattern. Depending on the diffraction configuration, the light beams can exit in parallel (as shown in FIG21I for convenience) or in a diverging fan configuration (if representing a focal length closer than optical infinity).
所示一组平行出射光束例如可以表示当通过波导查看时用户在真实世界中看到的内容的最左像素,并且到达最右端的光将是不同的一组平行出射光束。实际上,使用如上所述DOE子部分的模块化控制,可能花费更多的计算资源或时间产生和操纵可能主动对用户的瞳孔寻址的小光束子集 (即,因为其它光束从未到达用户的眼睛并且实际上被浪费)。因此,参考图21J,示出波导(738)配置,其中仅激活DOE(744)的两个子部分 (740、742),它们被认为可能对用户的瞳孔寻址。优选地,一个子部分可以被配置为沿着一个方向引导光,同时另一个子部分沿着不同方向引导光。The set of parallel outgoing beams shown may, for example, represent the leftmost pixel of what a user would see in the real world when viewed through the waveguide, and the light reaching the rightmost end would be a different set of parallel outgoing beams. In practice, using modular control of DOE subsections as described above, it may take more computational resources or time to generate and manipulate the subset of small beams that may actively address the user's pupil (i.e., because the other beams never reach the user's eye and are effectively wasted). Thus, referring to FIG21J , a waveguide (738) configuration is shown in which only two subsections (740, 742) of the DOE (744) are activated that are considered to potentially address the user's pupil. Preferably, one subsection may be configured to direct light in one direction while the other subsection directs light in a different direction.
图21K示出DOE(732)的两个单独控制的子部分(734、746)的正交视图。参考图21L的顶视图,此类单独控制可以用于扫描或聚焦光。在图21K所示的配置中,三个单独控制的DOE/波导子部分(750、752、754) 的组装件(748)可以用于扫描、增大视场和/或增大出瞳区域。此类功能可以从具有此类可单独控制的DOE子部分的单个波导产生,或者由这些子部分的垂直堆栈产生并且带来额外复杂性。FIG21K shows an orthogonal view of two individually controllable subsections (734, 746) of a DOE (732). Referring to the top view of FIG21L, such individual control can be used to scan or focus light. In the configuration shown in FIG21K, an assembly (748) of three individually controllable DOE/waveguide subsections (750, 752, 754) can be used to scan, increase the field of view, and/or increase the exit pupil area. Such functionality can be generated from a single waveguide with such individually controllable DOE subsections, or from a vertical stack of these subsections with the added complexity of the stack.
在一实施例中,如果圆形DOE可以被径向对称可控地拉伸,则可以调制衍射间距,并且DOE可以用作具有模拟型控制的可调镜头。在另一实施例中,单轴拉伸(例如,用于调整线性DOE项的角度)可以用于DOE 控制。进一步,在另一实施例中,可以在Z轴中(即,朝着/远离眼睛)通过振荡运动振动薄膜(类似于鼓膜),从而提供Z轴控制和随时间的焦点改变。In one embodiment, if a circular DOE can be controllably stretched radially and symmetrically, the diffraction pitch can be modulated, and the DOE can be used as a tunable lens with analog-type control. In another embodiment, uniaxial stretching (e.g., to adjust the angle of a linear DOE term) can be used for DOE control. Further, in another embodiment, a membrane (similar to an eardrum) can be vibrated in the Z axis (i.e., toward/away from the eye) through an oscillatory motion, thereby providing Z-axis control and time-dependent focus changes.
参考图21M,示出数个DOE(756)的堆栈,其从波导(722)接收准直光,并且基于被激活DOE的附加功率重新聚焦准直光。例如可以按照帧序列随时间调制DOE的线性和/或半径项,以便针对来自波导并且优选地朝着用户眼睛出射的光产生各种处理(例如平铺显示配置或扩展的视场)。在其中一个或多个DOE被嵌入波导内的配置中,需要低衍射效率以便最大化从真实世界通过的光的透明度;在其中未嵌入一个或多个DOE 的配置中,可以需要高衍射效率,如上所述。在一实施例中,可以在波导外部组合线性和半径DOE项两者,在这种情况下将需要高衍射效率。Referring to FIG21M , a stack of several DOEs (756) is shown that receive collimated light from a waveguide (722) and refocus the collimated light based on the additional power of the activated DOEs. For example, the linear and/or radial terms of the DOEs can be modulated over time according to a frame sequence to produce various treatments (such as a tiled display configuration or an extended field of view) for light exiting the waveguide and preferably toward the user's eyes. In a configuration where one or more DOEs are embedded within the waveguide, low diffraction efficiency is desired to maximize the transparency of light passing from the real world; in a configuration where one or more DOEs are not embedded, high diffraction efficiency may be desired, as described above. In one embodiment, both linear and radial DOE terms can be combined outside the waveguide, in which case high diffraction efficiency will be desired.
参考图21N,示出分段或抛物面反射器,例如上面在图8Q中讨论的那些反射器。不是通过组合多个更小的反射器来执行分段反射器,在一实施例中,可以由具有DOE的单个波导产生相同功能,该DOE针对其每个部分具有不同相剖面(phase profile)以使得它可由子部分控制。换言之,当可以同时开启或关闭整个分段反射器功能时,通常DOE可以被配置为朝着空间中的相同区域(即,用户的瞳孔)定向光。Referring to FIG21N , a segmented or parabolic reflector is shown, such as those discussed above in FIG8Q . Rather than implementing a segmented reflector by combining multiple smaller reflectors, in one embodiment, the same functionality can be generated by a single waveguide with a DOE having a different phase profile for each of its segments so that it can be controlled by sub-segments. In other words, while the entire segmented reflector functionality can be turned on or off simultaneously, the DOEs can generally be configured to direct light toward the same area in space (i.e., the user's pupil).
参考图22A-22Y ,可以使用称为“自由形状光学元件”的光学配置应对上述挑战。术语“自由形状”通常用于对自由形状曲面的引用,这些自由形状曲面可以用于其中球面、抛物面或柱面透镜不满足诸如几何约束之类的设计复杂性的情况。例如,参考图22A,当用户通过镜(并且有时也是透镜760)查看时,显示器(762)配置的一个常见挑战是视场受系统的最终透镜(760)面向的区域的限制。Referring to Figures 22A-22Y, an optical configuration known as a "free-form optical element" can be used to address the above challenges. The term "free-form" is generally used to refer to free-form curved surfaces that can be used in situations where spherical, parabolic, or cylindrical lenses do not meet design complexities such as geometric constraints. For example, referring to Figure 22A, a common challenge with display (762) configurations when a user views through a mirror (and sometimes also lens 760) is that the field of view is limited by the area facing the final lens (760) of the system.
参考图22B,更简单来说,如果具有可以包括某些透镜元件的显示器 (762),则存在简单几何关系以使得视场不能大于由显示器(762)面向的角度。参考图22C,如果用户试图具有增强现实体验(其中来自现实世界的光也通过光学系统),则这种挑战加剧,因为在这种情况下,通常具有导向透镜(760)的反射器(764);通过插入反射器,从眼睛到达透镜的整体路径长度增加,这使角度收缩并且减小视场。Referring to Figure 22B, in simpler terms, if you have a display (762) that may include some lens elements, there is a simple geometric relationship such that the field of view cannot be larger than the angle subtended by the display (762). Referring to Figure 22C, this challenge is exacerbated if the user is attempting to have an augmented reality experience (where light from the real world also passes through the optical system), because in this case, there is typically a reflector (764) directed toward the lens (760); by inserting the reflector, the overall path length from the eye to the lens is increased, which narrows the angle and reduces the field of view.
鉴于此,如果想要增大视场,则必须增大透镜的大小,但从人体工程学的角度来看,这可能意味着将物理透镜朝着用户前额推动。此外,反射器可能不会从更大透镜捕获所有光。因此,存在由人头部结构强加的实际限制,并且使用常规透明显示器和透镜获得多于40度视场通常具有挑战。Given this, if you want to increase the field of view, you must increase the size of the lens, but from an ergonomic perspective, this may mean pushing the physical lens towards the user's forehead. Furthermore, the reflector may not capture all the light from the larger lens. Therefore, there are practical limitations imposed by the structure of the human head, and achieving a field of view greater than 40 degrees using conventional transparent displays and lenses is generally challenging.
借助自由形状透镜,而不是具有如上所述的标准平面反射器,将得到带有功率的组合式反射器和透镜(即,弧形反射器766),这意味着弧形透镜几何形状确定视场。参考图22D,如果没有如上面参考图22C描述的常规范例的迂回路径长度,则对于给定一组光学要求,自由形状布置可实现明显更大的视场。With a freeform lens, rather than having a standard flat reflector as described above, a combined reflector and lens (i.e., curved reflector 766) with power is obtained, which means that the curved lens geometry determines the field of view. Referring to FIG22D , without the circuitous path length of the conventional example as described above with reference to FIG22C , a freeform arrangement can achieve a significantly larger field of view for a given set of optical requirements.
参考图22E,典型自由形状光学元件具有三个活动表面。参考图22E,在一个典型自由形状光学元件(770)配置中,可以从图像平面(例如平板显示器(768))将光朝着自由形状光学元件定向到第一活动表面(772) 中,第一活动表面(772)通常是主穿透式自由形状表面,其折射透射光并且传递焦点改变(例如添加的散光,因为来自第三表面的最终反射将添加匹配/相反的散光,并且这些散光需要被抵消)。可以将入射光从第一表面定向到第二表面(774),其中入射光可以以足够浅的角度穿透以便导致在全内反射下朝着第三表面(776)反射光。Referring to FIG22E , a typical free-form optical element has three active surfaces. Referring to FIG22E , in a typical free-form optical element (770) configuration, light can be directed from an image plane (e.g., a flat panel display (768)) toward the free-form optical element into a first active surface (772), which is typically a primary transmissive free-form surface that refracts the transmitted light and imparts a focus change (e.g., added astigmatism, since the final reflection from the third surface will add matching/opposite astigmatism, and this astigmatism needs to be canceled). From the first surface, incident light can be directed to a second surface (774), where it can penetrate at a sufficiently shallow angle to cause light to be reflected toward the third surface (776) under total internal reflection.
第三表面可以包括半镀银自由形状曲面,其被配置为通过第二表面朝着眼睛将光反射出,如图22E所示。因此在所示典型自由形状配置中,光通过第一表面进入,从第二表面反射,从第三表面反射,并且被导出第二表面。由于优化第二表面以便当朝着眼睛出射光时具有针对首次通过的必需反射特性以及针对二次通过的折射特性,因此具有高阶形状而不是简单球面或抛物线的各种曲面形成自由形状光学元件。The third surface can comprise a semi-silvered free-form curved surface configured to reflect light out toward the eye through the second surface, as shown in FIG22E . Thus, in the exemplary free-form configuration shown, light enters through the first surface, reflects from the second surface, reflects from the third surface, and is directed out of the second surface. Since the second surface is optimized to have the necessary reflective properties for a first pass and refractive properties for a second pass when exiting toward the eye, various curved surfaces having higher-order shapes, rather than simple spheres or parabolas, form free-form optical elements.
参考图22F,在增强现实配置中,可以向自由形状光学元件(770)添加补偿透镜(780)以使得光学组装件的总厚度是基本均匀的厚度,并且优选地没有放大从真实世界(144)入射的光。22F, in an augmented reality configuration, a compensating lens (780) may be added to the freeform optical element (770) so that the overall thickness of the optical assembly is a substantially uniform thickness and preferably does not magnify light incident from the real world (144).
参考图22G,可以将自由形状光学元件(770)与波导(778)组合,波导(778)被配置为在特定约束内促进所捕获光的全内反射。例如,如图 22G所示,可以从图像平面(例如平板显示器)将光导入自由形状/波导组件中,并且在波导内全内反射,直至它投射到自由形状曲面并且朝着用户的眼睛逃逸。因此光在全内反射被数次反射,直至光到达自由形状楔形部。Referring to FIG22G , a freeform optical element (770) can be combined with a waveguide (778) configured to promote total internal reflection of the captured light within specific constraints. For example, as shown in FIG22G , light can be directed into the freeform/waveguide assembly from an image plane (e.g., a flat panel display) and totally internally reflected within the waveguide until it strikes the freeform curved surface and escapes toward the user's eye. The light is thus reflected several times by total internal reflection until it reaches the freeform wedge.
使用此类组装件的一个主要目标是试图使光学组装件变长,同时尽可能保持均匀厚度(以促进通过全内反射传输,并且还通过组装件查看世界而无需进一步补偿)以便实现更大视场。图22H示出类似于图22G的配置,除了图22H的配置还描述补偿透镜部分的特性以便进一步扩展厚度均匀性,并且有助于通过组装件查看世界而无需进一步补偿。A primary goal with this type of assembly is to try to make the optical assembly longer while maintaining as uniform a thickness as possible (to facilitate transmission via total internal reflection, and also viewing the world through the assembly without further compensation) in order to achieve a larger field of view. Figure 22H shows a configuration similar to Figure 22G, except that the configuration of Figure 22H also depicts the characteristics of the compensating lens portion to further extend the thickness uniformity and facilitate viewing the world through the assembly without further compensation.
参考图22I,在另一实施例中,示出自由形状光学元件(782),其在左下角具有小平面或第四面(784),第四面(784)被配置为促进在通常用于自由形状光学元件之外的不同位置处注入图像信息。输入设备(786) 例如可以包括扫描光纤显示器,其可以被设计为具有非常小的输出几何形状。第四面本身可以包括各种几何形状并且具有它自己的折射能力(例如通过使用平面或自由形状表面几何形状)。Referring to FIG22I , in another embodiment, a freeform optical element (782) is shown having a facet or fourth face (784) in the lower left corner, the fourth face (784) being configured to facilitate the injection of image information at different locations than those typically used for freeform optical elements. The input device (786) may include, for example, a scanning fiber display, which may be designed to have a very small output geometry. The fourth face itself may include various geometries and have its own refractive power (e.g., by using a planar or freeform surface geometry).
参考图22J,实际上,此类配置还可以描述沿着第一表面的反射涂层 (788)的特性,以使得它将光引导回第二表面,第二表面然后将光反射到第三表面,第三表面跨第二表面导出光并将光导向眼睛(58)。添加第四小表面以注入图像信息促进了更紧凑的配置。在其中使用传统自由形状输入配置和扫描光纤显示器(790)的一个实施例中,可以需要某些透镜(792、 794)以便使用来自扫描光纤显示器的输出适当地形成图像平面(796);这些硬件组件添加可能不希望的额外体积。Referring to FIG22J , in practice, such a configuration can also describe the properties of a reflective coating (788) along a first surface so that it directs light back to a second surface, which then reflects the light to a third surface, which directs the light across the second surface and toward the eye (58). The addition of a fourth small surface to inject image information facilitates a more compact configuration. In one embodiment in which a conventional free-form input configuration and a scanning fiber display (790) are used, certain lenses (792, 794) may be required in order to properly form the image plane (796) using the output from the scanning fiber display; these hardware components add additional bulk that may be undesirable.
参考图22K,示出这样的实施例:其中来自扫描光纤显示器(790) 的光通过输入光学组装件(792、794)传递到图像平面(796),并且然后跨自由形状光学元件(770)的第一表面被导向离开第二表面的全内反射,然后来自第三表面的另一个全内反射导致光跨第二表面出射并被导向眼睛 (58)。Referring to FIGURE 22K, an embodiment is shown where light from a scanning fiber display (790) is passed through the input optical assembly (792, 794) to the image plane (796) and is then directed across a first surface of the freeform optical element (770) to exit a total internal reflection at a second surface, whereupon another total internal reflection from a third surface causes the light to exit across the second surface and be directed toward the eye (58).
可以创建全内反射自由形状波导以使得没有反射涂层(即,以使得依赖于全内反射以便传播光,直至满足与表面的临界入射角,在该点处光以类似于上述楔形光学元件的方式出射)。换言之,不是具有两个平面,而是可以具有包括一个或多个子表面的表面,这些子表面来自一组圆锥曲线 (例如抛物线、球面、椭圆等)。A total internal reflection freeform waveguide can be created such that there is no reflective coating (i.e., such that total internal reflection is relied upon to propagate light until a critical angle of incidence with the surface is met, at which point the light exits in a manner similar to the wedge-shaped optical element described above). In other words, rather than having two planar surfaces, one can have a surface comprised of one or more subsurfaces drawn from a set of conic sections (e.g., parabolas, spheres, ellipses, etc.).
此类配置仍然可以产生足够浅的角度以便在光学元件中全内反射;因此提供一种方法,其在某种程度上是常规自由形状光学元件与楔形波导之间的混合物。具有此类配置的一个动机是避免使用反射涂层,反射涂层确实有助于产生反射,但还已知反射涂层阻止从真实世界(144)传输的相对大部分(例如50%)光的透射。进一步,此类涂层还会阻止来自输入设备的等量光进入自由形状光学元件中。因此有理由开发没有反射涂层的设计。Such a configuration can still produce angles shallow enough to allow for total internal reflection in the optic; thus providing an approach that is somewhat of a hybrid between conventional freeform optics and wedge-shaped waveguides. One motivation for having such a configuration is to avoid the use of reflective coatings, which do help produce reflections, but are also known to block the transmission of a relatively large portion (e.g., 50%) of the light transmitted from the real world (144). Further, such coatings would also block an equal amount of light from the input device from entering the freeform optic. Thus, there is a reason to develop a design without a reflective coating.
如上所述,常规自由形状光学元件的一个表面可以包括半镀银反射面。通常,此类反射面将具有“中性密度”,这意味着它通常将以类似方式反射所有波长。在另一实施例中,例如在其中使用扫描光纤显示器作为输入的实施例中,可以使用波长敏感的窄带反射器(例如薄膜激光线反射器) 替换常规反射器范例。因此在一实施例中,配置可以反射特定红色/绿色/ 蓝色波长范围并且对其它波长保持不活动,这通常将增加光学元件的透明度并因此优选用于增强现实配置,在增强现实配置中,跨光学元件传输来自真实世界(144)的图像信息很重要。As described above, one surface of a conventional free-form optical element may include a semi-silvered reflective surface. Typically, such a reflective surface will have a "neutral density," meaning that it will generally reflect all wavelengths similarly. In another embodiment, such as in an embodiment where a scanning fiber display is used as an input, a wavelength-sensitive narrowband reflector (e.g., a thin film laser line reflector) may be used in place of the conventional reflector paradigm. Thus, in one embodiment, the configuration may reflect specific red/green/blue wavelength ranges and remain inactive for other wavelengths, which will generally increase the transparency of the optical element and is therefore preferred for augmented reality configurations where it is important to transmit image information from the real world (144) across the optical element.
参考图22L,示出这样的实施例:其中可以在Z轴中(即,沿着与眼睛的视轴基本对齐的轴线)堆叠多个自由形状光学元件(770)。在一种变型中,示出的三个自由形状光学元件的每一个可以具有波长选择性涂层(一个对蓝色具有高度选择性,一个对绿色具有高度选择性,一个对红色具有高度选择性),以使得可以将图像注入每个自由形状光学元件以便从一个表面反射蓝色,从另一个表面反射绿色,并且从第三表面反射红色。此类配置例如可以用于解决色差问题、创建光场、或者增加功能出瞳大小。Referring to FIG22L , an embodiment is shown in which multiple freeform optical elements (770) can be stacked in the Z axis (i.e., along an axis substantially aligned with the visual axis of the eye). In one variation, each of the three freeform optical elements shown can have a wavelength selective coating (one highly selective for blue, one highly selective for green, and one highly selective for red) so that an image can be injected into each freeform optical element so that blue is reflected from one surface, green is reflected from another surface, and red is reflected from a third surface. Such a configuration can be used, for example, to address chromatic aberration issues, create a light field, or increase the functional exit pupil size.
参考图22M,示出这样的实施例:其中单个自由形状光学元件(798) 具有多个反射面(800、802、804),每个反射面可以具有波长或偏振选择性以使得可以单独控制其反射特性。Referring to FIG. 22M , an embodiment is shown in which a single freeform optical element ( 798 ) has multiple reflective surfaces ( 800 , 802 , 804 ), each of which may be wavelength or polarization selective so that its reflective properties may be individually controlled.
参考图22N,在一实施例中,可以将多个微显示器(例如扫描光显示器)(786)注入单个自由形状光学元件以便平铺图像(从而提供增大的视场)、增大功能出瞳大小,或者应对诸如色差之类的挑战(即,通过每个显示器反射一个波长)。示出的每个显示器通过自由形状光学元件注入采取不同路径的光,因为显示器相对于自由形状光学元件的定位不同,这将提供更大的功能出瞳输出。Referring to FIG22N , in one embodiment, multiple microdisplays (e.g., scanned light displays) (786) can be injected into a single freeform optical element to tile the image (thus providing an increased field of view), increase the functional exit pupil size, or address challenges such as chromatic aberration (i.e., by reflecting a wavelength from each display). Each display shown injects light that takes a different path through the freeform optical element, which will provide a larger functional exit pupil output due to the different positioning of the displays relative to the freeform optical element.
在一实施例中,可以将一包或一捆扫描光纤显示器用作输入,以便克服在操作上将扫描光纤显示器耦合到自由形状光学元件中的一个挑战。扫描光纤显示器配置的一个此类挑战是使用特定数值孔径或“NA”发出单独光纤的输出,“NA”类似于来自光纤的光的投射角;最终该角度确定通过各种光学元件的光束的直径,并且最终确定功能出瞳大小;因此为了最大化自由形状光学元件配置的出瞳大小,可以使用(例如芯与包层之间)优化的折射关系增加光纤的NA,或者可以在光纤末端处放置透镜(即,折射透镜,例如梯度折射率透镜或“GRIN”透镜)或者如上所述将透镜构建到光纤末端,或者创建馈入自由形状光学元件的光纤阵列,在这种情况下捆中的所有这些NA仍然很小,并且在出瞳处产生小出瞳阵列,小出瞳阵列的聚合形成大出瞳的功能等效物。In one embodiment, a package or bundle of scanning fiber displays can be used as input to overcome one of the challenges in operationally coupling scanning fiber displays to freeform optical elements. One such challenge with scanning fiber display configurations is that the outputs of individual optical fibers are emitted with a specific numerical aperture, or "NA," which is analogous to the projection angle of light from the fiber; ultimately, this angle determines the diameter of the beam passing through the various optical elements and ultimately determines the functional exit pupil size; therefore, to maximize the exit pupil size of a freeform optical element configuration, the NA of the fiber can be increased using an optimized refractive relationship (e.g., between the core and cladding), or a lens (i.e., a refractive lens, such as a gradient index lens, or "GRIN" lens) can be placed at the end of the fiber or built into the end of the fiber as described above, or an array of fibers can be created that feeds the freeform optical element, in which case all of the NAs in the bundle remain small and create an array of small exit pupils at the exit pupil, the aggregation of which forms the functional equivalent of a large exit pupil.
备选地,在另一实施例中,可以使用扫描光纤显示器或其它显示器的更稀疏阵列(即,没有紧密地捆绑为包),以便通过自由形状光学元件功能性地增大虚拟图像的视场。参考图22O,在另一实施例中,可以通过自由形状光学元件(770)的顶部注入多个显示器(786),以及通过下角注入另外多个显示器(786);显示器阵列可以是二维或三维阵列。参考图 22P,在另一相关实施例中,同样还可以从自由形状光学元件(770)的两侧(806)注入图像信息。Alternatively, in another embodiment, a more sparse array of scanning fiber displays or other displays (i.e., not tightly bundled into a package) can be used to functionally increase the field of view of the virtual image through the freeform optical element. Referring to FIG22O, in another embodiment, multiple displays (786) can be injected through the top of the freeform optical element (770), and another multiple displays (786) can be injected through the lower corners; the display array can be a two-dimensional or three-dimensional array. Referring to FIG22P, in another related embodiment, image information can also be injected from both sides (806) of the freeform optical element (770).
在其中将多个更小的出瞳聚合为功能性更大的出瞳的实施例中,可以选择使每个扫描光纤具有单色,以使得在给定一捆或多个投影仪或显示器中,可以具有单独红色光纤的子组、单独蓝色光纤的子组以及单独绿色光纤的子组。此类配置促进输出耦合更有效地使光进入光纤;例如,在此类实施例中不需要将红色、绿色和蓝色叠加到同一带中。In embodiments where multiple smaller exit pupils are aggregated into a functionally larger exit pupil, each scanning fiber can be chosen to have a single color, so that in a given bundle or bundles of projectors or displays, there can be a subset of separate red fibers, a subset of separate blue fibers, and a subset of separate green fibers. Such a configuration facilitates more efficient outcoupling of light into the fibers; for example, in such embodiments, there is no need to superimpose red, green, and blue into the same band.
参考图22Q-22V,示出各种自由形状光学元件平铺配置。参考图22Q,示出这样的实施例:其中并排平铺两个自由形状光学元件,并且在每侧配置微显示器(例如扫描光显示器)(786)以便从每侧注入图像信息,以使得一个自由形状光纤元件楔表示视场的一半。22Q-22V, various freeform optical element tiling configurations are shown. Referring to FIG22Q, an embodiment is shown in which two freeform optical elements are tiled side by side, and a microdisplay (e.g., a scanning light display) (786) is configured on each side to inject image information from each side so that one freeform optical element wedge represents half the field of view.
参考图22R,可以包括补偿透镜(808)以促进通过光学组装件查看真实世界。图22S示出这样的配置:其中并排平铺自由形状光学元件楔以便增大功能视场,同时保持此类光学组装件的厚度相对均匀。Referring to Figure 22R, a compensating lens (808) may be included to facilitate viewing the real world through the optical assembly. Figure 22S shows a configuration where freeform optical element wedges are tiled side by side to increase the functional field of view while keeping the thickness of such optical assembly relatively uniform.
参考图22T,在以下配置中,星形组装件包括多个自由形状光学元件楔(还示出具有多个显示器以便输入图像信息):该配置可以提供更大的视场扩展,同时还保持相对薄的整体光学组装件厚度。22T , in the following configuration, a star assembly includes multiple free-form optical element wedges (also shown with multiple displays for inputting image information): This configuration can provide a greater field of view expansion while also maintaining a relatively thin overall optical assembly thickness.
使用平铺的自由形状光学组装件,可以聚合光学元件以便产生更大视场;上述平铺配置已解决这一概念。例如,在其中两个自由形状波导瞄准眼睛的配置(例如图22R所示的配置)中,具有数种增大视场的方式。一个选项是“内束(toe in)”自由形状波导以使得其输出共享,或者在瞳孔的空间中叠加自由形状波导(例如,用户可以通过左侧自由形状波导查看左半视场,并且通过右侧自由形状波导查看右半视场)。Using tiled freeform optical assemblies, optical elements can be aggregated to produce a larger field of view; this concept has been addressed in the tiled configuration described above. For example, in a configuration where two freeform waveguides are aimed at the eye (such as the configuration shown in FIG22R ), there are several ways to increase the field of view. One option is to "toe in" the freeform waveguides so that their outputs are shared, or to overlay the freeform waveguides in the space of the pupil (e.g., a user can view the left half of the field of view through the left freeform waveguide, and the right half of the field of view through the right freeform waveguide).
使用此类配置,已通过平铺的自由形状波导增大视场,但出瞳的大小并未增加。备选地,可以定位自由形状波导以使得它们没有尽可能多地内束—因此它们创建在眼睛的解剖瞳孔处并排的出瞳。在一实例中,解剖瞳孔可以为8mm宽,并且每个并排出瞳可以为8mm,以使得功能出瞳扩展大约两倍。因此,此类配置提供增大的出瞳,但如果眼睛在由该出瞳定义的“眼眶”周围移动,则这只眼睛可能失去视场的某些部分(即,失去左侧或右侧入射光的一部分,这是因为此类配置的并排性质)。Using such a configuration, the field of view has been increased by tiling the freeform waveguides, but the size of the exit pupil has not been increased. Alternatively, the freeform waveguides can be positioned so that they do not toe in as much—thus creating exit pupils that are side-by-side at the anatomical pupil of the eye. In one example, the anatomical pupil can be 8 mm wide, and each side-by-side exit pupil can be 8 mm, so that the functional exit pupil is approximately twice as wide. Thus, such a configuration provides an increased exit pupil, but if the eye moves around the "orbit" defined by the exit pupil, the eye may lose some portion of the field of view (i.e., lose a portion of the incident light on the left or right side due to the side-by-side nature of such a configuration).
在使用此类方法平铺自由形状光学元件(尤其沿着相对于用户眼睛的 Z轴)的一个实施例中,可以通过一个自由形状光学元件驱动红色波长,通过另一个自由形状光学元件驱动绿色波长,并且通过另一个自由形状光学元件驱动蓝色波长,这可以解决红色/绿色/蓝色色差。还可以向此类配置提供堆叠的多个自由形状光学元件,每个自由形状光学元件被配置为应对特定波长。In one embodiment using such an approach to tile freeform optical elements (particularly along the Z-axis relative to the user's eye), the red wavelength can be driven by one freeform optical element, the green wavelength by another freeform optical element, and the blue wavelength by another freeform optical element, which can address red/green/blue chromatic aberration. Such a configuration can also be provided with a stack of multiple freeform optical elements, each configured to address a specific wavelength.
参考图22U,示出沿着Z轴堆叠的两个相反地定向的自由形状光学元件(即,它们相对于彼此颠倒)。对于此类配置,可能不需要补偿透镜以促进通过组装件准确查看世界;换言之,不是具有补偿透镜(例如在图22F 或图22R的实施例中),而是可以使用额外自由形状光学元件,这可以进一步有助于将光路由到眼睛。图22V示出另一类似配置,其中两个自由形状光学元件的组装件被提供为垂直堆栈。Referring to FIG22U , two oppositely oriented freeform optical elements are shown stacked along the Z axis (i.e., they are inverted relative to each other). For such a configuration, a compensating lens may not be required to facilitate accurate viewing of the world through the assembly; in other words, rather than having a compensating lens (such as in the embodiments of FIG22F or FIG22R ), additional freeform optical elements can be used, which can further assist in routing light to the eye. FIG22V shows another similar configuration, in which an assembly of two freeform optical elements is provided as a vertical stack.
为了确保在自由形状光学元件中一个表面不干扰另一个表面,可以使用波长或偏振选择性反射器表面。例如,参考图22V,可以注入650nm、 530nm和450nm形式的红色、绿色和蓝色波长,以及注入620nm、550nm 和470nm形式的红色、绿色和蓝色波长;可以在每个自由形状光学元件中使用不同的选择性反射器,以使得它们不会彼此干扰。在其中将偏振滤波用于类似目的的配置中,沿着特定轴偏振的光的反射/透射选择性可以改变 (即,在将图像发送到每个自由形状波导之前,可以对图像进行预先偏振,以便与反射器选择性协作)。To ensure that one surface does not interfere with another in a freeform optical element, wavelength- or polarization-selective reflector surfaces can be used. For example, referring to FIG22V , red, green, and blue wavelengths of 650 nm, 530 nm, and 450 nm can be injected, and red, green, and blue wavelengths of 620 nm, 550 nm, and 470 nm can be injected; different selective reflectors can be used in each freeform optical element so that they do not interfere with each other. In configurations where polarization filtering is used for similar purposes, the reflectance/transmission selectivity of light polarized along a particular axis can be varied (i.e., the image can be pre-polarized before being sent to each freeform waveguide to cooperate with the reflector selectivity).
参考图22W和22X,示出这样的配置:其中可以同时串联地使用多个自由形状波导。参考图22W,光可以从真实世界进入并且通过第一自由形状光学元件(770)、可选透镜(812)按顺序定向,可选透镜(812)可以被配置为将光传递到反射器(810)(例如DLP系统中的DMD),DLP 系统可以被配置为将已逐像素滤波的光(即,可以使用遮罩阻挡真实世界的特定元素,例如如上所述用于暗场感知;可以使用适合的空间光调制器,其包括如上所述的DMD、LCD、铁电LCOS、MEMS百叶窗阵列等)反射到另一自由形状光学元件(770),另一自由形状光学元件(770)将光中继到用户的眼睛(28)。与使用常规透镜进行空间光调制的配置相比,此类配置可以更紧凑。Referring to Figures 22W and 22X, a configuration is shown in which multiple free-form waveguides can be used simultaneously in series. Referring to Figure 22W, light can enter from the real world and be directed sequentially through a first free-form optical element (770), an optional lens (812), which can be configured to pass the light to a reflector (810) (e.g., a DMD in a DLP system), which can be configured to reflect the light, which has been filtered pixel by pixel (i.e., a mask can be used to block specific elements of the real world, such as for dark field perception as described above; a suitable spatial light modulator can be used, including a DMD, LCD, ferroelectric LCOS, MEMS shutter array, etc. as described above) to another free-form optical element (770), which relays the light to the user's eye (28). Such a configuration can be more compact than a configuration using conventional lenses for spatial light modulation.
参考图22X,在其中保持整体厚度最小化非常重要的情景中,可以使用这样的配置:该配置具有一个高度反射性表面,以使得它可以将光直接反射到另一紧凑地定位的自由形状光学元件。在一实施例中,可以在两个自由形状光学元件(770)之间插入选择性衰减器(814)。22X, in scenarios where keeping the overall thickness to a minimum is important, a configuration can be used that has one highly reflective surface so that it can reflect light directly to another compactly positioned freeform optical element. In one embodiment, a selective attenuator (814) can be inserted between two freeform optical elements (770).
参考图22Y,示出这样的实施例:其中自由形状光学元件(770)可以包括接触镜的一个方面。示出微型化自由形状光学元件,其通过用户眼睛 (58)的角膜与微型化补偿透镜部分(780)接合,类似于参考图22F描述的。可以使用连接的扫描光纤显示器将信号注入微型化自由形状组件,该连接的扫描光纤显示器例如可以耦合在自由形状光学元件与用户的泪腺区之间,或者耦合在自由形状光学元件与另一头戴式显示器配置之间。Referring to FIG22Y , an embodiment is shown in which the freeform optical element (770) can comprise an aspect of a contact lens. A miniaturized freeform optical element is shown coupled to a miniaturized compensating lens portion (780) through the cornea of a user's eye (58), similar to that described with reference to FIG22F . Signals can be injected into the miniaturized freeform assembly using a connected scanning fiber optic display, which can be coupled, for example, between the freeform optical element and the user's tear gland area, or between the freeform optical element and another head-mounted display configuration.
此处描述了本发明的各种实例实施例。对这些实例的参考没有任何限制。这些实施例的提供是为了阐述本发明更广泛的应用方面。在不偏离本发明的真正精神和范围的情况下,可以对所描述的发明做出各种更改,并且可以使用等同物进行替换。此外,可以做出许多修改以使特定情况、材料、组成物、处理、处理动作(多个)或步骤(多个)适应本发明的目标 (多个)、精神或范围。进一步地,本领域的技术人员将理解,此处描述和阐述的各个变型具有分离的组件和特征,在不偏离本发明的范围或精神的情况下,这些分离的组件和特征可以容易地与其它多个实施例中的任一实施例的特征分离或组合。所有这些修改旨在处于与本公开关联的权利要求的范围内。Various example embodiments of the present invention are described herein. Reference to these examples is without any limitation. These embodiments are provided to illustrate the broader application aspects of the present invention. Without departing from the true spirit and scope of the present invention, various changes can be made to the described invention, and equivalents can be used for replacement. In addition, many modifications can be made to adapt specific circumstances, materials, components, processes, processing actions (multiple) or steps (multiple) to the target (multiple), spirit or scope of the present invention. Further, it will be understood by those skilled in the art that each modification described and illustrated herein has separate components and features, and without departing from the scope or spirit of the present invention, these separate components and features can be easily separated or combined with the features of any embodiment in other multiple embodiments. All these modifications are intended to be within the scope of the claims associated with this disclosure.
本发明包括可以使用主体设备执行的方法。这些方法可以包括提供此类适当设备的动作。此类提供可以由最终用户执行。换言之,“提供”动作只需要最终用户获取、存取、接近、定位、设置、激活、通电或其它动作以提供主体方法中的必要设备。此处描述的方法可以按照在逻辑上可行的所述事件的任意顺序执行,以及按照所述的事件顺序执行。The present invention includes methods that can be performed using subject devices. These methods may include the act of providing such appropriate devices. Such provisioning may be performed by the end user. In other words, the act of "providing" simply requires the end user to obtain, access, approach, locate, set up, activate, power on, or otherwise perform other actions to provide the necessary devices in the subject method. The methods described herein may be performed in any logically feasible order of the described events, and may be performed in the described order of events.
上面已经描述了本发明的各个实例方面以及有关材料选择和制造的细节。对于本发明的其它细节,可以结合上面引用的专利和公开以及本领域的技术人员的常识进行理解。对于本发明的基于方法的方面,通常采用或在逻辑上采用的更多动作也是通过上述方式进行理解。Various exemplary aspects of the present invention, as well as details regarding material selection and manufacturing, have been described above. Further details of the present invention can be understood in conjunction with the patents and publications cited above and the common knowledge of those skilled in the art. For the method-based aspects of the present invention, further actions that are typically or logically employed are also understood in the manner described above.
此外,尽管已经参考可选地结合多个特征的多个实例描述了本发明,但是,本发明不限于相对于本发明的每种变型所构想的描述内容或指示内容。在不偏离本发明的真正精神和范围的情况下,可以对所描述的发明及等同物(无论是此处描述的,还是为了简单起见未包括的)做出各种更改。此外,如果提供了值范围,将理解,位于该范围以及其它任何所述范围的上限与下限之间的每个中间值或所述范围中的中间值包含在本发明内。In addition, although the present invention has been described with reference to a plurality of examples optionally incorporating a plurality of features, the present invention is not limited to the description or indications contemplated with respect to each variation of the present invention. Various changes may be made to the described invention and equivalents (whether described herein or not included for simplicity) without departing from the true spirit and scope of the present invention. In addition, if a range of values is provided, it will be understood that each intermediate value or intermediate value in the range between the upper and lower limits of the range and any other described range is included within the present invention.
另外,构想了所描述的发明变型的任何可选特征可以独立地,或者与此处描述的任何一个或多个特征组合地被列出和要求保护。对单一项的引用包括可能存在多个相同的项。更具体地说,如在本文以及关联的权利要求中使用的那样,单数形式“一”、“一个”、“所述”和“该”包括多个指示物,除非明确地另有所指。换言之,冠词的使用在与本公开关联的上述描述以及权利要求中允许“至少一个”主体项。进一步需要指出,上述权利要求可以在撰写时排除任何可选的元素。因此,本声明旨在用作结合权利要求元素的详述使用诸如“单独地”、“唯一地”等之类的独占性术语或者使用“负面”限制的前置基础。In addition, it is contemplated that any optional feature of the described inventive variations may be listed and claimed independently or in combination with any one or more of the features described herein. Reference to a single item includes the possibility that a plurality of the same item may be present. More specifically, as used herein and in the associated claims, the singular forms "a," "an," "said," and "the" include plural referents unless expressly indicated otherwise. In other words, the use of the articles allows for "at least one" subject item in the above description and claims associated with this disclosure. It is further noted that the above claims may be drafted to exclude any optional elements. Therefore, this statement is intended to serve as a preamble to the use of exclusive terms such as "solely," "only," etc., or the use of "negative" limitations in conjunction with the recitation of claim elements.
在不使用此类独占性术语的情况下,与本公开关联的权利要求中的术语“包括”应允许包含任何附加元素(与这些权利要求中是否列出给定数量的元素无关),或者可以将特征的增加视为改变在这些权利要求中列出的元素的性质。在保持权利要求有效性的同时,除了此处明确定义的之外,在此使用的所有技术和科学术语被赋予可能的最广泛的容易理解的含义。In the absence of such exclusive terms, the term "comprising" in the claims associated with the present disclosure shall allow for the inclusion of any additional elements (regardless of whether a given number of elements are listed in these claims), or the addition of features may be considered to change the nature of the elements listed in these claims. While maintaining claim validity, all technical and scientific terms used herein, except as expressly defined herein, are given the broadest possible well-understood meaning.
本发明的范围不限于所提供的实例和/或主题说明书,而是仅由与本公开关联的权利要求语言的范围限定。The scope of the present invention is not limited to the examples and/or subject descriptions provided, but is limited only by the scope of the claim language associated with this disclosure.
Claims (19)
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US61/909,774 | 2013-11-27 |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| HK1241033A1 HK1241033A1 (en) | 2018-06-01 |
| HK1241033B true HK1241033B (en) | 2020-12-04 |
Family
ID=
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| AU2019261725B2 (en) | Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods | |
| HK1241033B (en) | Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods | |
| HK1241032B (en) | Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods | |
| HK1241032A1 (en) | Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods | |
| HK1241033A1 (en) | Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods | |
| NZ758961B2 (en) | Virtual and augmented reality systems and methods |